Category Archives: World politics

Did Iron Maiden knew about Jimmy Savile?

This was my first thought today when I woke up. I have listen Iron Maiden and other heavy metal bands a lot and there was this one line in the Iron Maiden song called Holy Smoke, which stuck in my head. Did Iron Maiden knew back in 1990, that Jimmy Savile was a reptile/beast pedophile which molested hundreds of kids? And because band is from England they could have known the evil doings behind BBC curtains.

Here are the lyrics of this song called Holy Smoke:

IRON MAIDEN LYRICS
“Holy Smoke”
1990

Believe in me – send no money
Died on the cross and that ain’t funny
But my so called friends are making me a joke
They missed out what I said like I never spoke
They choose what they wanna hear – they don’t tell a lie
They just leave out the truth as they’re watching you die
Saving your souls by taking your money
Flies round shit, bees around honey.

[Chorus]
Holy Smoke, Holy Smoke, plenty bad preachers for
The Devil to stoke
Feed ’em in feet first this is no joke
This is thirsty work making Holy Smoke

Jimmy Reptile and all his friends
Say they gonna be with you at the end
Burning records, burning books
Holy soldiers Nazi looks
Crocodile smiles just wait a while
Till the TV Queen gets her make up clean
I’ve lived in filth I’ve lived in sin
And I still smell cleaner than the shit you’re in

[Chorus]

They ain’t religious but they ain’t no fools
When Noah built his Cadillac it was cool
Two by two they’re still going down
And the satellite circus just left town
I think they’re strange and when they’re dead
They can have a Lincoln for their bed
Friend of the President – trick of the tail
Now they ain’t got a prayer – 100 years in jail

[Chorus]

Source

This is the line “Jimmy Reptile and all his friends” Isn’t it weird, that they use the word “reptile”, when that is the most common way to describe sexual predators?

Then just look at the cover of this single. Its all about how Illuminati controls media. Also Illuminati is behind these pedophile organizations for example Ninth Circle, which operate in all levels of societies.

2507

Iron Maiden tried to cover these pretty obvious lyrics in hilarious video, which would take all the attention:

Here is something about the Savile’s case. Just look, “Sir” Jimmy Savile. This just tells how the monarchs are also covering these kind of monsters, because they use their services.:

Jimmy Savile sexual abuse scandal

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

Sir Jimmy Savile (1926–2011) was an English DJ, television and radio personality, who was well known in Britain for his eccentricities and, at the time of his death, was generally respected for his charitable work. He was knighted in 1990. In September and October 2012, almost a year after his death, claims were widely publicised that he had committed sexual abuse, his alleged victims ranging from prepubescent girls and boys to adults. By 11 October 2012 allegations had been made to 13 British police forces,[1] and this led to the setting-up of inquiries into practices at the BBC and within the National Health Service.

On 19 October 2012 the Metropolitan Police Service launched a formal criminal investigation, Operation Yewtree, into historic allegations of child sexual abuse by Savile and other people, some still living, over four decades. It stated that it was pursuing over 400 lines of inquiry, based on the claims of 200 witnesses, via 14 police forces across the UK. It described the alleged abuse as being “on an unprecedented scale”, and the number of potential victims as “staggering”.[2][3] By 19 December, eight people had been questioned as part of the investigation. The Metropolitan Police stated that the total number of alleged victims was 589, of whom 450 alleged abuse by Savile.[4][5]

The report of the investigations undertaken jointly by the police and the National Society for the Prevention of Cruelty to Children (NSPCC), Giving Victims a Voice, was published on 11 January 2013. It reported allegations covering a period of fifty years, including 214 alleged acts by Savile which, though uncorroborated, have been formally recorded as crimes, some involving children as young as eight. The report states “within the recorded crimes there are 126 indecent acts and 34 rape/penetration offences.”[6] Alleged offences took place at 13 hospitals as well as on BBC premises, according to the report.[7][8] In October 2013 it was announced that inquiries had been extended to other hospitals.[9] On 26 June 2014, the Secretary of State for Health, Jeremy Hunt, reported on the findings of the investigations led by Kate Lampard. He said that Savile had sexually assaulted victims aged between five and 75 in NHS hospitals, and apologised to the victims.[10] Further investigations, in hospitals and elsewhere, led to additional allegations of sexual abuse by Savile.

Much of Savile’s career involved working with children and young people, including visiting schools and hospital wards. He spent 20 years presenting Top of the Pops before a teenage audience, and an overlapping 20 years presenting Jim’ll Fix It, in which he helped the wishes of viewers, mainly children, come true. During his lifetime, two police investigations had looked into reports about Savile, the earliest known being in 1958, but none had led to charges; the reports had each concluded that there was insufficient evidence for any charges to be brought related to sexual offences.[11][12][13] In October 2012 it was announced that the Director of Public Prosecutions, Keir Starmer, would investigate why proceedings against Savile in 2009 were dropped.

The scandal was a major factor leading to the establishment of the wider-ranging Independent Inquiry into Child Sexual Abuse which was announced by the Home Secretary, Theresa May, in July 2014. In February 2015 the inquiry was reconfigured as a statutory inquiry to be chaired by Justice Lowell Goddard.

Exposure: The Other Side of Jimmy Savile

An ITV documentary, Exposure: The Other Side of Jimmy Savile was broadcast on 3 October 2012. It was researched and presented by Mark Williams-Thomas, a police investigator in the successful prosecution of Jonathan King over sexual offences involving children in 2001.

In it several women said that, as teenagers, they had been sexually abused by Savile. It was said Savile obtained access to teenage girls through television programmes such as Top of the Pops and Clunk, Click (1973–74), and his charity work. Savile’s former colleagues said he made no attempt to hide his interest in girls from them, while another said she had walked in on him french kissing an underage girl. One woman who said Savile had sexually assaulted her when she was 14 in 1970 explained she had not pursued her complaint to police in 2008 after being told it would lead to a “media circus“.[34] The founder of ChildLine, Esther Rantzen, was shown the interviews by Williams-Thomas and commented that “There were always rumours that he [Savile] behaved very inappropriately sexually with children.”[35]

An update to the original documentary, Exposure Update: The Jimmy Savile Investigation, was shown on ITV on 21 November.[36] It won a Peabody Award in 2012.[37]

Source

It just makes me sick if that these bands know about things and just hide the facts in their songs. They should openly tell about these things so that innocent people won’t suffer in the hands of these monsters.

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

America’s Hidden History

Something about how templars and masons created America:

America’s Hidden History

Many people talk about conspiracies such as WATERGATE, IRAN-CONTRA, THE S & L (Savings and Loan) SCANDAL, THE FEDERAL RESERVE, OCTOBER SURPRISE, KENNEDY, THE FREEMASONS, THE COUNCIL ON FOREIGN RELATIONS and THE TRILATERAL COMMISSION, and even GREY ALIENS, but very few people know the real facts enough to explain them because they are not researched themselves. As information comes down the pipeline it becomes distorted and confused because most of the people passing along the information do not know the entire story, they have not researched much information themselves, and they tend to be biased as well. (They tend to have an angle in the information they put out, usually because they have an ulterior motive. ) I can only state from research of seven years, WHAT I BELIEVE to be the TRUTH based on mostly HARD FACTS.

For AT LEAST five- to ten thousand years, mankind has been aware of MORE scientific and spiritual facts than we are currently aware of today as a great society and nation. The libraries of Alexandria, which held the collection of the world’s greatest knowledge, existed in Egypt thousands of years ago. The Essenes were just one secret sect of Gnostics (Knowledge Holders) that existed around two thousand years ago.

Since the earliest times of Pagan groups and Nature religions, the SUN has been considered a SYMBOL for LIFE. The Ancients believed that when the SUN gave off its energy, it was giving ITS life for US. They believed that the SUN of GOD, the LIGHT of the WORLD is ALL SALVATION because He has RISEN. He is therefore our ETERNAL SAVIOR.

There has always been a struggle between LIGHT and DARK forces in the world. When the SUN goes down and it becomes DARK, we cannot SEE. We naturally fear what we do not know and since we cannot SEE in the DARK, we do not know what’s there and we fear. When the SUN would SET (Satan), it would get DARK. But when the SUN was on the HORIZON (Horus, translates to Jesus), it would be called THE SAVIOR. This formed the basis for early Christianity.

The Essenes, as well as other secret societies around the times were PRIESTHOODS, so the early CHURCH was an established KNOWLEDGE CENTER with IDEAS ENCODED SYMBOLICALLY into religious text. After time, symbols lose their meaning except to those whom are INITIATED.

Essentially, they held knowledge of ARCHETYPAL ENERGIES that bond or link Spirit to matter. These energies are expressed in mathematics and Greek Gematria called SACRED GEOMETRY. The word OCCULT means HIDDEN. They took the knowledge, hid it, and made it appear to be EVIL, so that they would know it, we wouldn’t, and they could then control us a lot easier. This allowed an early guild of bricklayers, or MASONS, to be established, making it possible to build great pyramids, etc. Now, if everybody knew how to build a pyramid, then not only would the Pharaoh’s tomb be no greater than Joe neighbor’s cottage, but the Masons would also lose a lot of money building great castles and churches throughout Europe. This was the basis for early CAPITALISM, but we will discuss this later.

SACRED MUSHROOM ingesting and CANNABIS-smoking shamans are tribe spirit leaders in a sense and they practice inducing a state of consciousness in warrior tribesmen to temporarily replace their consciousness with animal consciousness to perform certain tasks or learn spiritual lessons or principles. There were special groups of assassin cults that were trained in earlier times using substances like hashish and they were called “Hashishans” or “Assassins”. Although these two practices are not identical, they are similar and related. While the first example may be considered early natural mind control in the sense of learning to control your own mind, the second example could be considered manipulative mind control in the sense that the participants were trained under hallucinogens to kill for God or “Allah”.

The Assassins, as well as a society called The Order of Lady of Sion appeared at the same time around 1090 AD. Out of The Order of Lady of Sion came Notre Dame de Sion and five out of nine of the founders of the KNIGHTS TEMPLAR came from this order. The Templars and Assassins had interlocking affairs and philosophies. They also had ongoing fights as well as commercial dealings. The Templars pronounced vows to poverty and in the meantime amassed great fortunes for the church (really themselves), and were responsible for financing the Crusades and other bloody religious wars. They were also some of the first to set up banks in Jerusalem. These were Temple Banks which occasionally were raided for their gold. This forced the Templars to develop branch banking, or, putting your money in several places so it doesn’t all get taken at once.

This is where the idea of a central bank and its local branches comes from, which became the model for banking in Europe and America. The Knights Templar became more popular when they were exposed in the fourteenth century and banished by the king. Jacques de Moley was burned at the stake for being a homosexual and a heretic. A portion of the Templar’s wealth was seized by the king and handed over to their sister society, called the Knights Hospitalers, who were a branch of the Templars responsible for medical facilities in the kingdom. There is evidence to suggest that the Templars may have carried themselves on as the Rosicrucians for the next couple of centuries. This really doesn’t matter too much, though, because all of these orders or secret societies are offshoots of other ones. They are all Masonic in nature because of the nature of the information which they possess.

The same secret societies and old European bloodline families are in control of the world today. To better understand what they do, we need to look at their philosophies and ideas. One motto of theirs is “Ordo ab Chao” or “order out or chaos”. First they create CHAOS, then they propose the solution, ORDER, secretly from behind the scenes to control a given situation. There are different areas of Freemasonry and it is all a hierarchy of power. Occasionally, Masonic groups will work against each other in the public forum through the agencies which they control, but they may be united behind the scenes. You will see examples of what I mean very soon.

The first Masonic lodges by that name appeared in England in the 1600’s and within a century they were spread throughout most of Europe, including Germany and France and the colonies of early America. One of the purposes they served was as a forum for the elite individuals to meet and discuss their political and social views without fear of religious persecution. Remember, just a couple of centuries earlier under Rome in the Dark Ages, they would kill you if you didn’t believe that the moon was made of green cheese. In Rome, they realized that they could not rule the world by themselves and that they would need a consensus of nations or a United Kingdom and United Nations. The symbol for Fascism is a bundle of sticks wrapped together with a hatchet or an axe tied to it.

It represents a world consensus of power or AXIS POWER. It appears on the U. S. Senate flag today and on the back of the American mercury dime from 1916 to 1945. While there were several enlightened societies around calling themselves illuminated, it was on May 1, 1776 that Professor Adam Weishaupt put together a secret society called The “ILLUMINATI”. Its sole purpose secretly was to control the world. Weishaupt was a genius of a particular sort as far as scheming and manipulation are concerned. He was a respected teacher at the University of Ingolstadt at the time and had many connections in education. He became a Mason but was also a Jesuit priest. He learned as much as he could and decided to put his own secret society together. He used a process of initiation and power dissemination among ranks similar to the structure of a pyramid, where one sole individual or group at the top know what’s going on but no one else really does, they only know a little until they succeed up the ranks and learn only a little more. In the meantime, they don’t know who is watching them or above them keeping them in check.

In the highest circles of the order they propose to control the world through a One-world government, which they stated they could do by converting existing Masons to concepts of Illuminism. Weishaupt told them about the Utopia that could be established on Earth if everyone who KNEW would secretly work together to bring about this plan. Being free-thinkers and atheists to begin with, they proposed abolishing religion, government, orders of class, right to own property, or even raise your own children; and they believed that the ENDS justified the MEANS, meaning that whatever it takes to accomplish this task should be done WITHOUT HESITATION. Within two years they had over 3000 members and many established lodges. Within several years they were exposed and banished from Bavaria. The documents were recovered and displayed in the British museum where they exist today. This is an important historical fact that has been severely covered up in America. They continued to exist, however, in the form of the German Union and scattered Reading Societies.

Through their combined fortunes, the members of the Illuminati gained control over the literary societies and printing press. They circulated printed papers showing falsities of religion and abuses of government and promoted a general state of desperation throughout society, all the while blaming it on religion and government. They sought to promote ANARCHY and REVOLUTION, whereby they would strip the monarchy (king) of power using the classes (people) as a lever to ultimately bring power back into their own hands, all the while creating new forms of government which would be puppets they could secretly control from behind the scenes.

In Germany, the lodges which preceded the Illuminati were the Lodge Theodore and the Lodge of Strict Observance. In France they were known as the GRAND ORIENT TEMPLE MASONS. Their motto was “LIBERTY, EQUALITY, FRATERNITY”. In 1789, they beheaded the King and Queen of France and orchestrated what was historically known as the French Revolution. This was only the first of several revolutions to come. Weishaupt had succeeded in grabbing the existing reigns of power in both Europe and America, entwining them together using new philosophical concepts, and tightening all of the existing slack.

In 1797, a book appeared in Europe by John Robison called “Proofs of A Conspiracy against all of the Religions and Governments of Europe, Carried on in the Secret Meetings of Freemasons, Illuminati and Reading Societies”. Then in 1799, written in another country and in another language, Abbe Augustine Barruel published his four-volume study entitled “Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism”.

Then in 1826, William Morgan, an American Freemason who had written a book entitled “Illustrations of Freemasonry”, was abducted and drowned in Lake Ontario. Because of the existence of these books, as well as the murder scandal, there was a nationwide furor resulting in the creation of an Anti-Masonic political party in 1829. After this there was a temporary drop in membership in the lodges, but their control over the press soon caused the anger to diminish.

There is what is called the “Colombian” faction of the Illuminati which came over to America early on. The documents that were recovered in Germany showed that the symbol for the Illuminati society was the PYRAMID and the EYE IN THE CAPSTONE as shown on the back of the ONE-DOLLAR BILL. The symbol for Columbia Broadcasting System (CBS) is the ALL-SEEING EYE. The U. S. is located in the District of Columbia. There is Columbia University, and the Columbia space shuttle.

The Americas have been called the New World since Columbus, however, Columbus did not come here first. There had already been a “New England Charter” and a colony established twenty years before he arrived. In America in the east, we have the area of NEW ENGLAND, where the first colonies were established. The eventual American Revolution wasn’t actually a real revolution. The Founding Fathers (Masons), did not go to war with their parents, the monarchy of England.

There are many prominent American Presidents who are related to strong European bloodlines and great wealth. When the YORK Rite Masons of York, England, came over here, they settled on the East coast and declared it NEW YORK. Then they went to work to build the “Empire State”. In New York sits the Statue of “LIBERTY”, given to us by FRANCE, holding up the Masonic torch of ENLIGHTENMENT. The highest degrees of Freemasonry are the 32nd and 33rd degree.

On the back of the dollar bill, on the Great Seal of the U. S. , there are 32 feathers on the right wing of the eagle and 33 on the left. Underneath the pyramid, the Latin term “Novus Ordo Seclorum” means “New World Order”. It has appeared on the dollar bill since 1933.

Karl Marx and Frederick Engels were students of Weishaupt and Illuminism. The 10 platforms that make up COMMUNISM are identical to the goals of the ILLUMINATI. The Communist Manifesto appeared in 1848 and Communism formed itself as a solid revolutionary movement in Russia in the early 1900’s, in the form of the Bolshevik Revolution.

One particular group of families made up of the Russell’s and the Piertpont’s founded several scholastic institutions, two of which were Yale and Princeton. Rev. James Piertpont and Rev. Nodiah Russell CO-founded Yale in 1701. In 1832, Gen. William Huntington Russell and Alfonso Taft, grandfather of William Howard Taft, former President of the U.S., founded a secret society at Yale called SKULL AND BONES, or “The Brotherhood of Death”. Gen. Huntington’s brother-in-law, Samuel Russell, founded “Russell and Co.”, the world’s largest opium smuggling syndicate at the time. This provided them with a huge fortune in the millions.

The founders and later influential graduates of Skull and Bones studied philosophy and other subjects in Germany where many prominent “Illuminated” teachers were working. Probably the most influential family in this power circle throughout the last century has been the Harriman family. Edward H. Harriman amassed over $60 million in the late 1800’s in a swift stock deal involving Union Pacific Railroad and Kuhn Loeb. (1904 Northern Securities case) William Averall Harriman, his son, graduated Yale in the Skull and Bones Fraternity in 1913. Averall Harriman controlled Harriman and Co. which owns Brown Bros. and Harriman, the world’s largest private investment bank. Prescott Bush, George Bush’s father was initiated and graduated in 1917. Prescott Bush as well as some other Skull and Bones Graduates were directors of the bank. These banks as well as Guaranty Trust and Union Banking Corp, all of which were controlled by Skull and Bones, were the most influential entities in building up the Soviet Union from the early times of the Bolshevik Revolution in the early 1900’s, through contracts to improve mining of raw materials and rebuilding of the RR transportation infrastructure. These same banks were also directly responsible for financing Hitler’s rise to power and build up of Nazi- Socialism through contacts and subsidiary banks in Germany.

The PURPOSE for the build up of World Wars was to create a NEED for PEACE so that a UNITED NATIONS may be needed and then created as a SOLUTION for establishing peace between nations. A WORLD body of GOVERNMENT with a WORLD COURT and a WORLD POLICE to keep nations in place and to concentrate power into a few people’s hands. Who’s hands? William Howard Taft, Skull and Bones graduate of 1878, helped found the American Society for the Judicial Settlement of International Disputes in 1920. This soon became the League to Enforce the Peace, then the League of Nations and then finally The United Nations.

If you look at things from a historical perspective, the U.N. today has implemented or is in the process of implementing all the planks of Adam Weishaupt’s Manifesto. When George Bush took us to war in the Persian Gulf, he stated boldly that he didn’t need the approval of Congress anymore to declare war because he had a U.N. Mandate. We have sacrificed a large part of our U.S. sovereignty. .

This brings us to the World Bank, the IMF (International Monetary Fund), both creations of the U.N., and banking in general. In Switzerland there is a big building that is divided into 3 parts. If you look at it from above it looks like a peace symbol or Rune. This is the headquarters of the United Nations and the World Bank, the 3rd part is the World headquarters of Freemasonry. It’s so convenient they can go back and forth between coffee breaks. In Brussels, there is a computer called “The Beast” which stores the names and information of every person in the world and that was created years ago. By now, it probably orbits the planet. THE U.S. IS A CORPORATION located in the DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA and each CITIZEN IS A FRANCHISE OF THE U.S. IDENTIFIED BY A SOCIAL SECURITY #.

One of the main influences of British Masonry comes to America in the area of Banking. Cecil Rhodes made his fortune from diamond mines in South Africa. Millions and millions of dollars were secured and put into a trust in his will to be used to finance the creation of secret societies for the furtherance of Anglo-Saxon rulership in the New World Order and the eventual recapture of the U.S. for England through the creation of a central bank in America. Cecil Rhodes formed what is called the “Rhodes Scholarship” at Oxford. There is also the Round Table in England put together by Alfred Milner. Bill Clinton is a Rhodes Scholar as well as other things. In Europe, at least at the time, the Rothschilds were the leading banking clan. Paul Warburg, an agent for the Rothschilds as well as several members of Skull & Bones were instrumental in setting up the Federal Reserve Central Banking system in America in 1913. President Andrew Jackson had stated that the central bankers were a den of vipers and thieves and he intended to drive them out of America in earlier times.

He also stated that if the American people understood the rank injustice of our banking system, there would be a revolution by morning. President Thomas Jefferson stated “If the Americanpeople ever allow the private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks and the corporations that grow up around them will deprive the people of all property until their children wake up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered”. Abraham Lincoln took action against the central bank in his time and he was killed for it.

President Garfield was shot and killed shortly after declaring that whoever controls the supply of currency would control the business and activities of all people. Baron Nathan Mayer de Rothschild once said, “Let me issue and control a nations money and I care not who writes the laws”.

The measure of a nations wealth is the sum total of it’s goods, services, natural resources and private wealth. In early America, private wealth consisted mostly of gold or silver. This is a great monetary standard because it has inherent value. For a long time, gold was worth $20.00 an ounce.

A One-Ounce gold coin was a $20.00 piece. Our grandfathers and great grandfathers found it a hassle to carry these around during large transactions due to heavy weight and frequent robbery, so out of the kindness of their hearts, the bankers would allow people to leave their gold and silver on deposit, while the bank would issue a gold or silver certificate, a piece of paper that was as good as gold. It said on the bill, “Pay to bearer upon demand in gold or silver. So after the bankers started to issue these notes they saw after a while that the people were not using the gold as much and coming back to withdraw it and that they could issue and loan more notes than they had gold to back it up. This is the true source of inflation.

A short time later they replaced the gold and silver certificates with Federal reserve notes which are worthless. Without the gold and silver, the real valuables, America was essentially bankrupt. The Federal Reserve is a private corporation. When Federal Reserve notes are printed they are loaned to the U.S. Treasury or the people. Notes that cost 2 cents each are printed by the Fed and loaned to the U.S. government at face value plus 8 1/2% interest compounded. The interest is collected each year by the IRS (Repo Man), also a private corporation controlled by the Federal Reserve.

With a federal deficit of 4 trillion 8 hundred billion dollars so far [currently around $10 trillion – New Illuminati Ed.], the interest is in the neighborhood of $200 Billion dollars, which is drained from the economy each year in the form of income taxes. The words “Federal Reserve Note” first appeared on our paper currency in 1933.

It is common sense that if you are borrowing money from someone and you have to pay interest then where will the money come from to pay the interest ? If you have to borrow it then that creates more interest. Obviously, in this situation, there is no way out. However, coins are minted by the U.S. treasury and they are worth their face value as currency. There is a clause written into the agreement that provides us with the option to buy back the right to issue our own currency.

The solution to the problem of the National Debt is to coin a 4 trillion dollar coin and use it to pay off the Federal Reserve. It would have to be accepted and it could even be made out of copper nickel clad. In 1963, President Kennedy passed an Executive Order calling for the printing of $450 Billion dollars in U.S. backed Debt-Free currency. Shortly after, he was killed and as soon as his successor, Lyndon Johnson took office, the first thing he did was suspend the executive order and the printing of the currency. If you look hard enough, you can find $2 bills from 1963 that say “U.S. Treasury” at the top instead of “Federal Reserve note”. 1964 was the last year silver was used as the standard coin metal and coincidentally Kennedy’s face first appeared on the half-dollar.

23 years later, silver is $5.00 per ounce instead of $1. If you still don’t see how this works, just realize that 23 years later, you now need 5 times as much money (work) to buy the same ounce of silver and 60 years later, after they removed the gold, we have to pay 20 times as much money for the same ounce of gold. ($400.00 / ounce). The moral of this little story is that we are being ripped off by the biggest “Sleight of Hand” money scam ever devised. There is a Masonic term for this kind of deception, they call it “Hoodwinked”. We are the sheep and we have had the wool pulled over our eyes.

It may appear to be a grand conspiracy where you may think that everyone knows what’s going on, or you may say that it is impossible for everyone to work together on such a large scale for so long and so secretly, but the truth is that not everybody knows everything. Some people that are a part of the establishment only know a little and some don’t really have a clue, some just follow the money, but most that hold high degrees have a pretty good idea, if not a lot of knowledge about the inner workings of the conspiracy.

Big name families like the Rockefellers and J.P. Morgan, even in their time, were not the main financial powers in America. They were highly paid agents, front-men and spokespeople. Henry Ford resigned from the Ford Foundation citing an inability to maintain control over affairs. The Rockefeller foundation ties into and controls the American Medical Association and the public educational system through textbook publishing. The Rockefeller family got started with the help of the Harriman family, the Whitney’s (Eli Whitney’s family) and Standard Oil of New York (SONY), now Exxon. They have a lot of influence, even today.

All of the founding fathers of this nation were Masons as well as almost all of the presidents. The building of early American colonies as well as the American Revolution would not have been possible if it were not for a very special plant. The Cannabis / Hemp plant was used throughout the world since the beginning of time for just about everything that mankind needed. Paper made from hemp was used for books, bibles, maps, and money. You can produce 4 times as much paper from an acre of hemp as you can from an acre of trees at 1/4 the cost, 1/5 the pollution, it is 10 times stronger and lasts up to 1000 years instead of only 50. And it can be recycled 4 times as many times as paper from wood pulp. The Constitution was printed on hemp paper as well as the first 3 drafts of the Declaration of Independence. Even great sailing ships like the U.S.S. Constitution were made primarily out of hemp.

Hemp is the STRONGEST natural fiber on the planet. Hemp is 26 times stronger than cotton and 10 times longer lasting. The first Levi jeans were made out of hemp as well as all of the soldier’s clothes for the Revolutionary War. It requires no chemicals to grow, has very few natural enemies, and grows in the widest variety of climates of any weed or plant. It is also the FASTEST GROWING plant on the planet, growing 4 times faster than corn. The seeds from the hemp plant provide the highest source of complete vegetable protein of any food source on earth. Even higher than soybeans. It has also been re-realized lately that the hemp seed is the highest source of Essential Fatty Acids in the world. ESSENTIAL, meaning :NECESSARY FOR LIFE, Fatty Acids are necessary for us and beneficial for cleaning the cholesterol out of the arteries naturally. All oils in the supermarket are bad since they are placed in clear plastic containers and exposed to direct sunlight. They become as bad as saturated fats, and end up CAUSING cholesterol buildup, leading to heart attacks, etc. Hemp seed oil can even be used as a machine-grade lubricant for engines and other machines replacing petroleum oil from the ground.

Henry Ford built his Ford Model-T using hemp to line the side panels. The impact strength was 10 times stronger than steel alone. This would eliminate many vehicular deaths today. The Model-T was also designed to run on hemp fuel which Henry Ford grew. This was displayed in Popular Mechanics in Feb. of 1938. Concentrated extracts of Cannabis from the flowers were the 2nd most used medicines in America for 150 years for over 100 separate medical illnesses. It is probably the best natural medicine for Glaucoma, stress, and controlling nausea, and works very well for arthritis , asthma, and epilepsy. It is estimated that Hemp would have at least 50,000 commercial uses if it were legal in America today.

The reason that Hemp is illegal in America today is because the main families in America (Masons), the Harrimans and Rockefellers (Standard Oil), the Whitneys (Eli Whitney-Cotton Gin), Dupont (Chemicals in wood pulp processing and cotton pesticides), and Hearst (Newspapers, Media) find it more profitable to sell us unnecessary chemicals, unneeded dug-up petroleum oil, immune system destroying pharmaceuticals, and axed up trees cut into real thin slices, all at over-inflated prices and at the expense of our health and living environment. For these companies, the real problem is that one cannot patent a natural plant. Almost everything produced in America by large corporations is exported for sale on the world markets. The total value of oil, petrochemicals, and pharmaceutical sales totals hundreds of billions of dollars. However, with the availability of over 50,000 new products and the necessity to manufacture them, America would be a much richer nation if the farmers and the average citizen were allowed to grow this valuable crop.

Right now, the power is concentrated in the hands of a few rich individuals like George Bush, for example, who’s legacy goes something like this : Graduated Yale in the Skull and Bones fraternity in 1948, went into the Airforce, got shot down and was played up in the press as a war hero, becomes owner of Zapata Off-shore Oil , which controls a large fleet of oil tankers off the coast of Kuwait, becomes director of the CIA, working to introduce cocaine and heroin in large part to America, is made Director of Eli Lilly Pharmaceuticals by Dan Quayle’s Father (Lilly produces precursor chemicals used in cocaine production), sits on the board of First Interstate Bank, Puralator Shipping, and Texas Gulf (Fertilizers and pesticides to grow the Coca with and then spray on it to wipe some of it out), then becomes Vice-President and Drug Czar (During this time Cocaine influx into the U.S. increased by over 2000 %), declares war on the American people and the Bill of Rights through the militarization of a phony drug war, tricks Saddam Hussein with the help of the leaders of Kuwait, into attacking Iraq (The reason was Zapata Oil’s slant drilling from Kuwait into Iraqi territory) so that he could declare war under a U.N. Mandate, strengthen the U.N. and hike up oil prices, then before leaving office, signs into law a secret Telecommunications Bill requiring the switch-over of all Federal and Bank phone lines to Fiber Optic for the purpose of electronic funds transfer as required by law in the year 2000 when cash and checks will be no longer legal.

If that isn’t bad enough, he also has brothers and sons that are Skull and Bones members and they do politics as well. Neil Bush (Silverado Savings and Loan Scam), there is Jeb Bush and there are several other Bush’s hiding in the BIG BUSH FAMILY. It is probably no coincidence that the Harriman and Bush families both have a history in Eugenics or race purification and Genetic Selective Breeding. They will propagate their own young on the planet because they can afford it, while sitting back and deciding which countries can have how many children per family.

Population control and mind control are the methods used by the new Fascist Roman Capitalistic Empire. Millions of people die around the world each year from debilitating diseases like cancer, AIDS, Leukemia and now flesh-eating strep and Ebola. Does the Rockefeller-run American Medical Association (AMA) do everything it can to insure that doctors know the truth about health and do the most to insure the safety of the patient ? NO !

Let’s consider these facts. Herbs have been around forever, they grow naturally and they have been used for healing for centuries. Drugs are synthetic chemical reproductions sold by the large pharmaceutical corporations at highly inflated prices. Doctors receive less than 3 hours of instruction on nutrition, eating right and preventative medicine in their entire 4-6 years of training.

Luis Pasteur, shortly before he died, stated that he was possibly mistaken about his germ theory. He said that germs and viruses might be the result of the disease instead of the cause. The way this could be explained is that the body overloads on toxic build-up and produces symptoms of stress, then necessary bacteria or viruses move in to scavenge the toxins, creating an abundance of these in the system, and leaving a super toxic waste by-product behind, which the body has a difficult time expelling. Therefore the presence of the virus or high bacteria count is a result of the disease and not the cause. A couple of very important things to realize when considering this possibility are : 1. A person does not need to be exposed to another individual to come down with a cold. People living in small communities with no outside exposure can come down with colds and disease. 2. People with no disease can sleep with people and exchange bodily fluids with people with HIV and not be infected. Considering these facts further weakens the Germ Theory of Disease. If this information is true, then the introduction of prescription and pharmaceutical drugs would only serve to mask the symptoms of the problem and slowly destroy the immune system since these drugs are highly toxic.

There have been several cures for cancer and other diseases but these have been viciously suppressed by the establishment and pharmaceutical industry. Some of these include Raymond Rife and the Rife Microscope, Harry Hoxsey, Cancell, Essiac, and Ozone. The latest and most promising information so far comes from a woman named Dr. Hulda Clark. Her books and research have just been published this year. She states that the age-long problem and cause of diseases are parasites, Worms in particular. There is a worm, an intestinal fluke, which exists in most people throughout their lives. Generally, it is excreted by the body in the younger stages and does not grow into an adult in our bodies. But, something different happens when substances like Benzene and Propyl Alcohol are abundant in our body. These toxic chemicals are consumed in the form of carbonated sodas and extracts and they are absorbed into our skin in hair and body care products. The abundance of propyl Alcohols break down the shells of the eggs allowing them to hatch early.

The build-up of these toxic substances weakens the immunity of certain organs or areas of the body (Thyroid, Lymph, skin), allowing worms to grow in these areas. Dr. Clark has diagnosed hundreds of people with both Cancer and AIDS and found that all of them had both the worm present and the weakened immunity from one of these toxic sources. She was also successful curing all of them with the three herbs that are necessary to kill the worms. She does claim though that some people that are very close to death may be too far gone from the severe burden of over-toxicity. We will see how long it takes for the general public to find out about this. We have already spoken to people in different states that have used her methods successfully. Even if people do find out about things one way or another, the average person will not even know that people are finding out about something because the media will not televise it and tell people certain things.

The biggest people in the media are members of the Council on Foreign Relations and Trilateral Commission, both creations of Skull and Bones and David Rockefeller. The media is used to promote disinformation and propaganda. The only way you can think the media doesn’t withhold information is if you don’t know what is REALLY going on. Hitler said, in regard to propaganda and thought control, “The bigger the lie, the easier to believe”. Sometimes it can be very difficult to discern the truth and find out what is really going on. Your heart will tell you one thing and your intellect another and usually we get caught up believing what we want to believe because it’s too much trouble to see all the way through.

To one with an open mind, it would seem foolish to assume that we are alone in the universe. In contrast, to one with a closed mind and a probable lack of spirituality, it would appear that reality is made up only of what we see and feel physically. There is, at this time, a growing awareness on the planet that perhaps we are not alone. Millions of people around the world claim to have seen unidentified flying objects, flying disks, bright lights, and fast moving objects that reflect advanced technology, that we, most people claim, could not possess.

Some people claim to have been abducted by GREY ALIENS and underwent childbearing and medical experiments only to have been returned somewhere unconscious with examination scars left behind. Thousands of cattle mutilations have occurred in remote areas sometimes followed by sightings of flying disks or bright lights and occasionally black helicopters. There has been a recent movie made about the crash and retrieval of a spaceship as well as bodies of several dead aliens in Roswell, New Mexico and it is suggested that the government might be covering up this entire situation for political or religious reasons. UFO researchers were a very small group in the 1950’s and 60’s, but recently in the 1980’s and 90’s there has been an enormous increase in interest on the subject.

I was personally first introduced to this information in 1987 through info put out by Bill Cooper a little while before the first printing of “Behold a Pale Horse”. I was very curious about the subject and read everything of quality that I could find. There were less than 100 half-way decent books in print that you could find at the time. Today, there are probably over 500. I read the best books I could find by retired high ranking military officials, channeled material from Seth and The Ashtar Command, I learned about Billy Meier, Barbara Marciniak and the Pleadians material, Bob Lazaar, Area 51 and S-4 Dreamland in Las Vegas, listened to contactees discuss the Draco-Reptilian and Andromeda connection and watched Richard Hoagland bring out the “Face on Mars” info to the U.N. and the public.

If you take the sum total of the info that exists and put it into perspective, it would appear as though our race may have been seeded here by off-planet intelligences or that we were created as an intergalactic experiment, that huge 8-10 foot tall powerful Reptilian beings live at the core of the Earth, pilot advanced flying craft, read minds and plot to enslave mankind by using grey Zeta-Reticulans, who have no choice but to assist because their race is dying from genetic inbreeding and they need help and have nowhere else to go, and that they have the government under their control through genetic cloning and electronic implants. It has even been proposed that members of the government are related to these aliens.

This may sound a little silly, but some people believe it might be true. The positive side to this double edged sword is that the Pleadians are supposedly here to save us along with another group called the Arcturians. They are supposedly here to assist us in our higher spiritual development and help us break out of our old 3rd dimensional physical reality into the 4th dimension or multi-dimensional reality. All we have to do to receive their help is give up nuclear weapons, turn our lives to god and learn to live in peace. Although these are good ideas they are easier said than done.

Probably the best book I have read on the subject came to me recently after years of entertaining the idea of this possible reality of Aliens, gov. cover-ups, and so forth, all the while learning about secret societies and other related info. The book is called “Space Aliens from the Pentagon” by William Lyne. While the former reality may seem to be a little out of this world, the info presented in this book is a lot more down to Earth. According to Mr. Lyne, the secret societies in America and abroad have harnessed a naturally occurring “Free Energy” and have possessed and suppressed this secret for at least 80-100 years.

Many people have heard of Albert Einstein and his Theory of Relativity (E=MC2). Most would consider him a genius although it is known that he was a Grade School dropout. Around the same time lived a man named Nikola Tesla. He came to America in the early 1900’s as a scientist and inventor. He was responsible for many great discoveries, but it is not mentioned in history very much. He was responsible for Radio, Television, Fluorescent and Neon lighting, Helicopters, Lasers, Particle Beams and Alternating Current. If you haven’t heard of him you should at least wonder why. William Lyne is himself an inventor and scientist. Mr. Lyne claims that when Tesla came to America, he had under his arm blueprints for possibly the world’s first FLYING SAUCER and it flew without the need for external energy.

He intended to present it to the Geneva Convention as a proposed solution for world peace and energy liberation. He had theories of Magnetism and Anti-gravity as well as other forms of “Free Energy”. The story goes that Einstein was working as a clerk at the Swiss Patent office at the time that Tesla was applying for his patents. Alternating Current was in the position of putting DC out of business, which meant that Edison and Westinghouse would suffer. J.P. Morgan, a Skull and Bones Banking Frontman, was financing Westinghouse and attempted to make arrangements to secure Tesla’s patents through con deals and contracts.

He used Einstein’s position at the patent office to rip off several of Tesla’s patents and then told him outright that since it would be difficult to collect money on this “Free Energy”, that it would not be used or promoted in society. Instead, Einstein’s Theory of Relativity would prevail and Tesla’s Dynamic Theory of Gravity would be suppressed. Today, it is impossible to locate some of Tesla’s earlier patents. The Flying Saucer project was then moved out of the country to a secret joint German / American base near the South Pole called “Neu Shwabenland” or New Berlin, which was under the control of the Thule society, a secret society in Germany to which the SS belonged. Here, the crafts were perfected and outfitted with the latest technology and design.

The Nazis created propaganda back home that Hitler was in touch with a Blond-haired, blue-eyed Aryan race of beings who communicated to him that he was chosen to lead the Germanic people. There was a resurgence of Occultism in Germany at this time. Hitler was into the occult and he was a master of propaganda. Remember, he stated “The bigger the lie, the easier to sell to the public”, people believe what they want to believe After W.W.II, during Operation Paperclip, hundreds of Nazi intelligence officers were secretly brought to America and given positions in the OSS (Office of Strategic Services), the forerunner to the CIA, supposedly to gain information on the Russians, our new enemy. Along with the Nazis came the flying saucer project.

The project was brought to New Mexico, where it was worked on further. Soon there were several sightings by people of mysterious flying objects and bright flying balls of light. In 1944 and 45, there were newspaper reports about flying balls of light possibly being advanced Nazi aircraft. They were called FOO-FIGHTERS. Then a couple of years later, in 1947, there was supposedly a flying saucer crash in the desert of Roswell, New Mexico, with advanced technology and even bodies of aliens recovered. This was reported on the front page of the newspaper and then it was explained away as a weather balloon. Within a few years science fiction films started coming out like crazy. (The day the Earth Stood Still-about the threat of war and the necessity to make peace with ourselves and the aliens, and War of the Worlds-H.G. Wells, a British Intelligence Agent).

There was a time in America in the 1950’s, when it was trendy to wear alien antennas on your head or a Hat shaped like a flying saucer. This was the beginning of the first wave of American propaganda. Then in the 1970’s, we had Star Wars, Close Encounters, Hanger 18, and eventually E.T. T.V. movies like Alien Nation and “V” were shown to us and now Sightings, The X-files, and even Roswell the movie. There is a consistent theme that suggests the government is involved in a super high level cosmic Watergate cover-up.

William Lyne claims to have seen this entire drama evolve from a simple bungled crash recovery story to the elaborate present day theory mentioned before. He basically says that this is the biggest “Free Energy Cover-up” scam ever perpetrated against the people of the world. Millions and millions of dollars are poured into an elaborate propaganda complex of Authors, Ph.D.’s, Ret. Military Officials and self proclaimed “Channelers” to distribute books and videos on these ideas. They fund UFO expos, research groups like MUFON, and UFO magazines. He even claims that he was offered money by the CIA to write phony scripts about being abducted by grey Zeta-Reticulans. He claims to have many contacts himself, through his own family and relatives and friends from previous service in the Air Force, who have confirmed this info. He claims the UFO expos are filled with disinformation agents.

Here are a couple of things to consider : 1. If you wanted to expose the government or publish books or videos on UFOs or aliens then where do you get the money to do it ? Who has this kind of money lying around and is willing to invest it in these ventures ? There is new information appearing that Lawrence Rockefeller has been behind the private financing of groups to discuss the UFO issue and undoubtedly promote more propaganda and lies. 2. If this is the government’s biggest cover-up then how come all of this info is coming out all at once all over the place ? 3. After Bill Lyne presented this info for the first time at the UFO expo in California and was a huge success, why was he asked not to return and told that he would be better suited at the Extraordinary Experiences Expo ?

There has been some speculation that the government maybe preparing to “inform” the public about the supposed alien presence and possibly even present a staged landing or invasion scenario. Either way we may soon see, depending on how carefully we are watching. If this is the kind of technology the government had 50 and 100 years ago, then 166 mhz pentium processors are probably a far cry from REAL present day capabilities.

One of the symbols for Roman Catholic Freemasonry is the Double Cross. It may appear on the Pope’s headdress or on the advertisement for the American Lung Association or even in the EXXON sign. This may imply that we’ve been double-crossed. Is the Shell gas station symbol really a shell ? Or is it the SUN rising in the East ? The Panorama Mall in California uses an almost identical symbol and it is surely not a shell, but the SUNRISE. The flag of El Salvador and Nicaragua both are a symbol of the triangle or pyramid with the eye in the peak or capstone as well as the sun rising. The flag for Germany is the Masonic compass symbol. Look at the America On-line symbol. A Current Affair T.V series. The next time you are driving on the freeway and you see an exit sign with gas station displays that offer you a choice between Citgo or Shell, ask yourself whether you are really looking at a pyramid and a sun rising in the east.

And now, back to the most popular conspiracy question : Who did kill JFK ? If you still think it was Lee Harvey Oswald and you believe the lone assassin theory or if you are stuck in a cave somewhere building a wheel that is shaped like a square then consider these important historical facts : The assassination took place in Dealey Plaza, site of the first Masonic temple in Dallas. Dallas is located just south of the 33rd degree of latitude. The 33rd degree is the highest degree one can achieve in Freemasonry. Shakespeare’s MacBeth is a “Killing of the King” drama. MacBeth, who killed his King in accordance with a witch’s plot and was himself later killed, parallels the JFK assassination and the sequence of Oswald being killed by Ruby. “Mason Road” in Texas, connects to the “Mason No El Bar” and the Texas / New Mexico “Land of Enchantment” border. This connecting line is on the 32nd degree.

When the 32nd degree line of latitude is traced west into the “Land of Enchantment”, it becomes situated midway between Deming and Columbus. Slightly to the north of the town of Columbus are the “Tres Hermanas” (Three Sisters) mountains. The Three Sisters are found approx. 32 miles between Deming and Columbus and are a minute and some seconds south of the 32nd degree line. When this line is traced further to the west, it passes the ghost town of Shakespeare at a distance south of the town that is roughly equivalent to the distance which the 32nd degree line passes north of the three sisters mountains. Both Shakespeare and the three sisters relate to MacBeth. When this 32nd degree line is traced some distance further west, into Arizona, it crosses an old trail which meanders north of a ghost town, which was once the town of Ruby.

The trail itself was called Ruby Road. Ruby Road twists north into the area of 2 mountain peaks known as Kennedy and Johnson Mountains. The New Orleans CIA (who provided security) station’s headquarters were in a Masonic temple. And last but not least, Mason Lyndon Johnson appointed Mason Earl Warren to investigate Kennedy’s death. 33rd degree Mason, Gerald Ford was instrumental in suppressing what little evidence of a conspiratorial nature reached the commission. Responsible for supplying information to the commission was 33rd degree Mason J. Edgar Hoover and former CIA director and Mason Allen Dulles was responsible for most of his Agency’s information to the panel. There IS NO need to wonder whether there is a conspiracy going on, the fact is AMERICA IS ONE BIG LIVING CONSPIRACY.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Secret Rites of Gnosis Controlled by the Church and Secret Societies

All is hidden in plain sight and churches and societies are spreading this illuminati agenda…

The famous phrase against the ancient Gnostic Heretics known as the Cathars says it all “Kill them all – the Lord will Serpent worship 2know his own.” It was allegedly written in 1233 by Pope Gregory IX who issued a formal letter denouncing them as a sect of devil-worshippers, whose practices he described as being immoral and downright evil. This attack by the church on Heretics is an example of a time we still live in today that I like to call “The Secret Rites of Gnosis Controlled by the Church and Secret Societies.”

For the purpose of this article, I would like to explain in simple terms what happened to the old-time religion of Gnosis. You see, in ancient times around 3,500-2,000 year ago, there was a global Gnostic religion that was practiced by many nations. It can be called the religion of Gnosis symbolized by the famous symbol found world-wide being that of the serpent and or dragon. It was by no means a unified religion and many of these nation states had constantly warred with one another.

Evidence of this old religion can be in all parts of the globe. Wherever there were massive empires and or evidence of a highly advanced people to be discovered, more often than not, there can always be found archeological artifacts of the serpent Gnostic religion.

As I have stated many times in the past, early Christianity is nothing but a unified exoteric form of this religion. Meaning that the ancient teachings of Gnosis were not at all lost and or permanently destroyed, but were secretly encoded into the teachings of Jesus and the Saints of the Universal (Catholic) Church who after all, were Gnostics themselves. They were just part of the Sethian initiates of the official organized Roman and Greek unified schools of Gnosticism backed by the world’s most powerful armies and strategists.

Demon and Jesus33rd Degree Masonic Philosopher, Manly P. Hall describes this event in his Gnostic masterpiece, “The Secret Teachings of All Ages” where Hall had written, “Even today there are evidences of Gnostic philosophy in the modern world, but they bear other names and their true origin is not suspected.

Many of the Gnostic concepts have actually been incorporated into the dogmas of the Christian Church, and our newer interpretations of Christianity are often along the lines of Gnostic emanationism.”

Anyone who was not part of this Universal Brotherhood of the Christian Church that was backed by the Roman and Greek armies and elite with Jesus as their Grand Master were deemed enemies of the Brotherhood. Once you were considered an enemy of the state, war would be made upon you, your family and any and all the members of these ancient Gnostic serpent schools who refused to become members of the new Universal Brotherhood. Your books burned, name tarnished and your soul deemed evil in the his-story books.

In a sense, it was the official start of this 6th Age that Plutarch had once called “Cretan against Cretan,” and the Bedouins say it quite simply, “I against my brother, my brothers and I against my cousins, then my cousins and I against strangers.” In the Bible this old teaching is incorporated into the story of when Cain killed his Brother Able and for doing so, Cain was protected by God. Then there are other Brotherhood sayings such as, “If you are not with us, you are against us,” and “the ends justifies the means.”

We can even go one step further to a time I like to call that of the Gnostic Liars where telling lies in the name of war and deceit was not only lawful, it was their job to use their words and writings to combat all competing Gnostic sects. After all, Jesus said he came not to bring peace, but a sword. This Gnostic tactic is still cleverly used to this day and especially in the so-called truth movement that can be summed up by the Latin Masonic term, “Ordo Ab Chao,” and in English, “Order out of Chaos.”

This war can be originally and directly attributed to the Roman-Greco Catholic Churches war on the Gnostics, and now with Islam against the competing global religion of exoteric Gnosis that at one time was found almost all over the world. This Christian influence and eventually with the advent of Islam and the birth and life of the prophet Muhammad overshadowed all the ancient Gnostic religions and schools of the past. In a sense, we can say that the last 2,000 years, we have seen a global war that was partially based on eliminating and or controlling knowledge in all parts of the globe.

The most recent evidence of these warring facts may be found in the persecution of the Gnostic sect known as the Yezedi‘s in the Middle East and Iraq by the Islamic group known as ISIS. Quite possibly they are one of the last remaining ancient Gnostic groups in the Middle East who has refused to convert to the ways of the Brotherhood.

A religion that they deemed unlawful, and all teachings that were not accepted by the Western and Eastern Churches in the early Councils by the Church Fathers and Doctors was deemed as heresy and doomed to destruction in a blaze of Gnostic Glory. They then encoded their own Gnostic teachings into a hard to understand esoteric form into the New Law that we know today as the New Testament.

In its place, the savior to the Christian world, Jesus had taken the place of the serpent.  A time that is described cross symbolby the 1st century A.D. Christian apologist Justin Martyr, also known as Saint Justin ( c. 100 – 165 AD) who said, “The power of the serpent of Egypt was broken on the cross.” St. Mark informs us, “With the form of a serpent, He kills the serpent, for the serpent made out of the rod swallowed up the other serpents.”  St. Augustine tells us, that the image of Christ and his Cross was the new ensign of Christian Warfare that the Romans had carried before them; being the Ensign or Profession of their Warfare.

An event that would signify the official start of their world-wide Brotherhood and war on all Gnostic heretics. A Brotherhood that was now not just based on Gnosis and blood, but also by merit in which the first Pontifex Maximus, Augustus Caesar with his advent of the 6th Age would be declared the defacto cornerstone to not only their church, but the official Grand Master of their secret societies as well.

The secret rites of Gnosis would then become incorporated into the Bible, Koran, Secret Societies and ordained secret-societiesinitiates who operated in the lights of the dark shadows such as Freemasonry, Knights Templar and the Rosicrucians would be the new depositories for these ancient Gnostic teachings. It was then decided by the ruling aristocracy that the ancient secret rite of Gnosis would be reserved only to those they had initiated themselves into their Brotherhood which they controlled based on the person’s merit of serving the state, Brotherhood and church in which the true Gnostic teachings were reserved only for a select few.

Manly Hall explains this simply when he said, “The members of the order claimed to be familiar with the secret doctrines of early Christianity. They interpreted the Christian Mysteries according to pagan symbolism. Their secret information and philosophic tenets they concealed from the profane and taught to a small group only of especially initiated persons.”

All teachers, schools and secret societies that did not have their stamp of formal approval were deemed Heretics. All Masonic Lodges that did not have a charter from the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite and the United Grand Lodge of England (UGLE) were considered clandestine. Clandestine Masonry is an unlawful secret society falsely claiming to be Masonic.  If you do not have a charter and you open a Masonic Lodge and or an Order, you are deemed a modern heretic is operating unlawfully. Please keep in mind that some of the world’s top military, police and judges are Freemasons and Templars who uphold this law against heretics.

The Freemasonic organizations such as the Ancient and Accepted Scottish Rite and the United Grand Lodge of England (UGLE) are considered lawful because they have the proper legal rites garnished by The Powers That Be, and the government of the counties and states in which they operate.

This is why you will see the biG G in Freemason stoneFreemasonry which I have explained before is nothing other than a captial G for the word Gnosis and ancient Gnostic horned deities can now be found in Freemasonry and with the Knights Templar in more modern form such as the famous Baphomet. The 19th century French occultist and Freemason, Éliphas Levi let the horns out of the bag in the 19th century when he said, “The terrible Baphomet is, in fact, like all monstrous enigmas of ancient science, nothing more than an innocent and even pious hieroglyph.”

I would go one step further and call Baphomet a  pious Gnostic hieroglyph, and Jesus one of the most powerful and influential Gnostics who has ever lived!

Worms - ApocalypseÉliphasLévi explains in his book Transcendental Magic: Its Doctrine and Ritual” how these Gnostic secrets would be unveiled during the Apocalypse and revealed to the masses in the end times of our Age which you and are witnessing rite now. Levi had written: “The triad, being the fundamental principle of the whole Kabalah or Sacred Tradition of our fathers, was necessarily the fundamental dogma of Christianity; the apparent dualism of which it explains by the intervention of a harmonious and all-powerful unity. Christ did not put His teaching into writing, and only revealed it in secret to His favored disciple, the one Kabalist, and he a great Kabalist, among the apostles.

So is the Apocalypse the book of the Gnosis or Secret Doctrine of the first Christians, and the key of this doctrine is indicated by an occult versicle of the Lord’s Prayer, which the Vulgate leaves untranslated, while in the Greek Rite, the priests only are permitted to pronounce it. This versicle, completely kabalistic, is found in the Greek text of the Gospel according to St Matthew, and in several Hebrew copies, as follows:

The sacred word MALKUTH substituted for KETHER, which is its kabalistic correspondent, and the equipoise of GEBURAH and CHESED, repeating itself in the circles of heavens called eons by the Gnostics, provided the keystone of the whole Christian Temple in the occult versicle. It has been retained by Protestants in their New Testament, but they have failed to discern its lofty and wonderful meaning, which would have unveiled to them all the Mysteries of the Apocalypse. There is, however, a tradition in the Church that the manifestation of these mysteries is reserved till the last times.”

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Hellish Nightmare Unfolds With Bilderbergs Real Agenda!

It’s almost the time when Bilderberg meeting takes place and global elite shapes the guidelines of the World:

By Lisa Haven

“Bilderberg pulls the strings of every government and intelligence agency in the Western world.” ― James Morcan, The Ninth Orphan

That is one of the truest statements coming straight from the mouth of a globalist himself! They are pulling a majority—if not all—of the strings that are in play today. From politics, to medical advancements, to technological, to world governance and more. They are a manipulative, money seeking, power hungry group out for the betterment of themselves. Only recently has their malicious agendas been spilled to the public. In the form of Bilderberg meetings, the Georgia Guidestones, and leakers themselves.

In the video below I delve through Bilderbergs own stated agendas found in the years 2013 – 2015, using the yearly conferences held across the globe as a springboard. I link agenda similarities and note the differences, as well as tie them to current events that are happening globally. Based on that information I forecast what we could be looking at in 2016 and beyond based of their “stated conference agenda”. Trust me this video is one you do not want to miss! Please get the word out and share it with everyone you know… 

June 3rd 2013 Bilderberg Agenda

– Can the US and Europe grow Faster and create jobs?    To be honest they care nothing about our jobs. This is why they ask it in the form of a question. Very vague to cover their real agenda which is, yes jobs can be created however coming from the Bilderberg’s they choose not to create them—after all the target is the downgrading of the middle class!

– Jobs, entitlement and debt:  Could they be looking at ways to increase debt and implode the economy? After all our economy has gotten worser, not better.

– How big data is changing everything:  Just days after the June 3rd Bilderberg meeting the secret NSA program was leaked on June 9th by Edward Snowden who official came out days later on the 14th.  Did the NWO group have some sort of agenda planned? All I know is days after Bilderberg’s talk on Big Data, Snowden came out.

– Nationalism and populism. 

– US Foreign policy:  Two major moves have been made since the meeting. (1.) 2013 – U.S. threatens an air attack on Syria after it uses chemical weapons; resolved by agreement to destroy all the chemical weapons under international auspices. (2.) 2014 – U.S. implements economic sanctions against the Russian Federation after its illegal occupation of Crimea during the 2014 Ukraine conflict. (Funny how since 2014 after the Bilderberg meetings this has been on the table both in 2014 and 2015) Agenda?

– Africa’s challenges:    Ebola Outbreak began December 2013, shortly after the Bilderberg meeting June 2013. Was this part of their plan?

– Cyber warfare and the proliferation of asymmetric threats:   In August 2013 US Department of Homeland Security Janet Napolitano released her farewell statement indicating that a serious cyber attack was possible in the U.S. Additional could the Bilderbergs have initiated this threat to incite fear over the populace, after all it gave the government an open door to create government agencies that monitor cyber threat tracking. More power in the hand of the government to surveillance you.

– Major trends in medical research:  Microchip medical implants were likely on the table for discussion. Especially considering this years Bilderberg meeting in which they invited former DARPA director and now Google executive Regina Dugan, the lady who pushes and promotes ingestible ID Chips! Could it be that this has been on the table all along? A major goal towards the NWO mindset.

– Education, promise and impacts:  There are more online public schools today then ever before. Also we were faced head on with the Federalized school system known as, COMMON CORE! (Evil to the core!)

– Politics of the European Union

– Developments in the Middle East: This is on the agenda yearly specifically because Jerusalem is at the center of the Middle East Conflict. That and oil! They likely discuss who they will and won’t back and what fear they’ll strike into people’s minds to initiate their agenda.

– Current Affairs  this makes a yearly appearance on the list.

 

May 29-June 1 Bilderberg Meeting 2014: 

– Is the economic recovery sustainable? Short answer, no! They made sure of it and they are well aware of it! Therefore I’m sure they have plans underway to eliminate the middle class, especially here in America. If they can do that then it would be easier for the to implicate their NWO agenda. After all the middle class has always been a target.

– Who will pay for the demographics? It won’t be them! More taxes, maybe even a carbon tax, etc.

– Does privacy exist?:  I think the real truth behind this discussion is how to “NOT MAKE privacy exist.” How to gather data on everyone and anyone they can! After all ever since the 2013 meeting the NSA has upped their game by increasing surveillance on the population through the NSA Spy grid, Fusions Centers, the  Joint terrorist task force, and now they are listening to our phone calls, and putting surveillance drones in our skies.

– How special is the relationship in intelligence sharing?:  Special enough for them to discuss it!! They need intel to gather data on all who are against them. They want this!

– Big shifts in technology and jobs:  Yes! This is also a goal, they want to merge man with machine. It is a goal to make some sort of ‘transhuman’ lifeform that can give them longevity of life. They know they are headed to the pits of hell and want to live as long as possible. This is also why some medical advancements for 2014 included genome editing.

– The future of democracy and the middle class trap:  Truth how to eliminate the future of democracy and implement tyranny and their One World Order.

– China’s political and economic outlook:  Truth how to make other countries follow China’s communistic regime. After all major attacks against patriots, christians, and vets, have surfaced. Taken straight from a Maoist playbook!

– The new architecture of the Middle East

– Ukraine: Obviously their agenda is to spark tensions considering much is funded from Bilderbergs own George Soros.

– What’s next for Europe 

– Current Events

 

Bilderberg, June 11th – 14th 2015 Agenda: 

– Artificial Intelligence: There will be a major push for microchipping considering Regina Dugan, the former DARPA director and Google executive who pushes microchipping will be attending the meeting.

– Cybersecurity: This was on the agenda before and it’s likely we could see a cyber threat in the near future. Likely part of a manufactured crisis.

– Chemical Weapons Threats

– Current Economic Issues: We all know the economic crisis is coming, but it could be a lot sooner then I’d like to realize. They know it and we know it.

– European Strategy: On the list three years running!

– Globalization: This is the first year they have added this as one of their key topic discussions. However, I believe it’s been it’s been discussed yearly! The NWO is, after all, their main objective! Could it be that they finally listed this on their agenda because things are getting down to the wire? Do they fear something’s ahead that either could prevent them from accomplishing their goal or propel them forward. I believe a huge NWO push will be coming in these next years.

– Iran, Greece, Middle East, Russia, NATO, USA, UK, and Ukraine: All listed as globalists in the working. Likely to discuss a number of topics maybe even World War Three. Considering the players they have listed here. We know US, Russia and Ukraine are in tensions. Along with Middle East and chaos in Greece. All player. As for UK, I’m guessing it will soon join in.

– Terrorism: There could be an uptick in action against “ patriotic terrorists.” Those who oppose their rule! This could be the main objectives of Jade Helm, especially considering the official start date takes place right after the Bilderberg event? Coincidence? I think not!

– US Elections: Considering Hilary Clintons advisor, Jim Messina, is on the list. It’s possible Bilderberg’s could be backing Hilary as our next president.

“We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time Magazine and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost forty years … It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But, the world is more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supranational sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries.” – David Rockefeller, 1991 Bilderberg Meeting at Baden, Germany (a meeting also attended by Bill Clinton)

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

How the Illuminati Trapped Hitler in Two-Front War

Interesting article about how Illuminati organized Hitler to power and used him as a tool:

The pre-war British establishment was Illuminati and Communist to the core.

They put Hitler into power in Germany and then maneuvered him into a war that would destroy Germany as an independent country once and for all.

(from Sept. 2006)

by Henry Makow Ph.D.

In Dec. 1942 Heinrich Mueller, Chief of the Gestapo, rolled up the Soviet spy network in mainland Europe and secured a list of Soviet agents and informants in England  that reads like a “who’s who” of the British establishment and lifts the veil from modern history.

Müller,_Heinrich

(Gestapo Chief Heinrich Muller)

Soviet spies include Edward Wood, Lord Halifax, Neville Chamberlain’s Foreign Secretary and an architect of the “Appeasement” policy.

Appeasement encouraged Hitler to think England wanted him to expand eastward against the Soviet Union. In fact, Halifax was Illuminati like the Communists. Appeasement was designed to trap Hitler in a two-front war which would level Germany (and Europe) and kill sixty million people.

Mueller’s list of spies includes Victor Rothschild, the head of the central banking dynasty, one of the “Cambridge Five” traitors. Curiously, the other four (Burgess, Maclean, Blunt and Philby) aren’t on Mueller’s list. Halifax’s son married a Rothschild.

The list also includes Charles Hambro, another banker of Jewish origin who was part of a Bank of England decision to continue financing Nazism in 1934 as a “stabilizing influence.” Obviously, as a Soviet asset, this man was not pro-Nazi. The explanation is that both Nazism and Communism are Illuminati creations.

The list also includes Sir Robert Waley-Cohen and many members of the anti-appeasement “Focus” group that funded Winston Churchill. Waley-Cohen was the Chairman of the Rothschild-controlled Shell Oil and the leader of the British Jewish Community.

Other bankers, banking scions and industrialists include Eugen Spier, Maurice Baring, Leonard Montefiore, Edward Guggenheim, Sir Robert Mond and Sir Phillip Sassoon. All are of Jewish origin.

Prominent Labor Party and trade union leaders included Ernest Bevin, Harold Laski, Herbert Stanley Morrison and Sir Walter Citrine. Members of ancient aristocratic families include Richard Combe Abdy, Baron Strabogli, and Admiral Reginald Plunkett-Ernle-Erle-Drax. There was press mogul J.S. Elias, cartoonist Victor Weisz and Daily Express Chairman Ralph D. Blumenfeld.

Prominent civil servants include Rex Leeper of the Foreign Office ruling clique and Sir Maurice Hankey, who as cabinet secretary and Clerk of the Privy Council (1919-1938) knew all the secrets. There was Slavonic scholar Bernard Pares and Jurist Sir Hirsch Lauterpacht. (The complete agent list is at the end of this article.)

FREEMASONS

What did this disparate group have in common? About half of them are recognizably Jewish. But the connection that binds all of them likely is the Illuminati, the top rung of Freemasonry. Its aim is to weaken mankind through a series of contrived  wars in order to establish a Masonic or “Illuminist” world dictatorship dedicated to the “light giver” Lucifer (their alter ego.) Obama, Bush, Clinton, Kerry etc. are all members.

The Illuminati started Communism. Their common anniversary is May 1; their common symbol is the satanic inverted pentagram. They funded the Bolshevik Revolution and secretly ran the USSR, which was a model for the New World Order. Far from being spies for Stalin, some of these men probably were his superiors.

Soviet Russia was a dummy-state creation of  the London-based Illuminati bankers. The Second World War, the Cold War, and now the “War on Terror” are all their inventions. They are responsible for 9-11 and for the neopagan assault on Western Civilization, Christianity and Islam (incl. family, nation, race, morality and truth) that we call modernism, humanism and globalism.

Heinrich Mueller died in California in 1983. The CIA recruited Mueller in Switzerland in 1948 and paid him $1 million for an Interrogation running 1000-pages that includes this list. Mueller left his microfilmed archives to his nephew, “Douglas Gregory” who has published a part.

BAIT AND SWITCH

The Bank of England funded the rise of Adolf Hitler through the Schroder Bank.

frank-cyril-tiarks-and-grand-daughter-henriettatiarks

(Tiarcks and his granddaughter)

F.C. Tiarcks, the Managing Director of the Schroder Bank, was also a Director of the Bank of England.

Eustace Mullins writes: “Because his own financial backers, the Schroders, were sponsoring the Appeasement Party, Hitler believed there would be no war [with England.] He did not suspect that the backers of the Appeasement Party, now that Chamberlain had served his purpose in duping Hitler, would cast Chamberlain aside and make Churchill the Prime Minister.” (The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, pp.76-78.)

While history portrays Hitler as duping the naive Neville Chamberlain and Lord Halifax, it appears Hitler himself was tricked into thinking he could expand eastward with impunity. Neville Chamberlain wasn’t in on the secret. (He died prematurely just months after leaving office.) But as a Soviet informant, Halifax certainly was instrumental.

As an early opponent of British rearmament, Halifax encouraged Hitler’s plans and later complimented the dictator for being a “genuine hater of Communism.” In 1937, Halifax actually offered Hitler changes in the “European Order” in regard to Danzig, Austria and Czechoslovakia.

“It was Halifax not Hitler who first mentioned by name the areas where the Versailles Treaty might be reinterpreted to Germany’s benefit,” writes historian Andrew Roberts. “Halifax did the one thing which Eden had told him not to, and which Vansittart warned would ‘bring the European card-castle tumbling down.’ Moreover he did it not once but thrice in the course of the conversations.” (The Holy Fox: A Biography of Lord Halifax, 1991, pp. 67, 70-71.)

Halifx’s closest adviser was Philip Kerr, Lord Lothian, a member of the Rothschild-Milner-Rhodes  Round Table secret society (i.e  the Illuminati). According to Roberts, Lothian was “a friend of Halifax’s and had  non-parliamentary political influence of a type seldom seen in today’s politics.” (109)

Appeasement was designed to encourage Hitler to take action which would justify a declaration of war by the West.

“What we want to secure is the certainty of a war on two-fronts,” Halifax said in March 1939. (Roberts, 146) Halifax was responsible for the foolhardy British guarantee of Poland that led to this war declaration in Sept. 1939. The USSR also invaded Poland but there was no declaration of war against it. Stalin was pre-primed to attack the Nazis in 1941.(This is essentially the deal Christian Rakovsky offered Stalin 1938.)

The whole knuckle-biting drama of war and peace in 1939-41, including England as the lonely defender of freedom, was a charade. Germany was in the cross-hairs all along. Could the USA be in the same position today as Russia and China prepare for war?

The appeasers and their opponents were two Illuminati house teams pursuing  common goals. Lady Astor’s Cliveden Manor was supposed to be the HQ of the (pro-Nazi) appeasement party but, as Andrew Roberts points out, arch anti-appeasers like Duff Cooper, Anthony Eden and Russian Foreign Minister Maxim Litvinov (nee Meir Finkelstein) were regular guests. (67)

CONCLUSION

Wars are the artificial creation of the Illuminati, a satanic cult that extends its tentacles over the whole planet. “Muller’s List” provides a glimpse at the composition of this group: bankers, industrialists, aristocrats, military, scholars, trade unionists and media.

There are a lot of Jews but it should be obvious that the Illuminati victimized Jews as much as anyone. Jews have been the canon fodder for Communism, Zionism and Nazism. Instead of  defending the Illuminati, Jews should revile it. Otherwise they appear to be in collusion.

Possibly some listees didn’t realize what they were advancing. The Illuminati pretended to oppose fascism. Today they pretend to build a humanist utopia, an answer to poverty, disease, and prejudice. Former World Bank President James Wolfensohn had the slogan “Plutocrat for the Poor” on his web site.

Hitler was groomed and funded for the purpose of destroying Germany’s national aspirations and to provide a pretext for the State of Israel. The Illuminati starts wars to destroy nation states, demoralize humanity, consolidate power and produce huge profits and debt slavery. This cult, which has a stranglehold on thought and expression, pretty much defines realty. Our best course is to find our truth from different sources and define reality anew.

———
“Mueller’s List”  from Douglas Gregory, “Gestapo Chief: The 1948 Interrogation of Heinrich Muller Vol. 3 p.107.

Lt. Col. Frederick William Abbot
Sir Maurice Hankey
Richard Combe Abdy
Eugen Spier
George Dixon Abraham
Baron Strabogli
Frederick Edward Fox Adam
J.S. Elias, Baron Southwood
Admiral Sir Percy Addison
Sir H.L. Rothband
Elkan Nathan Adler
Sir E.L. Goschen
Admiral Oliver Backhouse
Mrs. Blanche Dugdale
John Ball
Sir Robert Wood
Maurice Baring
Sir Robert Mond
Ralph D. Blumenfeld
Jurgen Kuczynski
Sir Harry Robert Boyd
Sir Robert Waley-Cohen
Sir Charles Hambro
Rex Leeper
Edward Wood (Lord Halifax)
Sir Walter Citrine
Walter Rosenhain
Victor Rothschild

Charles Masterman Herz
Sir Philip Sassoon
Victor Weisz
Sir Bernard Pares
Friedrich Saxl
Ernest Bevin
Sir Hirsch Lauterpacht
Herbert Stanley Morrison
Harold Joseph Laski
Sir Reginald Plunkett-Erle-Drax
Edward Armand Guggenheim

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Illuminati Agenda – Part IV

The final part of the Illuminati agenda…

Part 4

By Myron C. Fagan
http://educate-yourself.org/nwo/illuminatiagenda4bestoverviewyet8jun02.shtml
June 12, 2002

We know how Roosevelt and his traitorous State Department kept building up the communist menace right here in our country and thus throughout the world. We know how he perpetuated the whole Pearl Harbor atrocity for his excuse to hurl us into World War II. We know all about his secret meetings with Stalin at Yalta and how he, with Eisenhower’s help, delivered the Balkans and Berlin to Moscow and lastuj but by no means least; we know that the 20th century Benedict Arnold not only dragged us into that new corridor; the United Nations, into the one-world government, but he actually schemed all the arrangements to plant it within our country.

In short, the day that Roosevelt entered the White House, the CFR conspirators regained full control of our foreign relations machinery and firmly established the United Nations as the housing for the Illuminati one-world government.

I wish to stress one other very vital point. That Wilson’s “League of Nations” flop brought Schiff and his gang to the realization that control of just the Democratic Party was not enough.

True, they could create a crisis during the Republican administration as they did in 1929 with their Federal Reserve manufactured Crash and Depression which would bring another Democrat stooge back into the White House, but they realized that a four-year disruption in their control of our foreign relation policies could play havoc with the progress of their conspiracy. It could even break up their entire strategy as it almost did before Roosevelt saved it with his recognition of the Stalin regime.

Thereupon, after that Wilson debacle, they began to formulate plans to achieve control of both of our national parties. But that posed a problem for them. They needed manpower with stooges in the Republican Party with additional manpower for the Democratic Party and because control of just the man in the White House would not be enough; they would have to provide that man with trained stooges for his entire cabinet; men to head the State Department, the Treasury Department, the Pentagon, the CFR, the USIA, etc..

In short; every member of the various cabinets would have to be a chosen tool of the CFR, such as Rusk and McNamara, as well as all the under Secretaries and assistant Secretaries. That would give the conspirators absolute control of all our policies, both domestic and most important, foreign. That course of action would require a reserve pool of trained stooges; instantaneously ready for administrative changes and for all other exigencies.

All such stooges would of necessity have to be men of national reputation, high in the esteem of the people; but they would have to be men without honor, without scruple, and without conscience. These men would have to be vulnerable to blackmail. It is needless for me to stress how well the CFR succeeded. The immortal Joe McCarthy fully revealed that there are thousands of such security risks in all federal agencies.

Scott MacLeod unmasked thousands more and you know the price that Oetega had to pay, and is still paying, for his expositions before a Senate Committee of the traitors in the State Department and you know that the men in the State Department, who delivered Cuba to Castro, have not only been shielded, but promoted.

Now let’s go back to the crux of the whole one-world government plot and the maneuvering necessary to create another “League of Nations” to house such a government.

As I have already stated, the conspirators knew that only another world war was vital for the success of their plot. It would have to be such a horrifying world war that the peoples of the world would cry out for the creation of some kind of a world organization that could secure an everlasting peace. But how could such a war be brought about? All the European nations were at peace. None had any quarrels with their neighboring nations and certainly their stooges in Moscow wouldn’t dare to start a war. Even Stalin realized that it would mean the overthrow of his regime unless, so-called, “patriotism” would weld the Russian people behind him.

But the conspirators had to have a war. They had to find or create some kind of an incident to launch it. They found it in a little inconspicuous and repulsive little man who called himself Adolf Hitler.

Hitler, an impecunious Austrian house painter, had been a corporal in the German army. He made the defeat of Germany into a personal grievance. He began to rabble rouse about it in the Munich, Germany area. He began to spout about restoring the greatness of the German Empire and the might of the German solidarity. He advocated the restoration of the old German military to be used to conquer the whole world. Strangely enough, Hitler, the little clown that he was, could deliver a rabble rousing speech and he did have a certain kind of magnetism. But the new authorities in Germany didn’t want anymore wars and they promptly threw the obnoxious Austrian house painter into a prison cell.

Aha! Here was the man, decided the conspirators, who, if properly directed and financed, could be the key to another world war. So while he was in prison; they had Rudolph Hess and Hermann Goering write a book which they titled: Mein Kompf and attributed the authorship to Hitler; exactly as Lipdenoff wrote: Mission to Moscow and attributed the authorship to Joseph Davies; then our ambassador to Russia and a stooge of the CFR. In Mein Kompf;  the Hitler pseudo-author outlined his grievances and how he would restore the German people to their former greatness.

The conspirators then arranged for a wide circulation of the book among the German people in order to arouse a fanatical following for him. On his release from prison (also arranged by the conspirators); they began to groom and finance him to travel to other parts of Germany to deliver his rabble rousing speeches. Soon he gathered a growing following among other veterans of the war that soon spread to the masses who began to see in him a saviour for their beloved Germany.

Then came his leadership of what he called “his brown shirt army” and the march on Berlin. That required a great deal of financing; but the Rothschilds, the Warburgs, and others of the conspirators provided all the money he needed. Gradually Hitler became the idol of the German people and they then overthrew the Von Hindenburg government and Hitler became the new fuhrer. But that still was no reason for a war.

The rest of the world watched Hitler’s rise, but saw no reason to interfere in what was distinctly a domestic condition within Germany. Certainly none of the other Nations felt it was a reason for another war against Germany and the German people were not yet incited into enough of a frenzy to commit any acts against any neighboring nation; not even against France that would lead to a war. The conspirators realized they would have to create such a frenzy; a frenzy that would cause the German people to throw caution to the winds and at the same time; horrify the whole world. And incidentally; Mein Kompf was actually a follow-up of Karl Marx’s book: A World Without Jews.

The conspirators suddenly remembered how the Schiff- Rothschild gang had engineered the pogroms in Russia which slaughtered many, many thousands of Jews and created a world-wide hatred for Russia and they decided to use that same unconscionable trick to inflame the new Hitler-led German people into a murderous hatred of the Jews.

Now it is true that the German people never had any particular affection for the Jews; but neither did they have an ingrained hatred for them. Such a hatred would have to be manufactured so Hitler was to create it. This idea more than appealed to Hitler. He saw in it the grisly gimmick to make him the “God-man” of the German people.

Thus craftily inspired and coached by his financial advisers, the Warburgs, the Rothschilds, and all the Illuminati masterminds,  he blamed the Jews for the hated Versailles Treaty and for the financial ruination that followed the war. The rest is history. We know all about the Hitler concentration camps and the incineration of hundred of thousands of Jews.

Not the 6,000,000 nor even the 600,000 claimed by the conspirators; but it was enough. And here let me reiterate how little the internationalist bankers, the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Lehmans, Warburgs, Barouchs, cared about their racial brethren who were the victims of their nefarious schemes. In their eyes; the slaughter of the several hundred thousand innocent Jews by Hitler didn’t bother them at all.

They considered it a necessary sacrifice to further their Illuminati one-world plot just as the slaughter of the many millions in the wars that followed was a similar necessary sacrifice. And here is another grisly detail about those concentration camps. Many of the Hitler soldier executioners in those camps had previously been sent to Russia to acquire their arts of torture and brutalization so as to emphasize the horrors of the atrocities.

All this created a new world-wide hatred for the German people but it still did not provide a cause for a war. There upon Hitler was incited to demand the “Sudetenland” and you remember how Chamberlain and the then diplomats of Czechoslovakia and France surrendered to that demand. That demand led to further Hitlerian demands for territories in Poland and in the French Czar territories and those demands were rejected.
Then came his [Non-Aggression] pact with Stalin. Hitler had been screaming hatred against communism (Oh how he ranted against communism), but actually nazism was nothing but socialism, and communism is, in fact, socialism. But Hitler disregarded all that. He entered into a pact with Stalin to attack and divide Poland between them. While Stalin marched into one part of Poland (for which he was never blamed [the Illuminati masterminds saw to that]); Hitler launched a “blitzkrieg” on Poland from his side. The conspirators finally had their new world war and what a horrible war it was.

And in 1945; the conspirators finally achieved the United Nations, their new housing for their one-world government. And truly amazing; all of the American people hailed this foul outfit as a Holy of Holies. Even after all the true facts about how the U.N. was created were revealed, the American people continued to worship that evil outfit. Even after Alger Hess was unmasked as a Soviet spy and traitor, the American people continued to believe in the U.N..

Even after I had publicly revealed the secret agreement between Hess and Mulatoff that a Russian would always be the head of the military secretariat and by that token, the real master of the U.N.. But most of the American people continued to believe that the U.N. could do no wrong. Even after Trig D. Lee, the first Secretary general of the U.N. confirmed that Hess-Mulatoff secret agreement in his book: For The Cause of Peace,  Vasialia was given a leave of absence by the U.N. so that he could take command of the North Koreans and Red Chinese who were fighting the so-called U.N. police action under our own General McArthur, who, by orders of the U.N., was fired by the pusillanimous president Truman in order to prevent him from winning that war.

Our people still believed in the U.N. despite our 150,000 sons who were murdered and maimed in that war; the people continued to regard the U.N. as a sure means for peace even after it was revealed in 1951 that the U.N. (using our own American soldiers under U.N. command, under the U.N. flag, in collusion with our traitorous State Department and the Pentagon) had been invading many small cities in California and Texas in order to perfect their plan for the complete takeover of our country. Most of our people brushed it off and continued their belief that the U.N. is a Holy of Holies.

Do you know that the U.N. Charter was written by traitor Alger Hess, Mulatoff, and Vyshinsky? That Hess and Mulatoff had made within that secret agreement that the military chief of the U.N. was always to be a Russian appointed by Moscow? Do you know that at their secret meetings at Yalta; Roosevelt and Stalin, at the behest of the Illuminati operating as the CFR, decided that the U.N. must be placed on American soil?

Do you know that most of the U.N. Charter was copied intact, word for word, from the Marx Communist Manifesto and the Russian, so-called, constitution? Do you know that the only two Senators who voted against the U.N. Charter had read it? Do you know that since the U.N. was founded, communist enslavement has grown from 250,000 to 1,000,000,000?

Do you know that since the U.N. was founded to insure peace there have been at least 20 major wars incited by the U.N., just as they incited war against little Rhodesia and Kuwait? Do you know that under the U.N. set up, the American taxpayers have been forced to make up the U.N. Treasury deficit of many millions of dollars because of Russia’s refusal to pay her share? Do you know that the U.N. had never passed a resolution condemning Russia or her so-called satellites; but always condemns our Allies?

Do you know that J. Edgar Hoover said: “the overwhelming majority of the communist delegations to the U.N. are espionage agents” and that 66 Senators voted for a “Consular Treaty” to open our entire country to Russian spies and saboteurs? Do you know that the U.N. helps Russia’s conquest of the world by preventing the free world from taking any action whatsoever except to debate each new aggression in the U.N. General Assembly?
Do you know that at the time of the Korean War there were 60 Nations in the U.N., yet 95% of the U.N. forces were our American sons and practically 100% of the cost was paid by the United States taxpayers?

And surely you know that the U.N. policy during the Korean and Vietnam Wars was to prevent us from winning those wars? Do you know that all the battle plans of General McArther had to go first to the U.N. to be relayed to Vasialia, Commander of the North Koreans and Red Chinese, and that any future wars fought by our sons under the U.N. flag would have to be fought by our sons under the control of the U.N. Security Council?
Do you know that the U.N. has never done anything about the 80,000 Russian Mongolian troops that occupy Hungary?

Where was the U.N. when the Hungarian freedom fighters were slaughtered by the Russians [1956]? Do you know that the U.N. and its peace army turned the Congo over to the communists? Do you know that the U.N.’s own, so-called, peace force was used to crash, rape, and kill the white anti-communists in Katanga?
Do you know that the U.N. stood by and did nothing while Red China invaded Laos and Vietnam? That it did nothing while Nero invaded Goa and other Portuguese territories? Do you know that the U.N. was directly responsible for aiding Castro? That it does absolutely nothing about the many thousands of Cuban youngsters who are shipped to Russia for communist indoctrination.

Do you know that Adlai Stevenson said: “the free world must expect to loose more and more decisions in the U.N..” Do you know that the U.N. openly proclaims that its chief objective is a “one-world government” which means “one-world laws,” “one-world court,” “one-world schools,” and a “one world church” in which Christianity would be prohibited?

Do you know that a U.N. law has been passed to disarm all American citizens and to transfer all our armed forces to the U.N.? Such a law was secretly signed by saint’ Jack Kennedy in 1961. Do you realize how that fits in with Article 47, paragraph 3, of the U.N. Charter, which states and I quote: “the military staff committee of the U.N. shall be responsible through the Security Council for the strategic direction of all armed forces placed at the disposal of the Security Council” and when and if all our armed forces are transferred to the U.N., your sons would be forced to serve and die under the U.N. command all over the world. This will happen unless you fight to get the U.S. out of the U.N..

Do you know that Congressmen James B. Utt has submitted a bill to get the U.S. out of the U.N. and a resolution to prevent our President from forcing us to support the U.N. embargoes on Rhodesia? Well, he has and many people all over the country are writing to their representatives to support the Utt bill and resolution. Fifty Congressmen, spear headed by Schweiker and Moorhead of Pennsylvania, have introduced a bill to immediately transfer all our armed forces to the U.N.? Can you imagine such brazen treason? Is your Congressman one of those 50 traitors? Find out and take immediate action against him and help Congressman Utt.

Now do you know that the National Council of Churches passed a resolution in San Francisco which states that the United States will soon have to subordinate its will to that of the U.N. and that all American citizens must be prepared to accept it? Is your church a member of the National Council of Churches?  In connection with that, bear in mind that God is never mentioned in the U.N. Charter and their meetings are never opened with prayer.

The creators of the U.N. stipulated in advance that there should be no mention of God or Jesus Christ in the U.N. Charter or in its U.N. headquarters. Does your pastor subscribe to that? Find out! Furthermore; do you know that the great majority of the, so-called, Nations in the U.N. are anti-christianity and that the U.N. is a completely godless organization by orders of its creators; the CFR Illuminati. Have you heard enough of the truth the Illuminati’s United Nations? Do you want to leave your sons and our precious country to the unholy mercy of the Illuminati’s United Nations?

If you don’t; write, telegraph, or phone your Representatives and Senators that they must support Congressman Utt’s bill to get the U.S. out of the U.N. and the U.N. out of the U.S.. Do it today; now, before you forget! It is the only salvation for your sons and for our country.

Now I have one more vital message to deliver. As I told you; one of the four specific assignments Rothschild gave Jacob Schiff was to create a movement to destroy religion in the United States with Christianity to be the chief target. For a very obvious reason; the Anti defamation League wouldn’t dare to attempt to do it because such an attempt could create the most terrible blood bath in the history of the world; not only for the ADL and the conspirators, but for the millions of innocent Jews.

Schiff turned that job over to Rockefeller for another specific reason. The destruction of Christianity could be accomplished only by those who are entrusted to preserve it. By the pastors; the men of the cloth.

As a starter; John D. Rockefeller picked up a young, so-called, Christian minister by the name of Dr. Harry F. Ward. Reverend Ward if you please. At that time he was teaching religion at the Union Theological Seminary. Rockefeller found a very willing Judas in this Reverend and thereupon in 1907, he financed him to set up the Methodist Foundation of Social Service and Ward’s job was to teach bright young men to become, so-called, ministers of Christ and to place them as pastors of churches.

While teaching them to become ministers; the Reverend Ward also taught them how to subtlely and craftily preach to their congregations that the entire story of Christ was a myth to cast doubts on the divinity of Christ, to cast doubts about the virgin Mary, in short; to cast doubts on Christianity as a whole. It was not to be a direct attack, but much of it to be done by crafty insinuation that was to be applied, in particular, to the youth in the Sunday schools.

Remember Lenin’s statement: “give me just one generation of youth and I’ll transform the whole world.” Then in 1908; the Methodist Foundation of Social Service, which incidentally was America’s first communist front organization, changed its name to the Federal Council of Churches. By 1950; the Federal Council of Churches was becoming very suspect so in 1950 they changed the name to the National Council of Churches.

Do I have to tell you more about how this National Council of Churches is deliberately destroying faith in Christianity? I don’t think so, but this I will tell you. If you are a member of any congregation whose pastor and church are members of this Judas organization, you and your contributions are helping the Illuminati’s plot to destroy Christianity and your faith in God and Jesus Christ thus you are deliberately delivering your children to be indoctrinated with disbelief in God and Church and which can easily transform them into atheists.

Find out immediately if your Church is a member of the National Council of Churches and for the love of God and your children; if it is, withdraw from it at once. However; let me warn you that the same destroying religion process has been infiltrated into other denominations. If you have seen the “Negro on Selma” and other such demonstrations; you have seen how the Negro mobs are led and encouraged by ministers (and even Catholic priests and nuns) who march along with them.

There are many individual churches and pastors who are honest and sincere. Find one such for yourself and for your children. Incidentally; this same Reverend Harry F. Ward was also one of the founders of the American Civil Liberties Union, a notorious pro-communist organization. He was the actual head of it from 1920 to 1940. He also was a co-founder of the American League against War and Fascism which, under Browder, became the Communist Party of the United States.

In short, Ward’s entire background reeked of communism and he was identified as a member of the communist party. He died a vicious traitor to both his church and country and this was the man old John D. Rockefeller picked and financed to destroy America’s Christian religion in accordance with the orders given to Schiff by the Rothschilds.

In conclusion I have this to say. You probably are familiar with the story of how one Dr. Frankenstien created a monster to do his will of destroying his chosen victims but how instead in the end, that monster turned on his own creator, Frankenstien, and destroyed him. Well, the Illuminati/CFR has created a monster called the United Nations (who is supported by their minority groups, rioting negroes, the traitorous mass communications media, and the traitors in Washington D.C.) which was created to destroy the American people.

We know all about that many-headed hydramonster and we know the names of those who created that monster. We know all their names and I predict that one fine day the American people will come fully awake and cause that very monster to destroy its creator. True! The majority of our people are still being brainwashed, deceived, and deluded by our traitorous press, TV, and radio, and by our traitors in Washington D.C., but surely by now enough is known about the U.N. to stamp out that outfit as a deadly poisonous rattlesnake in our midst.

My only wonder is: “what will it take to awaken and arouse our people to the full proof?” Perhaps this record [transcript] will do it. A hundred thousand or a million copies of this record can do it. I pray to God it will. And I pray that this record will inspire you, all of you, to spread this story to all loyal Americans in your community.

You can do it by playing it to study groups assembled in your homes, at meetings of the American Legion, the VFW, the DAR, all other civic groups and women’s clubs; especially the women’s clubs who have their sons lives at stake. With this record, I have provided you with the weapon that will destroy the monster. For the love of God, of our Country, and of your children, use it! Get a copy of it into every American home.

Myron Fagan, Illuminati/CFR Recordings, 1967
[Originally distributed as a 3 LP record set. Later, audio cassestes were also made available.]

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Illuminati Agenda – Part III

Saga still continues…

Part 3

By Myron C. Fagan
http://educate-yourself.org/nwo/illuminatiagenda3bestoverviewyet8jun02.shtml
June 10, 2002
By 1917 the conspirators had achieved their primary objective; all of Europe was in a state of destitution. All the peoples were war weary and crying for peace and the outcome too was all set. It was to come as soon as the United States would be hurled on the side of the Allies and that was all set to happen immediately after Wilson’s re-election. After that, there could be only one outcome; complete victory for the Allies. To fully confirm my statement that long before 1917; the conspiracy, headed in America by Jacob Schiff, had it all set to hurl the United States into that war. I will cite the proof.

When Wilson was campaigning for re-election in 1916; his chief appeal was: “re-elect the man who will keep your sons out of the war.” But during that same campaign; the Republican Party publicly charged that Wilson had long committed himself to throw us into the war. They charged that if he would be defeated he would accomplish that act during his few remaining months in office; but if re-elected, he would hold off until after the election. But at that time the American people looked upon Wilson as a “God-man.” Well; Wilson was re-elected and as per the schedule of the conspirators; he hurled us into the war in 1917. He used the sinking of the Lusitania as an excuse; a sinking which also was prearranged. Roosevelt, also a God-man in the eyes of the American people, followed the same technique in 1941 when he used the prearranged Pearl Harbor attack as his excuse for hurling us into World War II.

Now exactly as the conspirators planned; victory for the Allies would eliminate all the Monarchs of the defeated Nations and leave all their people leaderless, confused, bewildered and perfectly conditioned for the one-world government. The great conspiracy intended would follow; but there still would be an obstacle; the same obstacle that had balked the Illuminati and Rothschild at that Congress in Vienna (peace gathering) after the Napoleonic Wars.

Russia would be on the winning side this time as it was in 1814 and therefore the Czar would be securely seated on his throne. Here it is pertinent to note that Russia, under the Czarist regime, had been the one country in which the Illuminati had never made any headway nor had the Rothschilds ever been able to infiltrate in their banking interests thus a winning Czar would be more difficult than ever to cope with. Even if he could be enticed into a so-called “League of Nations;” it was a foregone conclusion that he would never, but never, go for a one-world government.

So even before the outbreak of World War I, the conspirators had a plan in the making to carry out Nathan Rothschild’s vow of 1814 to destroy the Czar and also murder all possible royal heirs to the throne and it would have to be done before the close of the war. The Russian Bolsheviks were to be their instruments in this particular plot. From the turn of the century; the chiefs of the Bolsheviks were Nicolai Lenin, Leon Trotsky, and later Joseph Stalin.

Of course, those were not their true family names. Prior to the outbreak; Switzerland became their haven. Trotsky’s headquarters was on the lower East Side in New York; largely the habitat of Russian-Jewish refugees. Both Lenin and Trotsky were similarly bewhiskered and unkempt. In those days, that was the badge of Bolshevism. Both lived well yet neither had a regular occupation.

Neither had any visible means of support, yet both always had plenty of money. All those mysteries were solved in 1917. Right from the outset of the war; strange and mysterious goings on were taking place in New York. Night after night; Trotsky darted furtively in and out of Jacob Schiff’s palace mansion and in the dead of those same nights there were a gathering of hoodlums of New York’s lower East Side. All of them Russian refugees at Trotsky’s headquarters and all were going through some mysterious sort of training process that was all shrouded in mystery. Nobody talked; although it did leak out that Schiff was financing all of Trotsky’s activities.

Then suddenly Trotsky vanished and so did approximately 300 of his trained hoodlums. Actually they were on the high seas in a Schiff-chartered ship bound for a rendezvous with Lenin and his gang in Switzerland. And also on that ship was $20,000,000 in gold; the $20,000,000 was provided to finance the Bolsheviks takeover of Russia. In anticipation of Trotsky’s arrival; Lenin prepared to throw a party in his Switzerland hideaway.

Men of the very highest places in the world were to be guests at that party. Among them were the mysterious Colonel Edward Mandell House, Woodrow Wilson’s mentor and palsy-walsy, and more important; Schiff’s special and confidential messenger. Another of the expected guests was Warburg of the Warburg Banking Clan in Germany who was financing the Kaiser and whom the Kaiser had rewarded by making him chief of the Secret Police of Germany. In addition; there were the Rothschilds of London and Paris also Lithenoth, Kakonavich, and Stalin (who was then the head of a train and bank robbing gang of bandits). He was known as the “Jesse James of the Urals.”

And here I must remind you that England and France were then long in the war with Germany and that on February 3, 1917, Wilson had broken off all diplomatic relations with Germany. Therefore; Warburg, Colonel House, the Rothschilds, and all those others were enemies, but of course, Switzerland was neutral ground where enemies could meet and be friends-especially if they had some scheme in common.

That Lenin party was very nearly wrecked by an unforeseen incident: The Schiff-chartered ship on its way to Switzerland was intercepted and taken into custody by a British warship. But Schiff quickly rushed orders to Wilson to order the British to release the ship intact with Trotsky’s hoodlums and the gold. Wilson obeyed. He warned the British that if they refuse to release the ship; the United States would not enter the war in April as he had faithfully promised a year earlier.

The British headed the warning. Trotsky arrived in Switzerland and the Lenin party went off as scheduled; but they still faced what ordinarily would have been the insurmountable obstacle of getting the Lenin-Trotsky band of terrorists across the border into Russia. Well; that’s where Brother Warburg, chief of the German Secret Police, came in. He loaded all those thugs into sealed freight cars and made all the necessary arrangements for their secret entry into Russia. The rest is history. The revolution in Russia took place and all members of the royal Romanoff family were murdered.

Now my chief objective is to establish beyond even a remote doubt that communism, so-called, is an integral part of the Illuminati great conspiracy for the enslavement of the entire world. That communism, so-called, is merely their weapon and bogy man word to terrify the peoples of the whole world and that the conquest of Russia and the creation of communism was, in great part, organized by Schiff and the other international bankers right in our own city of New York.

A fantastic story? Yes. Some might even refuse to believe it. Well; for the benefit of any doubting Thomas I will prove it by reminding that just a few years ago Charlie Knickerbocker, a Hearst newspaper columnist, published an interview with John Schiff, grandson of Jacob, in which young Schiff confirmed the entire story and named the figure old Jacob contributed, $20,000,000.

If anybody still has even a remote doubt that the entire menace of communism was created by the masterminds of the great conspiracy right in our own city of New York; I will cite the following historical fact: All records show that when Lenin and Trotsky engineered the capture of Russia; they operated as heads of the Bolsheviks party. Now “Bolshevism” is a purely Russian word.

The masterminds realized that “Bolshevism” could never be sold as an ideology to any but the Russian people. So in April 1918; Jacob Schiff dispatched Colonel House to Moscow with orders to Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin to change the name of their regime to the Communist Party and to adopt the Karl Marx “Manifesto” as the constitution of the Communist Party. Lenin, Trotsky, and Stalin obeyed; and in that year of 1918 was when the Communist party and the menace of communism came into being. All this is confirmed in Webster’s Collegiate Dictionary, Fifth Edition.

In short; communism was created by the capitalists. Thus; until November 11, 1918, the entire fiendish plan of the conspirators worked perfectly. All the great nations, including the United States, were war-weary, devastated, and mourning their dead. Peace was the great universal desire. Thus when it was proposed by Wilson to set up a “League of Nations” to ensure peace; all the great nations, with no Russian Czar to stand in their way, jumped on that bandwagon without even stopping to read the fine print in that insurance policy.

That is; all but one: the United States, the very one that Schiff and his co-conspirators least expected would balk and that was their one fatal mistake in that early plot. You see; when Schiff planted Woodrow Wilson in the White House; the conspirators assumed that they had the United States in the proverbial bag. Wilson had been perfectly built up as a great humanitarian. He supposedly became established as a God-man with the American people. There was every reason for the conspirators to have believed that he would easily hornswaggled Congress into buying the “League of Nations,” sight unseen, exactly as the Congress of 1945 bought the “United Nations,” sight unseen.

But there was one man in the Senate in 1918 who saw through that scheme just as the Russian Czar did in 1814. He was a man of great political stature; almost as great as that of Teddy Roosevelt and fully as astute. He was highly respected and trusted by all members of both houses of Congress and by the American people. The name of that great and patriotic American was Henry Cabot Lodge (not the phony of today who called himselfHenry Cabot Lodge, Jr., until he was exposed).

Henry Cabot Lodge completely unmasked Wilson and kept the United States out of the “League of Nations.”

Shortly thereafter; the Illuminati had created the 17th Amendment to do away with appointed Senators by the legislatures of the several states of the Union. Whereas the Illuminati controls the press; they now control the election of the US Senators. The Illuminati/CFR had little or no power over the individual legislatures of the several states or their appointed U.S. Senators prior to the [purported] ratification of the 17th Amendment.

Although the 17th Amendment supposedly amends the method of placing Senators into the US Senate; the 17th Amendment was never ratified in accordance to the last sentence of Article V of the US Constitution. Two states, New Jersey and Utah, voted down the proposition and nine other states never voted at all.

Whereas the states of New Jersey and Utah expressly refused to relinquish their “suffrage” in the Senate while the other non-voting nine states never gave their “express” consent; the proposition for the 17th Amendment did not obtain the “unanimous” vote required for its adoption. Furthermore; the resolution that created the “Proposition” did not pass the Senate with a “unanimous” vote and as those Senators of that day were “appointed” by the legislatures of their states; those “negative” votes or “non-votes” were made in the name of their respective state.

Here it becomes of great interest to know the real reason for the Wilson League of Nations flop. As I previously stated, Schiff was sent to the United States to carry out four specific assignments:

1. Most important was to acquire complete control of the U.S. money system.
2. As outlined in the original Weishaupt Illuminati blueprint, he was to find the right kind of men to serve as
stooges for the great conspiracy and promote them into the highest offices in our federal government, our
Congress, our U.S. Supreme Court, and all federal agencies, such as the State Department, the Pentagon, the
Treasury Department, etc..
3. Destroy the unity of the American people by creating minority groups strife throughout the nation; especially
between the whites and blacks as outlined in Israel Cohen’s book.
4. Create a movement to destroy religion of the United States with Christianity to be the chief target or victim.

In addition; he was strongly reminded of the imperative directive of the Illuminati blueprint to achieve full control of all mass communications media to be used to brainwash the people into believing and accepting all of the maneuverings of the great conspiracy. Schiff was warned that only control of the press, at that time our only mass communications media, would enable him to destroy the unity of the American people.

Now then; Schiff and his co-conspirators did set up the “NAACP” (the “National Association for the Advancement of the Colored People”) in 1909 and in 1913 he set up the “Anti defamation League of the B’nai B’rith;” both were to create the necessary strife; but in the early years; the “ADL” operated very timidly. Perhaps for fear of a “pogrom-like” action by an aroused and enraged American people and the “NAACP” was practically dormant because its white leadership didn’t realize that they would have to develop fire-brand Negro leaders, such as Martin Luther King for one, to spark the then completely satisfied contented mass of Negroes.

In addition; he, Schiff, was busy developing and infiltrating the stooges to serve in all high places in our Washington government and in the job of acquiring control of our money system and the creation of the “16th Amendment.” He also was very busy with the organizing of the plot for the takeover of Russia.

In short; Schiff was kept so busy with all those jobs that he completely overlooked the supreme job of acquiring complete control of our mass communications media. That oversight was a direct cause for Wilson’s failure to lure the United States into the “League of Nations” because when Wilson decided to go to the people to overcome the opposition of the Lodge-controlled Senate; despite his established, but phony reputation as a great humanitarian, he found himself faced by a solidly united people and by a loyal press whose only ideology was “Americanism” and the American way of life.

At that time; due to the ineptness and ineffectiveness of the “ADL” and the “NAACP,” there were no organized minority groups; no Negro problems; no so-called antisemetic problems to sway the people’s thinking. There were no “lefts” and there were no “rights” nor any prejudices for crafty exploitations. Thus Wilson’s “League of Nations” appeal fell on deaf ears. That was the end of Woodrow Wilson; the conspirators great humanitarian. He quickly abandoned his crusade and returned to Washington were he shortly died an imbecile brought on by syphilis and that was the end of the “League of Nations” as a corridor into one-world government.

Of course that debacle was a terrible disappointment to the masterminds of the Illuminati conspiracy; but they were not discouraged. As I have previously stressed, this enemy never quits; they simply decided to reorganize and try from scratch again. By this time Schiff was very old and slow. He knew it. He knew that the conspiracy needed a new younger and more active leadership.

So on his orders; Colonel House and Bernard Barouk organized and set up what they called the Council on Foreign Relations;” the new name under which the Illuminati would continue to function in the United States. The hierarchy, officers, and directors of the CFR is composed principally of descendants of the original Illuminati, many of whom who had abandoned their old family name and acquired new Americanized names.

For one example; we have Douglas Dillon, who was Secretary of Treasury of the United States, whose original name was Laposky. Another example is Pauley, head of the CBS TV channel, whose true name is Palinsky. The membership of the CFR is approximately 1,000 in number and contains the heads of virtually every industrial empire in America such as Blough, president of the U.S. Steel Corporation; Rockefeller, king of the oil industry; Henry Ford, II, and so on. And of course; all the international bankers.

Also; the heads of the “tax-free” foundations are officers and/or active CFR members. In short; all the men who provided the money and the influence to elect the CFR-chosen Presidents of the United States, the Congressmen, the Senators, and who decide the appointments of our various Secretaries of State, of the Treasury, of every important federal agency are members of the CFR and they are very obedient members indeed.

Now just to cement that fact; I will mention the names of the United States Presidents who were members of the CFR: Franklin Roosevelt, Herbert Hoover, Dwight D. Eisenhower, Jack Kennedy [also, Nixon, and George Bush when they later became U.S. President..Ed ]. Others who were considered for the presidency are Thomas E. Dewey, Adlai Stevenson, and vice-president of a CFR subsidiary, Barry Goldwater. Among the important cabinet members of the various administrations we have John Foster Dulles, Allen Dulles, Cordell Hull, John J. MacLeod, Robert Morganthau, Clarence Dillon, Dean Rusk, Robert McNamara, and just to emphasize the “red color” of the “CFR;” we have as members such men as Alger Hess, Ralph Bunche, Pusvolsky, Haley Dexter White (real name Weiss), Owen Lattimore, Phillip Jaffey, etc., etc.. Simultaneously; they were flooding thousands of homosexuals and other black malleable characters ! into all the federal agencies from the White House on down. Do you remember Johnson’s great friends; Jenkins and Bobby Baker?

Now there were many jobs the new CFR had to accomplish. They required much help. So their first job was to set up various “subsidiaries” to whom they assigned special objectives. I can’t name all the subsidiaries in this recording; but the following are a few: the “Foreign Policy Association” (“FPA”), the “World Affairs Council” (“WAC”), the “Business Advisory Council” (“BAC”), the notorious “ADA” (“Americans for Democratic Action” virtually headed by Walter Ruther), the notorious “13-13” in Chicago; Barry Goldwater was, and no doubt still is a vice-president of one of the CFR subsidiaries. In addition; the CFR set up special committees in every state in the Union to whom they assigned the various state operations.

Simultaneously; the Rothschilds set up similar CFR-like control groups in England, France, Germany, and other Nations to control world conditions and cooperate with the CFR to bring about another world war. But the CFR’s first and foremost job was to get complete control of our mass communications media.

The control of the press was assigned to Rockefeller. Thus; Henry Luce, who recently died, was financed to set up a number of national magazines, among them “Life,” “Time,” “Fortune,” and others, which publish “U.S.S.R.” in America. The Rockefellers also directly or indirectly financed the Coles Brothers’ “Look magazine” and a chain of newspapers. They also financed a man named Sam Newhouseto buy up and build a chain of newspapers all over the country. And the late Eugene Myer, one of the founders of CFR, bought the “Washington Post,” “Newsweek,” the “Weekly magazine,” and other publications.

At the same time; the CFR began to develop and nurture a new breed of scurrilous columnists and editorials writers such as Walter Lippman, Drew Pearson, the Alsops, Herbert Matthews, Erwin Canham, and others of that ilk who called themselves “Liberals” who proclaimed that “Amercanism” is “isolationism;” that “isolationism” is “war mongerism;” that “anti-communism;” is “anti-semiticism” and “racism.”

All that took time of course, but today our “weeklies,” published by patriotic organizations, is completely controlled by CFR stooges and thus they finally succeeded in breaking us up into a Nation of quarreling, wrangling, squabbling, hating factions. Now if you still wonder about this slanted news and outright lies you read in your newspaper; you now have the answer. To the Lehmans, Goldman-Sachs, Kuhn-Loebs, and the Warburgs; the CFR assigned the job of getting control of the motion picture industry, Hollywood, radio, and television; and believe me they succeeded.

If you still wonder about the strange propaganda broadcast by the Ed Morrows and others of that ilk; you now have the answer. If you wonder about all the smut, sex, pornography, and mixed marriage films you see in your movie theater and on your televison set (all of which is demoralizing our youth); you now have the answer.

Now to refresh your memory, let’s go back for a moment. Wilson’s flop had torpedoed all chances of transforming that “League of Nations” into what the conspirators had hope for, a one-world government housing. So the Jacob Schiff plot had to be done all over again and they organized the CFR to do it. We also know how successfully the CFR did that job of brainwashing and destroying the unity of the American people.

But, as was the case with the Schiff plot; the climax and the creation of a new housing for their one world government required another world war. A war that would be even more horrible and more devastating than the first world war in order to get the people of the world to again clamor for peace and a means to end all wars. But the CFR realized that the aftermath of World War II would have to be more carefully planned so that there would be no escape from the new one-world trap – another “League of Nations” that would emerge from the new war. The trap we now know as the “United Nations” and they hit upon a perfect strategy to ensure that no one escaped. Here is how they did it.

In 1943, in the midst of the war, they prepared the framework for the United Nations and it was handed over to Roosevelt and our State Department to be given birth by Alger Hess, Palvosky, Dalton, Trumbull, and other American traitors, thus making the whole scheme a United States’ baby.

Then to fix our parenthood; New York City was to become the nursery for the monstrosity. After that we could hardly walk out on our own baby now could we? Anyway; that’s how the conspirators figured it would work and so far it has. The liberal Rockefeller donated the land for the United Nations’ building.

The United Nations’ charter was written by Alger Hess, Palvosky, Dalton, Trumbull, and other CFR stooges. A phony, so-called, U.N. conference was set up in San Francisco in 1945. All the, so-called, representatives of 50-odd Nations gathered there and promptly signed the Charter and the despicable traitor, Alger Hess, flew to Washington with it; elatedly submitted it to our Senate, and the Senate (elected by our people to safeguard our security) signed the Charter without so much as reading it. The question is: “How many of our Senators were even then traitorous stooges of the CFR?” Anyway; it was thus that the people accepted the “United Nations” as a “holy of holies.”

Again and again and again we have been startled, shocked, bewildered, and horrified by the UN’s mistakes in Berlin, in Korea, in Laos, in Katanga, in Cuba, in Vietnam; mistakes that always favored the enemy; never the United States. Under the law of averages; they should have made at least one or two mistakes in our favor; but they never did.

What’s the answer? The answer is the “CFR” and the parts played by their subsidiaries and stooges in Washington D.C., thus we know that complete control of our foreign relation policy is the key to the success of the entire Illuminati one-world order plot. Here is further proof.

Earlier I fully established that Schiff and his gang had financed the Lenin, Trotsky, Stalin, takeover of Russia and fashioned its communist regime into becoming their chief instrument to keep the world in turmoil and to finally terrorize all of us into seeking peace in a U.N. one-world government. But the conspirators knew that the “Moscow gang” could not become such an instrument until and unless the whole world would accept the communist regime as the legitimate “de jure government” of Russia.

Only one thing could accomplish that and that is the recognition by the United States. The conspirators figured that the whole world would follow our lead and that’s their bag to induce Harding, Coolidge, and Hoover, to grant that recognition. But all three refused. As a result of the late 1920’s, the Stalin regime was in dire straits. Despite all purges and secret police controls; the Russian people were growing more and more resistive. It is a matter of record, admitted by Lipdenoff, that during 1931 and 1932; Stalin and his whole gang were always packed and ready for instant flight.

Then in November 1932; the conspirators achieved their greatest coup; they landed Franklin Roosevelt in the White House, crafty, unscrupulous, and utterly without conscience. That charlatan traitor turned the trick for them. Without even asking consent of Congress; he unlawfully proclaimed recognition for the Stalin regime. That did it. And exactly as the conspirators figured; the whole world did follow our lead. Automatically that squelched the previously growing resistance movement of the Russian people. That automatically launched the greatest menace the civilized world has ever known. The rest is too well known to need repeating.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Illuminati Agenda – Part II

Saga continues…

Part 2

By Myron C. Fagan
http://educate-yourself.org/nwo/illuminatiagenda2bestoverviewyet8jun02.shtml
June 8, 2002

It was during the Civil War that the conspirators launched their first concrete efforts. We know that Judah Benjamin, chief advisor of Jefferson Davis, was a Rothschild agent. We also know that there were Rothschild agents planted in Abraham Lincoln’s cabinet who tried to sell him into a financial dealing with the House of Rothschild.

But old Abe saw through the scheme and bluntly rejected it thereby incurring the undying enmity of the Rothschilds; exactly as the Russian Czar did when he torpedoed their first League of Nations at the Congress in Vienna. Investigation of the assassination of Lincoln revealed that the assassin

John Wilkes Booth was a member of a secret conspiratorial group . Because there were a number of highly important government officials involved; the name of the group was never revealed and it became a mystery; exactly as the assassination of Jack Kennedy is still a mystery. But I am sure it will not remain a mystery for long.

Anyway; the ending of the Civil War destroyed temporarily all chances of the House of Rothschilds to get a clutch on our money system; such as they had acquired in Britain and other nations in Europe. I say temporarily because the Rothschilds and the masterminds of the conspiracy never quit so they had to start from scratch; but they lost no time in getting started.

Jacob H. Schiff

Shortly after the Civil War; a young immigrant, who called himself Jacob H. Schiff, arrived in New York. Jacob was a young man with a mission for the House of Rothschild. Jacob was the son of a Rabbi who was born in one of the Rothschild’s houses in Frankfurt, Germany.

I will not go deeply into his background. The important point was that Rothschild recognized in him not only a potential money wizard; but more important, he also saw the latent Machiavellian qualities in Jacob that could, as it did, make him an invaluable functionary in the great one-world conspiracy.

After a comparatively brief training period in the Rothschild’s London Bank; Jacob left for America with instructions to buy into a banking house which was to be the springboard to acquire control of the money system of the United States. Actually; Jacob came here to carry out four specific assignments.

1. The most important, was to acquire control of America’s money system.
2. Find desirable men, who for a price, would be willing to serve as stooges for the great conspiracy and    promote them into high places in our     federal government, our Congress, and the U.S. Supreme Court, and all  federal agencies.
3. Create minority group strife throughout the nations; particularly between the whites and blacks.
4. Create a movement to destroy religion in the United States; but Christianity to be the chief target.

Earlier I stated that Jacob Schiff came to America with orders by Rothschild to carry out four specific directives. The first and most important one was to get control of the United States’ money system. Let’s trace Schiff’s step to accomplish that directive. As a first step he had to buy into a banking house; but it had to be the kind of a house that he could absolutely control and mold for that primary objective of entrapping our U.S. money system.

After carefully scouting around; Jacob bought a partnership in a firm that called itself: Kuhn and Loeb. Like Schiff; Kuhn and Loeb were immigrants from German Jewish ghettos. They came to the U.S. in the mid 1840’s and both of them started their business careers as itinerant pack peddlers. In the early 1850’s; they pooled their interests and set up a merchandise store in Lafayette, Indiana under the firm name of Kuhn and Loeb servicing the covered wagon settlers on their way west. In the years that followed; they set up similar stores in Cincinnati and St. Louis. Then they added pawn broking to their merchandising pursuits. From that to money lending was a short and quick step.

By the time Schiff arrived on the scene; Kuhn and Loeb was a well-known private banking firm and this is the firm Jacob bought into. Shortly after he became a partner in Kuhn and Loeb; Schiff married Loeb’s daughter, Teresa, then he bought out Kuhn’s interests and moved the firm to New York and Kuhn and Loeb became Kuhn, Loeb, and Company; international bankers with Jacob Schiff, agent of the Rothschilds, ostensibly the sole owner. And throughout his career; this blend of Judas and Machiavelli, the first heirarch of the Illuminati’s great conspiracy in America, posed as a generous philanthropist and a man of great holiness; the cover-up policy set forth by the Illuminati.

As I have stated; the first great step of the conspiracy was to be the entrapment of our money system. To achieve that objective; Schiff had to get full cooperation of the then big banker elements in America; and that was easier said than done. Even in those years; Wall Street was the heart of the American money mart and J.P. Morgan was its dictator. Next in line were the Drexels and the Biddles of Philadelphia. All the other financiers, big and little, danced to the music of those three houses; but particularly to that of Morgan. All of those three were proud, haughty, arrogant potentates.

For the first few years; they viewed the little bewhiskered man from the German ghettos with utter contempt; but Jacob knew how to overcome that. He threw a few Rothschild bones to them. Said bones being distribution in America of desirable European stock and bond issues. Then he discovered that he had a still more potent weapon in his hands in the following.

It was in the decades following our Civil War that our industries began to burgeon. We had great railroads to build. The oil, mining, steel, textile industries were bursting out of their swaddling clothes. All of that called for vast financing; much of that financing had to come from abroad. That meant the House of Rothschild and that was when Schiff came into his own. He played a very crafty game.

He became the patron saint of John D. Rockefeller, Edward R. Harriman, and Andrew Carnegie. He financed the Standard Oil Company for Rocky, the Railroad Empire for Harriman, and the Steel Empire for Carnegie. But instead of hogging all the other industries for Kuhn, Loeb, and Company, he opened the doors of the House of Rothschild to Morgan, Biddle, and Drexel. In turn; Rothschild arranged the setting up of London, Paris, European and other branches for those three; but always in partnerships with Rothschild subordinates and Rothschild made it very clear to all those men that Schiff was to be the boss in New York.

Thus at the turn of the century Schiff had a tight control of the entire banking fraternity on Wall Street which by then, with Schiff’s help, included Lehman brothers, Goldman-Sachs, and other internationalist banks that where headed by men chosen by the Rothschilds. In short; that meant control of the nation’s money powers and he was then ready for the giant step – the entrapment of our national money system.

Now under our Constitution; all control of our money system is vested solely in our Congress. Schiff’s next important step was to seduce our Congress to betray that Constitutional edict by surrendering that control to the hierarchy of the Illuminati’s great conspiracy. In order to legalize that surrender and thus make the people powerless to resist it, it would be necessary to have Congress enact special legislation.

To accomplish that; Schiff would have to infiltrate stooges into both houses of Congress. Stooges powerful enough to railroad Congress into passing such legislation. Equally or even more important; he would have to plant a stooge in the White House a president that is without integrity and without scruples who would sign that legislation into law. To accomplish that he had to get control of either the Republican or the Democratic Party.

The Democratic Party was the more vulnerable; it was the hungrier of the two parties. Except for Grover Cleveland; the Democrats had been unable to land one of their men in the White House since before the Civil War. There were two reasons for that:

1. Poverty of the Party.

There were considerably more Republican-minded voters than Democrats. The poverty matter was not a great problem, but the voter problem was a different story. But as I previously said; Schiff was a smart cookie.

Here is the atrocious and murderous method he employed to solve that voter problem. His solution emphasizes how very little the Jewish internationalist bankers care about their own racial brethren as you shall see.

Suddenly; around 1890, there broke out a nationwide series of pogroms in Russia. Many, many, thousands of innocent Jews; men, women, and children were slaughtered by the Cossacks and other peasants. Similar pogroms with similar slaughter of innocent Jews broke out in Poland, Rumania, and Bulgaria. All those pogroms were fomented by Rothschild agents. As a result; the Jewish terrified refugees from all of those nations swarmed into the United States and that continued throughout the next two or three decades because the pogroms were continuous through all those years. All those refugees were aided by self-styled humanitarian committees set up by Schiff, the Rothschilds, and all the Rothschild affiliates.

In the main; the refugees streamed into New York, but the Schiff-Rothschild humanitarian committees found ways to shuffle many of them into other large cities such as Chicago, Boston, Philadelphia, Detroit, Los Angeles, etc.. All of them were quickly transformed into “naturalized citizens” and educated to register as Democrats. Thus all of that so-called minority group became solid Democratic voter blocks in their communities all controlled and maneuvered by their so-called benefactors. And shortly after the turn of the century; they became vital factors in the political life of our nation. That was one of the methods Schiff employed to plant men like Nelson Aldrich in our Senate and Woodrow Wilson in the White House.

2. Racial Strife.

At this point let me remind you of another one of the important jobs that was assigned to Schiff when he was dispatched to America. I refer to the job of destroying the unity of the American people by creating minority group and racial strife. By the pogrom-driven Jewish refugees into America; Schiff was creating a ready-made minority group for that purpose. But the Jewish people, as a whole, made fearful by the pogroms, could not be depended upon to create the violence necessary to destroy the unity of American people.

But right within America; there was an already made-to-order, although as yet, a sleeping minority group, the Negroes, who could be sparked into so-called demonstrations, rioting, looting, murder, and every other type of lawlessness – all that was necessary, was to incite and arouse them. Together; those two minority groups, properly maneuvered, could be used to create exactly the King of Strife in America the Illuminati would need to accomplish their objective.

Thus at the same time that Schiff and co-conspirators were laying their plans for the entrapment of our money system; they were also perfecting plans to hit the unsuspecting American people with an explosive and terrifying racial upheaval that would tear the people into hate fractions and create chaos throughout the nation; especially on all college and university campuses; all protected by Earl Warren decisions and our so-called leaders in Washington D.C. (Remember the Warren commission on the assassination of President John F. Kennedy). Of course, perfecting those plans require time and infinitely patient organizing.

Jack Kennedy, during his term of office as the President of the United States, became a Christian. In his attempt to repent, he tried to inform the people of this Nation (at least twice) that the Office of the President of the United States was being manipulated by the Illuminati/CFR.

At the same time, he put a stop to the ‘borrowing’ of Federal Reserve Notes from the Federal Reserve Bank and began issuing United States Notes (which was interest free) on the credit of the United States. It was the issuing of the United States Notes that caused Jack Kennedy to be assassinated.

Upon the taking the Oath of Office; Lyndon B. Johnson stopped the issuing of the United States Notes and went back to borrowing Federal Reserve Bank Notes (which was loaned to the people of the United States at the going rate of interest of 17%). The US Notes, that was issued under John F. Kennedy, was of the 1963 series which beared a “Red” seal on the face of the Note.

Now to remove all doubts; I’ll take a few moments to give you the documentary proof of this racial strife plot. First of all they had to create the leadership and organizations to draw in millions of dupes, both Jewish and Negroes, who would do the demonstrating and commit the rioting, looting, and lawlessness.

So in 1909; Schiff, the Lehmans, and other conspirators, organized and set up the National Association for the Advancement of the Colored People known as the “NAACP.” The presidents, directors, and legal councils of the NAACP were always “white men Jews” appointed by Schiff and this is the case to this very day.

Then in 1913; the Schiff group organized the Anti-defamation League of the B’nai B’rith commonly known as the “ADL” to serve as the gestapo and hatchet man outfit for the entire great conspiracy. Today the sinister ADL maintains over 2,000 agencies in all parts of our country and they advise and completely control every action of the NAACP or of the Urban League of all the other so-called Negro civil rights organizations throughout the nation including such leaders as Martin Luther King, Stockely Carmichael, Barnard Rustin, and others of the ilk.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Illuminati Agenda – Part I

And now we post series of Illuminati agenda articles, which everybody should read.

The Illuminati Agenda
(Best Historical Overview Yet-
Transcript of 1967 Recording)

[Editor’s Note: The following is a transcript of a recording distributed in 1967 by  Myron C. Fagan. He had hoped that if enough Americans had heard (or read) this summary, the Illuminati’s plan to destroy America would have been aborted, just as Russia’s Alexander I had torpedoed the Illuminati’s plans for a One World, League of Nations at the Congress of Vienna from 1814-15. Fagan correctly describes those members of congress, the executive branch, and the judicial branch of that time as TRAITORS for their role in assisting to implement the downfall of America’s sovereignty. It’s understandable that most listeners of that period would have found it difficult to believe that the Kennedy’s, for instance, were (are) part of the Illuminati plot, but he did say that Jack had a spiritual rebirth and attempted to rescue the country from the Illuminati’s stranglehold by issuing US silver certificates, which apparently greatly contributed to the Illuminati’s decision to assassinate him (his son, John Jr., was also murdered because he had intended to expose his father’s killers after he gained public office).

Today we realize that the Illuminati exerts almost 100% control over all three branches of the American government and the few remaining congressional defenders of America can be counted on one hand as the intense public vilification and disparagement recently directed at Rep. Cynthia McKinney of Georgia will bear witness to. It’s too late in the game now to expect any patriot remaining within government service to rescue us from the brutal destruction that lies ahead, but the American people can save themselves from these satanic destroyers of  liberty & life through NON-COOPERATION and NON-COMPLIANCE. The Illuminati plans to incorporate MIND CONTROL to force compliance, but their ELF mind control towers can be neutralized before that happens if enough people become aware of the enslavement agenda. The current crop of traitors with names like Rumsfeld, are merely stooges for hidden corporate satanists who, in turn, are themselves stooges for repressive alien overlords as described in the latest books of David Icke and the lectures of Al Bielek.  You must play some role to help save your children and this world from these madmen. Help fulfill Fagan’s Hope and distribute this article far and wide. My gratitude to Dr. Kanya Vashon McGhee <drkanya9@hotmail.com> of the Tree of Life bookstore for forwarding this important transcript to me…Ken Adachi]

By Myron C. Fagan
http://educate-yourself.org/nwo/illuminatiagendabestoverviewyet8jun02.shtml
June 8, 2002

Part 1
(Original title: The Illuminati and the Council on Foreign Relations )

The question of how and why the United Nations is the crux of the great conspiracy to destroy the sovereignty of the United States and the enslavement of the American people within a U.N. one-world dictatorship is a complete and unknown mystery to the vast majority of the American people.

The reason for this unawareness of the frightening danger to our country and to the entire free world is simple. The masterminds behind this great conspiracy have absolute control of all of our mass communications media, especially television, the radio, the press, and Hollywood.

We all know that our State Department, the Pentagon, and the White House have brazenly proclaimed that they have the right and the power to manage the news, to tell us not the truth but what they want us to believe.

They have seized that power on orders from their masters of the great conspiracy and the objective is to brainwash the people into accepting the phony peace bait to transform the United States into an enslaved unit of the United Nations’ one-world government.

First of all, bear in mind that the so-called U.N. police action in Korea, fought by the United States in which 150,000 of our sons were murdered and maimed, was part of the plot; just as the undeclared by Congress war in Vietnam in which our sons are dying is part of the plot; just as the plot against Rhodesia and South Africa in which our sons will be dying is part of the U.N. plot.

However, the vitally important thing for all Americans, all you mothers of the boys who died in Korea and are now dying in Vietnam, to know is that our so-called leaders in Washington, who we elected to safeguard our nation and our constitution, are the betrayers and that behind them are a comparatively small group of men whose sole objective is to enslave the whole world of humanity in their satanic plot of one-world government.

Now in order to give you a very clear picture of this satanic plot, I will go back to its beginning, clear back in the middle of the 18th century and name the men who put that plot into action and then bring you down to the present – today’s status of that plot. Now as a matter of further intelligence, a term used by the FBI, let me clarify the meaning of the expression “he is a liberal.”

The enemy, meaning the one-world conspirators, have seized upon that word “liberal” as a cover-up for their activities. It sounds so innocent and so humanitarian to be liberal. Well, make sure that the person who calls himself a liberal or is described as a liberal is not in truth a “red.”

Now then, this satanic plot was launched back in the 1760’s when it first came into existence under the name “Illuminati.” This Illuminati was organized by one Adam Weishaupt, born a Jew, who was converted to Catholicism and became a Catholic priest, and then, at the behest of the then newly organized House of Rothschild, defected and organized the Illuminati.

Naturally, the Rothschilds financed that operation and every war since then, beginning with the French Revolution, has been promoted by the Illuminati operating under various names and guises. I say under various names and guises because after the Illuminati was exposed and became notorious, Weishaupt and his co-conspirators began to operate under various other names. In the United States, immediately after World War I, they set up what they called the “Council on Foreign Relations,” commonly referred to as the CFR, and this CFR is actually the Illuminati in the United States and its hierarchy.

The masterminds in control of the original Illuminati conspirators, but to conceal that fact, most of them changed their original family names to American sounding names. For example, the true name of the Dillons, Clarence and Douglas Dillon (one Secretary of the U.S. Treasury Department), is Laposky. I’ll come back to all this later.

There is a similar establishment of the Illuminati in England operating under the name of the “British Institute of International Affairs.” There are similar secret Illuminati organizations in France, Germany, and other nations operating under different names and all these organizations, including the CFR, continuously set up numerous subsidiary or front organizations that are infiltrated into every phase of the various nations’ affairs. But at all times, the operations of these organizations were and are masterminded and controlled by the Internationalist Bankers, they in turn were and are controlled by the Rothschilds.

One branch of the Rothschild family had financed Napoleon; another branch of the Rothschilds financed Britain, Germany, and the other nations in the Napoleonic wars.

Immediately after the Napoleonic wars, the Illuminati assumed that all the nations were so destitute and so weary of wars that they’d be glad for any solution, so the Rothschild stooges set up what they called the Congress of Vienna and at that meeting they tried to create the first League of Nations, their first attempted one-world government, on the theory that all the crowned heads of European governments were so deeply in debt to them that they would willingly or unwillingly serve as their stooges.

But the Czar of Russia caught the stench of the plot and completely torpedoed it. The enraged Nathan Rothschild, then the head of the dynasty, vowed that some day he or his descendants would destroy the Czar and his entire family, and his descendants did accomplish that very threat in 1917.

At this point, bear in mind that the Illuminati was not set up to operate on a short-range basis. Normally a conspirator of any type enters into a conspiracy with the expectation of achieving his objective during his own lifetime. But that was not the case with the Illuminati. True, they hoped to accomplish their objective during their lifetime, but paraphrasing “The show must go on,” the Illuminati operates on the very long-range basis. Whether it will take scores of years or even centuries, they have dedicated their descendants to keep the pot boiling until they hope the conspiracy is achieved.

Now, let’s go back to the birth of the Illuminati. Adam Weishaupt was a Jesuit-trained professor of canon law, teaching in Engelstock University, when he defected from Christianity to embrace the luciferian conspiracy. It was in 1770 that the professional money lenders, the then recently organized House of Rothschild, retained him to revise and modernize the age-old Protocols of Zionism, which from the outset, was designed to give the Synagogue of Satan, so named by Jesus Christ, ultimate world domination so they could impose the luciferian ideology upon what would remain of the human race after the final social cataclysm by use of satanic despotism.

Weishaupt completed his task May 1, 1776. Now you know why May 1 is the great day with all communist nations to this very day (May 1 is also “Law Day” as declared by the American Bar Association). That was the day, May 1, 1776, that Weishaupt completed his plan and officially organized the Illuminati to put the plan into execution. That plan required the destruction of all existing governments and religions. That objective was to be reached by dividing the masses of people, whom he Weishaupt, termed: “goyism” or human cattle into opposing camps in ever increasing numbers on political, social, economic, and other issues – the very conditions we have in our country today.

The opposing sides were then to be armed and incidents provided which would cause them to fight and weaken themselves and gradually destroy national governments and religious institutions. Again I say, the very conditions in the world today.

And at this point let me stress a prime feature of the Illuminati plans. When and if their blueprint for world control, the Protocols Of The Elders Of Zion, is discovered and exposed, they would wipe all the Jews off the face of the earth in order to divert suspicions from themselves. If you think this is far fetched, bear in mind that they permitted Hitler, a liberal socialist himself, who was financed by corrupt Kennedy, the Warburgs, and the Rothschilds, to incinerate 600,000 Jews.

Now just why did the conspirators choose the word: “Illuminati” for their satanic organization? Weishaupt himself said that the word is derived from Lucifer and means: “holder of the light.” Using the lie that his objective was to bring about a one-world government to enable those with mental ability to govern the world and prevent all wars in the future.

In short, using the words: “peace on earth” as his bait, exactly as that same bait as: “peace” was used by the 1945 conspirators to force the United Nations on us, Weishaupt financed, I repeat, by the Rothschilds, recruited some 2,000 paid followers. These included the most intelligent men in the field of arts and letters, education, the sciences, finance, and industry.

He then established Lodges of the Grand Orient; Masonic Lodges to be their secret headquarters and I again repeat, that in all of this he was acting under orders from the House of Rothschild. The main features of the Weishaupt plan of operation required his Illuminati to do the following things to help them to accomplish their purpose:

Use monetary and sex bribery to obtain control of men already in high places in the various of levels of all governments and other fields of endeavor. Once influential persons had fallen for the lies, deceits, and temptations of the Illuminati they were to be held in bondage by application of political and other forms of blackmail, threats of financial ruin, public exposure, and fiscal harm, even death to themselves and loved members of their families. Do you realize how many present top officials in our present government in Washington are controlled in just that way by the CFR? Do you realize how many homosexuals in our State Department, the Pentagon, all federal agencies, even in the White House are controlled that way?

Illuminati and the faculties of colleges and universities were to cultivate students possessing exceptional mental ability belonging to well-bred families with international leanings and recommend them for special training in internationalism. Such training was to be provided by granting scholarships to those selected by the Illuminatists. That gives you an idea what a “Rhodes scholarship” means. It means indoctrination into accepting the idea that only a one-world government can put an end to recurring wars and strife. That’s how the United Nations was sold to the American people.  One of the most notable Rhodes scholars we have in our country is Senator William J. Fulbright, sometimes referred to as half-bright. His entire voting record spells Illuminati. All such scholars were to be first persuaded and then convinced that men of special talent and brains have the right to rule those less gifted on the ground that the masses don’t know what is best for them fiscally, mentally, and spiritually.

In addition to the Rhodes and similar scholarships, today there are three special Illuminati schools located in Gordonstown in Scotland, Salem in Germany, and Annavrighta in Greece. These three are known ones, but there are others that are kept undercover. Prince Philip, the husband of Britain’s Queen Elizabeth, was educated at Gordonstown at the instigation of Lord Louis Mountbatten, his uncle, a Rothschild relative, who became Britain’s Admiral of the Fleet after World War II ended.

All influential people trapped into coming under the control of the Illuminati, plus the students who had been specially educated and trained, were to be used as agents and placed behind the scenes of all governments as experts and specialists so they would advise the top executives to adopt policies which would in the long run serve the secret plans of the Illuminati one-world conspiracy and bring about the destruction of the governments and religions they were elected or appointed to serve.

Do you know how many such men operate in our government at this very time? Dean Rusk, Robert McNamara, Hubert Humphrey, Fulbright, Keekle, and goes on and on and on.

Perhaps the most vital directive in Weishaupt’s plan was to obtain absolute control of the press, at that time the only mass communications media, to distribute information to the public so that all news and information could be slanted so that the masses could be convinced that a one-world government is the only solution to our many and varied problems.

Do you know who owns and controls our mass communications media? I’ll tell you. Practically all the movie lots in Hollywood is owned by the Lehmans; Kuhn, Loeb, and Company; Goldman-Sachs; and other internationalist bankers. All the national radio and TV channels in the nation are owned and controlled by those same internationalists bankers.

The same is true of every chain of metropolitan newspapers and magazines, also of the press wire services, such as Associated Press, United Press International, etc.. The supposed heads of all those media are merely the fronts for the internationalist bankers, who in turn compose the hierarchy of the CFR, today’s Illuminati in America.

Now can you understand why the Pentagon Press agent, Sylvester, so brazenly proclaimed that the government has the right to lie to the people. What he really meant was that our CFR controlled government had the power to lie to and be believed by the brain-washed American people.

Let us again go back to the first days of the Illuminati. Because Britain and France were the two greatest world powers in the late years of the 18th Century; Weishaupt ordered the Illuminati to foment the colonial wars, including our Revolutionary War, to weaken the British Empire and organize the French Revolution to start in 1789.

However; in 1784, a true act of God placed the Bavarian government in possession of evidence which proved the existence of the Illuminati and that evidence could have saved France if they, the French government, hadn’t refused to believe it.

Here is how that act of God happened. It was in 1784 that Weishaupt issued his orders for the French Revolution. A German writer, named Zweig, put it into book form. It contained the entire Illuminati story and Weishaupt’s plans. A copy of this book was sent to the Illuminists in France headed by Robespierre whom Weishaupt had delegated to foment the French Revolution.

The courier was struck and killed by lightening as he rode through Rawleston on his way from Frankfurt to Paris. The police found the subversive documents on his body and turned them over to the proper authorities. After a careful study of the plot; the Bavarian government ordered the police to raid Weishaupt’s newly organized Lodges of the “Grand Orient” and the homes of his most influential associates.

All additional evidence thus discovered convinced the authorities that the documents were genuine copies of the conspiracy by which the Illuminati planned to use wars and revolutions to bring about the establishment of a one-world government; the powers of which they, headed by the Rothschilds, intended to usurp as soon as it was established, exactly in line with the United Nations’ plot of today.

In 1785, the Bavarian government outlawed the Illuminati and closed the Lodges of the “Grand Orient.” In 1786; they published all the details of the conspiracy. The English title of that publication is: “The Original Writings of the Order and the Sect of the Illuminati.” Copies of the entire conspiracy were sent to all the heads of church and state in Europe. But the power of the Illuminati, which was actually the power of the Rothschilds, was so great that this warning was ignored. Nevertheless; the Illuminati became a dirty word and it went underground.

At the same time, Weishaupt ordered Illuminists to infiltrate into the Lodges of “Blue Masonry” and formed their own secret societies within all secret societies. Only Masons who proved themselves internationalists and those whose conduct proved they had defected from God were initiated into the Illuminati. Thenceforth; the conspirators donned the cloak of philanthropy and humanitarianism to conceal their revolutionary and subversive activities.

In order to infiltrate into Masonic Lodges in Britain; Weishaupt invited John Robison over to Europe. Robison was a high degree Mason in the “Scottish Rite.” He was a professor of natural philosophy at Edinburgh University and Secretary of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Robison did not fall for the lie that the objective of the Illuminati was to create a benevolent dictatorship; but he kept his reactions to himself so well that he was entrusted with a copy of Weishaupt’s revised conspiracy for study and safekeeping.

Anyway; because the heads of state and church in France were deluded into ignoring the warnings given them; the revolution broke out in 1789 as scheduled by Weishaupt. In order to alert other governments to their danger, in 1798, Robison published a book entitled: “Proof of a Conspiracy to Destroy all Governments and Religions” but his warnings were ignored exactly as our American people have been ignoring all warnings about the United Nations and the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR).

Now here is something that will stun and very likely outrage many who hear this; but there is documentary proof that our own Thomas Jefferson and Alexander Hamiltonbecame students of Weishaupt. Jefferson was one of Weishaupt’s strongest defenders when he was outlawed by his government and it was Jefferson who infiltrated the Illuminati into the then newly organized lodges of the “Scottish Rite” in New England. Here is the proof.

In 1789; John Robison warned all Masonic leaders in America that the Illuminati had infiltrated into their lodges and on July 19, 1789; David Papen, President of Harvard University, issued the same warning to the graduating class and lectured them on how the influence of Illuminism was acquitting on American politics and religion, and to top it off; John Quincy Adams, who had organized the New England Masonic Lodges, issued his warnings.

Adams wrote three letters to Colonel William L. Stone, a top Mason, in which he exposed how Jefferson was using Masonic lodges for subversive Illuministic purposes. Those three letters are at this very time in Whittenburg Square Library in Philadelphia. In short; Jefferson, founder of the Democratic Party, was a member of the Illuminati which at least partly accounts for the condition of the party at this time and through infiltration of the Republican Party; we have exactly nothing of loyal Americanism today.

That disastrous rebuff at the Congress of Vienna created by the Czar of Russia, Alexander I, did not by any means destroy the Illuminati conspiracy. It merely forced them to adopt a new strategy realizing that the one-world idea was, for the moment, killed. The Rothschild’s decided that to keep the plot alive they would have to do it by heightening their control of the money system of the European nations.

Earlier; by a ruse the outcome of the Battle of Waterloo had been falsified, Rothschild had spread a story that Napoleon had one bad battle which precipitated a terrific panic on the stock market in England. All stocks had plummeted down to practically zero and Nathan Rothschild bought all the stocks for virtually a penny on its dollar values.

That gave him complete control of the economy of Britain and virtually of all Europe. So immediately after that Congress in Vienna had boomeranged; Rothschild had forced Britain to set up a new “Bank of England” which he had absolute control exactly, as later through Jacob Schiff; he engineered our own “Federal Reserve Act” which gave the House of Rothschild a secret control of the economy in the United States. But now for a moment; let’s dwell on the activities of the Illuminati in the United States.

In 1826; one Captain William Morgan decided it was his duty to inform all Masons and the general public what the full proof was regarding the Illuminati, their secret plans, intended objectives, and to reveal the identities of the masterminds of the conspiracy. The Illuminati promptly tried Morgan in absentia and convicted him of treason.

They ordered one Richard Howard, an English Illuminist, to carry out their sentence of execution as a traitor. Morgan was warned and he tried to escape to Canada, but Howard caught up with him near the border; near the Niagara Gorge to be exact, where he murdered him. This was verified in a sworn statement made in New York by one Avery Allen to the effect that he heard Howard render his report of the execution to a meeting of “Knights Templers” in St. John’s Hall in New York. He also told how arrangements had been made to ship Howard back to England.

That Allen affidavit is on record in New York City Archives. Very few Masons and very few of the general public know that general disapproval over that incident of murder caused approximately half of all the Masons in the northern jurisdiction of the United States to secede. Copies of the minutes of the meeting held to discuss that matter are still in existence in safe hands and that all that secrecy emphasizes the power of the masterminds of the Illuminati to prevent such terrible events of history from being taught in our schools.

In the early 1850’s; the Illuminati held a secret meeting in New York which was addressed by a British Illuminist named Wright. Those in attendance were told that the Illuminati was organizing to unite the Nihilist and Atheist groups with all other subversive groups into an international group to be known as Communists. That was when the word: “communist” first came into being and it was intended to be the supreme weapon and scare word to terrify the whole world and drive the terrorized peoples into the Illuminati one-world scheme.

This scheme: “communism,” was to be used to enable the Illuminati to foment future wars and revolutions. Clinton Roosevelt, a direct ancestor of Franklin Roosevelt; Horace Greeley; and Charles Dana; foremost newspaper publishers of that time were appointed to head a committee to raise funds for the new venture. Of course, most of the funds were provided by the Rothschilds and this fund was used to finance Karl Marx and Engels when they wrote “Das Kaptial” and the “Communist Manifesto” in Soho, England. And this clearly reveals that communism is not a so-called ideology, but a secret weapon; a bogy man word to serve the purpose of the Illuminati.

Weishaupt died in 1830; but prior to his death, he prepared a revised version of the age-old conspiracy, the Illuminati, which under various aliases was to organize, finance, direct, and control all international organizations and groups by working their agents into executive positions at the top.

In the United States we have Woodrow Wilson, Franklin Roosevelt, Jack Kennedy, Lyndon Johnson, Dean Rusk, Robert McNamara, William Fulbright, George Bush etc., as prime examples.

In addition, while Karl Marx was writing the “Communist Manifesto” under the director of one group of Illuminists, Professor Karl Ritter of Frankfurt University was writing the antithesis under the direction of another group.

The idea was that those who direct the overall conspiracy could use the differences in those two so-called ideologies to enable them to divide larger and larger members of the human race into opposing camps so that they could be armed and then brainwashed into fighting and destroying each other. And particularly, to destroy all political and religious institutions.

The work Ritter started was continued after his death and completed by the German so-called philosopher Freidrich Wilhelm Nietzache who founded Nietzscheanism. This Nietzecheanism was later developed into Fascism and then into Nazism and was used to foment World War I and II.

In 1834; the Italian revolutionary leader, Guiseppe Mazzini, was selected by the Illuminati to direct their revolutionary program throughout the world. He served in that capacity until he died in 1872, but some years before he died; Mazzini had enticed an American General named Albert Pike into the Illuminati. Pike was fascinated by the idea of a one-world government and ultimately he became the head of this luciferian conspiracy.

Between 1859 and 1871 he, Pike, worked out a military blueprint for three world wars and various revolutions throughout the world which he considered would forward the conspiracy to its final stage in the 20th century. Again I remind you that these conspirators were never concerned with immediate success. They also operated on a long-range view.

Pike did most of his work in his home in Little Rock, Arkansas. But a few years later; when the Illuminati’s Lodges of the Grand Orient became suspect and repudiated because of Mazzini’s revolutionary activities in Europe, Pike organized what he called the New and Reformed Palladian Right.

He set up three Supreme Councils; one in Charleston, South Carolina, one in Rome, Italy, and a third in Berlin, Germany. He had Mazzini establish 23 subordinate councils in strategic locations throughout the world. These have been the secret headquarters of the world revolutionary movement ever since.

Long before Marconi invented the radio; the scientists in the Illuminati had found the means for Pike and the heads of his councils to communicate secretly. It was the discovery of that secret that enabled intelligence officers to understand how apparently unrelated incidents, such as the assassination of an Austrian Prince [Arch Duke Ferdinand I ] at Serbia, took place simultaneously throughout the world which developed into a war or a revolution.

Pike’s plan was as simple as it has proved effective. It called for Communism, Nazism, political Zionism, and other international movements to be organized and used to foment three global world wars and at least two major revolutions.

The First World War was to be fought so as to enable the Illuminati to destroy Czarism in Russia, as vowed by Rothschild after the Czar had torpedoed his scheme at the Congress in Vienna, and to transform Russia into a stronghold of atheistic communism. The differences stirred up by agents of the Illuminati between the British and German Empires were to be used to foment this war. After the war would be ended; communism was to be built up and used to destroy other governments and weaken religions.

World War II, when and if necessary, was to be fomented by using the controversies between Fascists and political zionists, and here let it be noted that Hitler was financed by Krupp, the Warburgs, the Rothschilds, and other internationalist bankers and that the slaughter of the supposed 600,000 Jews by Hitler didn’t bother the Jewish internationalist bankers at all.

That slaughter was necessary in order to create worldwide hatred of the German people and thus bring about war against them. In short; this second world war was to be fought to destroy nazism and increase the power of political zionism so that the state of Israel could be established in Palestine.

During this World War II; international communism was to be built up until it equalled in strength to that of the united Christendom. When it reached that point; it was to be contained and kept in check until required for the final social cataclysm. As we know now; Roosevelt, Churchill, and Stalin put that exact policy into effect and Truman, Eisenhower, Kennedy, Johnson, and George Bush continued that same exact policy.

World War III is to be fomented by using the so-called controversies, the agents of the Illuminati operating under whatever new name, as are now being stored up between the political Zionists and the leaders of the Moslem world. That war is to be directed in such a manner that all of Islam and political Zionism (Israel) will destroy each other while at the same time; the remaining nations once more divided on this issue will be forced to fight themselves into a state of complete exhaustion; physically, mentally, spiritually, and economically.

Now, can any thinking person doubt that the intrigue now going on in the near Middle and far East is designed to accomplish that satanic objective? Albert Pike himself foretold all this in a statement he made to Mazzini on August 15, 1871. Pike stated that after World War III is ended; those who will aspire to undisputed world domination will provoke the greatest social cataclysm the world has ever known. Quoting his own words taken from the letter he wrote to Mazzini and which letter is now catalogued in the British Museum in London, England; he said:

“We shall unleash the nihilists and the atheists and we shall provoke a great social cataclysm which in all its horror will show clearly to all nations the effect of absolute atheism; the origins of savagery and of most bloody turmoil. Then everywhere, the people will be forced to defend themselves against the world minority of the world revolutionaries and will exterminate those destroyers of civilization and the multitudes disillusioned with Christianity whose spirits will be from that moment without direction and leadership and anxious for an ideal, but without knowledge where to send its adoration, will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer brought finally out into public view. A manifestation which will result from a general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and Atheism; both ! conquered and exterminated at the same time.”
When Mazzini died in 1872; Pike made another revolutionary leader named Adrian Lemmy; his successor. Lemmy, in turn, was succeeded by Lenin and Trotsky, then by Stalin. The revolutionary activities of all those men were financed by British, French, German, and American international bankers; all of them dominated by the House of Rothschilds.

We are supposed to believe that the international bankers of today, like the money changers of Christ’s day, are only the tools or agents of the great conspiracy, but actually they are the masterminds behind all the mass communications media leading us into believing that communism is a movement of the so-called workers; the actual fact is that both British and American intelligence officers have authentic documentary evidence that international liberals, operating through their international banking houses; particularly the House of Rothschilds, have financed both sides of every war and revolution since 1776.

Those who today comprise the conspiracy (the CFR in the United States); direct our governments whom they hold in usury through such methods as the Federal Reserve System in America to fight wars, such as Vietnam (created by the United Nations), so as to further Pike’s Illuminati plans to bring the world to that stage of the conspiracy when atheistic communism and the whole of Christianity can be forced into an all out third world war within each remaining nation as well as on an international basis scale.

The headquarters of the great conspiracy in the late 1700’s was in Frankfurt, Germany where the House of Rothschild had been established by Mayar (or Mayer) Amschel who adopted the Rothschild name and linked together other international financiers who had literally sold their souls to the devil. After the Bavarian government’s exposure in 1786; the conspirators moved their headquarters to Switzerland then to London. Since World War II (after Jacob Schiff, the Rothschild’s boy in America died); the headquarters of the American branch has been in the Harold Pratt Building in New York City and the Rockefellers, originally proteges of Schiff, have taken over the manipulation of finances in America for the Illuminati.

In the final phases of the conspiracy; the one-world government will consist of the king-dictator; the head of the United Nations, the CFR, and a few billionaires, economists, and scientists who have proved their devotion to the great conspiracy. All others are to be integrated into a vast conglomeration of mongrolized humanity; actually slaves.

Now let me show you how our federal government and the American people have been sucked into the one-world take over plot of the Illuminati great conspiracy and always bear in mind, that the United Nations was created to become the housing for that one-world, so-called, liberal conspiracy. The real foundations of the plot of the takeover of the United States were laid during the period of our Civil War. Not that Weishaupt and the earlier masterminds had ever overlooked the new world, as I have previously indicated; Weishaupt had his agents planted over here as far back as the Revolutionary War, but George Washington was more than a match for them.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

The Residual money trick

This is the biggest scam we have our hands and it’s a very simple one. I have many times wondered, that where is all the money, because all we have is debt. Every nation is in debt. And that’s it, that is the base of everything and it’s going to collapse, because it’s just an illusion. Money is just illusion. Think about it, other paper is toilet paper and other is the money, still the source of the paper is the same… trees. Here’s simple explanation of this money trick:

The Residual money trick

This is how money is created out of nothing. The idea is this:

Bankers make money out of nothing. On the surface, it looks like they do not make any money when they lend. Because the interest rates are offset by the labor cost. In other words, with inflation, the prices forever rise, but in order to compensate for it, there needs to be raising of salaries. So, to the ordinary person, the net effect is zero. He keeps begging on his knees about raise in salary on the yearly review, but, at the same time, the inflation eats away the benefits of the raises he receives.

But from the money lender’s stand point the whole picture is different. First of all, why does one borrow money? Well, because he does not have it to pay for his ongoing expenses. So he borrows, and once he borrows, he becomes a slave of “usury” (interest rates).

So, what happens is he starts paying interest to the bank, which is the residual money. It does not exist in reality. So he keeps paying this extra money to the bank for years. And, even though the bank seems to be getting some interest, but the prices increase also, and, therefore, the value of money. So, on the surface, the net effect looks like the banks do not really make any money on lending. But in fact they do, and that money comes from nothing. It is that residual interest that settles in their pockets. Out of nothing. They do not produce a thing to actually earn any of it.

And that is precisely how you are enslaved. Your governments, your industries and your individuals. The governments keep borrowing more and more just to pay the interest alone. But the principle amount only accumulates with all the new loans. So the money flows freely into the pockets of the bankers while you and your societies are getting poorer and poorer, to the point where they become actual slaves, which is what we have right now.

You are all slaves. Slaves of usury. And you will never be able to repay all the debts. As soon as you repay one debt, you immediately create yet another, thinking you are somehow, miraculously, get richer and now you can afford to take yet another debt.

Meanwhile, as long as you are paying your debt, you must lick asses of your bosses and your bankers. You loose your freedom. If you squeak, they will throw you on the street, and you will not be able to repay your debts. And so you are enslaved to the rest of your life.

Source

Here’s some videos:

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

John McCain Defends war criminal Henry Kissinger

I saw this disgusting video where war mongerer John McCain defends another low-life scumbag war criminal Henry Kissinger and when I saw an article about it, I thought to post it so here it is:

It has been said that birds of a feather flock together, and proof of that statement can be seen in the fact that terrorist sympathizer John McCain was recently forced to act as Knight in Shining Armor for famed mass murderer Henry Kissinger as the latter was attempting to give yet another speech to the Senate Armed Services Committee.

Kissinger’s arrival, as well as the beginning of his speech, was interrupted by protesters from Code Pink, who attempted to list off the crimes of Henry Kissinger but were unable to continue their presentation for the requisite number of days it would take to do so due to the fact that Capitol Hill police were called in to remove them.

McCain, always a friend to those who have committed or are doing their best to commit atrocities on a mass scale, erupted in typical angry fashion screaming at protesters,

“You know, you’re going to have to shut up, or I’m going to have you arrested.”

As the protesters were being removed, McCain also screamed,

“Get out of here you low-life scum.”

McCain went on to apologize to Kissinger by stating that,

“Dr. Kissinger, I hope on behalf of all of the members of this committee on both sides of the aisle – in fact, from all of my colleagues, I’d like to apologize for allowing such disgraceful behavior towards a man who served his country with the greatest distinction. I apologize profusely.”

Many Americans, particularly Vietnam veterans, however, may indeed remember,

“such disgraceful behavior towards a man who served his country with the greatest distinction” taking place in the Capitol on a number of occasions.

Indeed, the performance of John McCain standing in front of Congress and arguing against any further investigation or revelation of whether or not American POWs were still being held in Vietnam, would certainly count as one such instance.

One other such instance might be his incessant grandstanding in support of al-Qaeda and ISIS, known to the mainstream media as “moderate rebels,” freedom fighters, and the like.

Yet, while McCain’s support of the,

  • Vietnam war

  • Iraq War

  • Syrian War

  • Libyan war,

…and virtually every war that was ever waged and those that ever will be waged upon the face of the earth, has resulted in the death of millions of people, McCain found himself in the presence of one of the true kings of killing in Henry Kissinger.

Indeed, Kissinger is one of the true living figures whose feet most psychopathic killers the world over still long to kneel at.

Kissinger’s direction of the Chilean coup, Vietnam war, Cambodian and Laotian tragedies, and his famous ‘National Security Study Memorandum 200: Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for U.S. Security and Overseas Interests’ (NSSM200) has earned him a special place amongst the world’s most effective mass murders, although admittedly not the most widely known.

It is thus not surprising that McCain would come to the aid of Kissinger so readily.

In fact, it is not surprising that, after all these years and all these crimes against humanity, that Kissinger would be addressing such an important Congressional committee. Nor is it surprising that this committee boasts yet another criminal, terrorist supporter, insidious color revolution operative, and traitor like John McCain.

The only surprising aspect of the whole affair was that the protesters were allowed to stay for as long as they did.

Or was the most surprising aspect that there were protesters to begin with?

And here’s the video where John McCain is kissing Henry KISSinger’s ass:

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Conspiracy Theorists by Jolly Roger

Have you been called a “Conspiracy theorist”? It’s just a tool to ridicule people who think with their own brains instead of just believing every rubbish story, that mainstream media tries to stuff down with their throats. Here’s a nice little article about this situation:

 Conspiracy Theorists

by Jolly Roger  slicingthroats@yahoo.com
1/08/2005

Everyone has heard, and has probably used the term “conspiracy theorist,” and the fact of the term being in common use, also indicates that we generally agree on what it means. I saw a movie by that name, and the title character was a raving lunatic who kept his food in thermoses with combination locks to reduce his chances of being poisoned by imaginary enemies.

Regardless of how the stupid movie turned out, what’s important here is the common perception people have of someone to whom that label is applied, and just as important, is who it is that applies the label. The common perception is that someone who is labeled a “conspiracy theorist” is suffering from some type of psychological disorder, and that label is usually applied to people by our government, and our news media. The next thing to consider, is that the label is applied to anyone who questions our government’s version of events in any matter. Doesn’t it logically follow that the media are teaching us to assume that anyone who questions the government is insane? When that label is applied to a person, doesn’t it become easy to dismiss everything they say without even hearing it? How convenient for them.

I think the label first became widely used to slander people who questioned the details surrounding the JFK assassination, and forty years later, there aren’t too many thinking people who still believe the Warren Commission’s “lone gunman” explanation. That explanation is doubted by everyone who has taken the time to look into the details, and believed only by people who refuse to.

Which is “theory” and which is fact? In the absence of a full confession, this can only be decided by a preponderance of evidence, and it would be silly to come to a conclusion on any matter without looking at all the evidence available. This is only common sense, just as it is safe to assume some degree of guilt or complicity on the part of anyone who lies about an event, or tries to hide, plant, or destroy any type of evidence.

Conspiracy theories arise from evidence. After the government releases an explanation of a particular event, a conspiracy theory is only born because evidence exists to disprove their explanation, or at least call it into question. There’s nothing insane about it, unless you define sanity as believing whatever the government tells you. In light of the fact that our government lies to us regularly, I would define believing everything they tell you as utter stupidity.

In July of 1996, flight 800 exploded over Long Island. Shortly after their terrorist explanation failed scrutiny, our government then explained the event by claiming that a faulty electrical system caused a spark that ignited a fuel tank, and the people who doubted this explanation were quickly labeled “conspiracy theorists.” More than a hundred witnesses saw a missile travel from the ground up to the plane just prior to its explosion, but rather than being treated as eyewitnesses to an event, they were labeled “conspiracy theorists,” which label allowed all subsequent investigation to ignore the strongest evidence in the matter.

Our “investigative” news agencies decided to accept and disseminate the official story, and they helped us forget the U.S. naval station nearby, the fact that missiles were regularly test fired there, and naturally, they paid no heed to more than a hundred “conspiracy theorists” who saw the plane get blown out of the sky by a missile. I believe that the U.S. Navy accidentally shot down flight 800, and that’s my belief because it’s the most sensible explanation that can be drawn from the available evidence. I’m not theorizing about conspiracies, but there are conflicting explanations of the event, and if the Navy did accidentally blow a passenger plane out of the sky, who would have a motive to lie about it? The U.S. government, or a hundred witnesses?

Then of course, there were the “crazy conspiracy theories” arising from the bombing of the Alfred Murrah federal building in Oklahoma City. In that matter, audio tapes and witnesses agree that there were two explosions, the first of which occurred inside the building between eight and ten seconds before the truck bomb exploded. Explosive experts agree that Timothy McVeigh’s fertilizer bomb could not have destroyed the building, and the FBI’s counter terrorism chief, and members of BATF lied about their whereabouts during and prior to the catastrophe. The evening news decided not to tell you any of this, and they will label anyone who tries to a “paranoid conspiracy theorist.” In light of the evidence, we would be complete fools if a conspiracy theory didn’t exist.

There were no conspiracy theories arising from the explosion of flight 103 over Lockerbie, Scotland, and there were no conspiracy theories arising from the work of the uni-bomber, so the newly invented psycho-babble that tries to explain the malady of conspiracy theorists, also needs to explain why millions of conspiracy theorists all decided not to theorize about those events. There is no psychological malady. There was simply no evidence to indicate a conspiracy.

The real question is not why people theorize about conspiracies, but why people choose to believe the government’s version of events when it’s obvious that they’re lying. One reason is that most people never see the evidence because our “news” industry hides it, and another reason is that the same news industry will quickly associate anyone who questions the government with the people who see Elvis, Bigfoot, and UFO’s.

But sadly, I think the main reason people choose to believe the government’s version of events despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, is because it’s easier, and safer. If you ignore most of the evidence, and accept as plausible whatever ridiculous explanation the T.V. provides, your life remains simple, and you get to sit on your ass and watch more T.V. If on the other hand, you pluck your head from that same ass and realize you’ve been lied to, as a citizen in a democratic society, you’re instantly burdened with being responsible for doing something about it. Every citizen of the United States has a civic duty to participate in their government, and keep themselves informed of its actions, or government “of the people, by the people, and for the people” isn’t possible. You were warned that “eternal vigilance is the price of freedom, ” but you chose to ignore your government, and believe whatever they told you, and because of this, Americans have lost their freedom. Although presidents and senators are public servants, unlike the dog catcher and mailman, they wield a lot of power over people’s lives, and that’s why they have to be watched, and scrutinized.

Statistical analysts from UCLA and Rutgers University believe that John Kerry won the 2004 presidential election by an estimated 1.3 million votes, and despite the fact that these learned scholars are probably the most qualified people alive to forward such an opinion, our news madia dismisses this as “conspiracy theory.” George W. Bush lost the 2000 election, and he lost the 2004 election, but he’s occupying the White House, shredding our constitution, and stealing our wealth and freedom in a “war on terror” that’s as fraudulent as his presidency because many Americans are too stupid to see it, too lazy to do anything about it, or both.

I’m sorry if I sound angry, but the fact of the matter is that I am angry. While you were staring into the television like an idiot, our freedom, wealth, and constitutional protections have been stolen from us, and because you’re stupid enough to believe the manure being shoveled by our government, you’ve allowed them to commit bigger and more heinous crimes. Because you were too lazy to research their nonsensical economic policies, and see them for the scams that they are, we’ll all soon be living in poverty. And because you’re so lazy, apathetic, and easily lied to, millions have died for the profits of a few. I have every right to be angry, and only a fool wouldn’t be.

Only a small portion of my anger is reserved for the government of the United States, because they only did what can be expected of any government. They grabbed money, power and control where it was easy to do so. Most of my anger is directed toward my fellow American citizens, because they allowed it to happen by believing whatever they’re told, and not doing what’s expected of them. Patriotism in America does not mean waving the flag in blind loyalty to the government. As an American citizen, you have a civic duty to question your government, and hold them accountable for their actions, not use the flag as a blindfold. The American people have been duped once again, and it doesn’t seem like it’s a difficult thing to accomplish.

America’s latest “conspiracy nuts” are better known as the 9-11 truth movement. The news media are doing their usual job of slandering them with their usual childish name calling, but for more than three years, they have refused to show you the documented fact, scientific data, expert testimony, photographic evidence, or the credible eyewitness accounts that prove U.S. government complicity in the events of September, 11, 2001. If this were just a “crazy conspiracy theory,” I don’t think people in our government would have worked so hard to destroy, hide, and lie about the evidence. The White House tried to derail every investigation into the matter. If we had an honest government, we wouldn’t have conspiracy theories. We would have honest investigations, and fair trials, but these things are disappearing from America.

There are disturbing facts regarding the events of September 11 that every American needs to be aware of , but naturally, none of it will be on T.V. I’ve met a lot of people in the 9-11 truth movement, and I can assure you that none of them are crazy, paranoid, or even “conspiracy theorists.” One generalization I can make about them is that they all seem to be very intelligent. Maybe the smartest thing you could do would be to start listening to them. The Arabs don’t “hate your freedom.” The White House hates your freedom, because it’s the only thing that stands between them, and unlimited power. – Jolly Roger

“Eternal Vigilance is the Price of Freedom” – Thomas Jefferson

911truth.org 911review.org 911review.com physics911.org wtc7.net

Anything written by “Jolly Roger” is the property of the American Resistance Movement, and the author hereby grants permission to anyone who so desires to post, print, copy, or distribute this letter as they see fit, and in fact, the author encourages you to do so.

Source

Read more from Auricmedia:

[carousel-horizontal-posts-content-slider]

Veterans Awaken to Role as Corporate Mercenaries

If you just didn’t know the soldiers cover the opium fields in Afghanistan and do favors for big corporations. The war is a lie and ordinary people are those who suffer and pay the price:

From Ken Adachi <Editor>
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/awakenedvetsindex.shtml
December 2005

Veterans Awaken to Role as Corportate Mercenaries (December 2005, update Feb 2014)

Update, February 14, 2014:

This video tells the story of what I tried to warn about when I posted this page in December of 2005.

This is why no American in their right mind should join the satanist-controlled US military. You will regret it for a lifetime if sent into a combat zone. Why do you think so many guys coming back commit suicide?
Anonymous- U.S Government are the Real Terrorists

When I was younger, I thought going into the military was the right thing to do and I joined voluntarily. I saw it as an adventure and I was anxious to jump in and learn what ‘being a man’ was all about. Like Hemingway’s fictional alter ego, Nick Adams in The Sun Also Rises, I wanted to get into the game and experience life to the hilt. Not unlike Nick Adams in the final chapter of the book, I also came to see things very differently on the far side of the journey.

During the Vietnam era, I had a very low opinion of draft dodgers, draft card burners, and war protestors in general. I assumed they were mostly spoiled and cowardly college wimps who were too good to get their hands dirty giving something back to their country and were mostly looking for an easy pretext to meet women. But I was naive and wholly ignorant of what was really taking place. More importantly, I had no idea who was manipulating these events from behind the scenes. I unthinkingly accepted the cover story that it was those Godless communists who were agitating to take over all of Asia and they had to be stopped at all costs. I was brainwashed.

I didn’t know that all my sources of “news” information-Time magazine, Newsweek, the New York Times, Meet the Press, Firing Line (with William F. Buckley Jr.), CBS Reports, 60 Minutes, etc., etc., etc. were part of a huge propaganda machine that collectively acted in concert to mold my thinking into accepting the cover story. Nothing much has changed since then. Today, young military recruits and their families and their friends continue to unthinkingly accept the cover story that the American military must be the Good Guys of the world-doing the Right Thing-and whoever we’re fighting against are automatically assumed to be the Bad Guys.

In the mid 1960’s, I believed Illuminati gofers like Lyndon Johnson, Dean Rusk, and Robert MacNamara when they told me about the Gulf of Tonkin ‘torpedo boat’ attacks against US Naval ships (it never happened) and of the “domino theory” which claimed that all other countries in southeast Asia would fall to the the Evil Empire of Communism and if we didn’t stop them in Vietnam. At the time, I didn’t know that the president of the United States and his entire cabinet were, in fact, covert agents for international corporations and power groups who wanted war.

War, I later discovered, is a money maker, a big money maker for corporations with names like General Electric, or Dupont, or Chase Manhattan Bank, or Rockwell International, or Merck, or AT&T, or IBM, or the dozens of other Illuminated corporate giants who attend those Bilderberger get-togethers every year and make plans -for you and I.

Manufacturers of planes, tanks, battleships, missiles, rockets, bullets, assault rifles, mortars, field rations, uniforms, boots, medical supplies, prosthetics, tents, mobile river crossing equipment, helicopters, gun ships, radar, missile tracking systems, high tech electronics, spy satellites, etc., etc. love war.

Oil companies love war. The CIA loves war. MI5 loves war. The Mossad loves war. These covert groups, working for the Illuminated Ones, have been responsible for instigating most of the conflicts in the world. War makes money and consolidates power into the hands of the elite manipulators who always remain hidden from our view. They place their Front men and Mouthpieces out there for us to see and debate about and send our letters to, but they themselves always remain in disguise, usually seen as the most genteel, civilized, and honored of humanity’s flock-like the royal family of England.

Orchestrated wars also provides a convenient cover for drug trafficking, which again, you can pin the tail on the CIA- the biggest player on the planet. While war robs ordinary, mostly poor, American families of their sons (and now their daughters), it makes indentured slaves of the rest of us.

Who pays out the money that fills the coffers of war profiteers? The government.

And how does the government get that money?

First, from their pals in the banking industry, and then from you. Of course, war is also a handy cover for pulling your rights and constitutional liberties out from under you, which today is rapidly escalating at a perilous rate and driving America into the arms of a Nazi style police state where platitudes like ‘democracy’, ‘freedom’, and ‘liberty’ ring hollow for those who still retain the capacity to think and can recognize lies and deceit when it’s so shamelessly hawked to what is presumed to be a dumbed-down citizenry.

In earlier decades, the goals of the Illuminati elites, their international corporations, their political puppets and their representatives in the military-industrial complex were to make money and to consolidate/expand their power, but today the goal is the destruction and dismantling of the United States and its people in order to make way for a one-world government, the so called New World Odor.

While many in today’s military still cling to the cover story of America, Defenders of Freedom & Democracy, their ranks are dwindling as more and more servicemen (and ex-servicemen) come to see the Liars and the Lies for what they are. They are organizing, getting vocal, and reaching out, thanks to the internet, but they have a long way to go if they hope to prevent the next orchestrated war with Iran that will be “crisis driven ” and stampeded into existence using the same gimmicks and falsity that the satanic Illuminati has always employed to kick start their global blood baths. Must we allow them to succeed generation after generation; yet again taking our sons and daughters to an early grave? Isn’t it time we did our part to help those who are trying to stop this senseless destruction of life?

Think about it.

Ken Adachi


Articles

Soldiers Speak Out (July 24, 2008)
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/soldiersspeaksout22jul08.shtml

West Point Cadet Ready to Serve Despite Us Crazy Vets (Dec. 1, 2007)
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/westpointcadetreadytoserve29nov07.shtml

Semper Fi….. and Barbarism (Nov. 28, 2007)
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/semperfiandbarbarism28nov07.shtml

Pentagon Denies Increase in Troops’ Suicides a Result of War (August 28, 2007)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/pentagondeniessoldiersuicides28aug07.shtml

Structured Cruelty – Learning to be a Lean, Mean Killing Machine (Feb. 20, 2007)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/structuredcruelty20feb07.shtml

Veteran/Songwriter Tom Chelston Strives to Awaken Military Families (Dec. 29, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/tomsongsintro29dec05.shtml

Confessions of a Marine (Oct. 27, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/confessionsofamarine27cot05.shtml

The Troops Don’t Defend Our Freedoms (Oct. 24, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/troopsdontdefendfreedom21oct05.shtml

Wounded Vet Recounts Iraq House Raids & Refuses to Meet Bush at Walter Reed Hospital (Aug. 10, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/armyvetrefusestomeetbush10aug05.shtml

On-line Video ‘Cowboys in Iraq’ ( July 30, 2005)
http://johnmccarthy90066.tripod.com/id362.html

Grassroot Group to End Military Recruitment on Campus Mounts ‘No Draft-No Way’ Manhattan Conference on Sat., April 16, 2005 (Apr.10, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/nodraftmanhattanconf10apr05.shtml

AWOL in America: When Desertion is the Only Option By Kathie Dobie (Mar. 1, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/awolinanerica01mar05.shtml

Appeal to Active Duty Troops: U.S. Veterans’ Call to Conscience (Sep. 3, 2004)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/calltoconscience03spe04.shtml

U.S. Troops Questioning Iraqi Mission (Feb. 1, 2004)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/troopsquestioningiraqmission31jan04.shtml

Web Sites

The War on Terror — Terrorism of War: Iraq (from John McCarthy)
http://johnmccarthy90066.tripod.com/id362.html
Angry vets report on American terrorism and what follows in the wake of unjustified aggression against a people who posed no threat to America.

Police & Military Against the New World Order
(http://www.patriotamerica.com/JackMcLamb/Index.htm)
Officer Jack Lamb has been trying to alert America’s policemen and military personnel that without their cooperation, there will be no New World Order takeover and destruction of America. If you know someone who is a policaman or in the military, send them to this web site and read what Jack has to say.

Unified Veterans Coalition
http://www.xsorbit27.com/users5/unifiedveteranscoalition/

Related

The Military Draft
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/draftindex.shtml

© Copyright 2005 Educate-Yourself.org  All Rights Reserved.

Source

Anus Horribilis – Terrifying Old Woman

I have always thought, that there is something odd about England’s queen. And I were right. She is the leader of horrific cult that murders and tortures people:

OK, where is she?

“I love life, that’s my secret.” The Queen Mother.

A bum title? No, its actually a quote from HM Queen Elizabeth II. The statement, in the context of the rest of her speech was supposedly aimed at her disastrous year of 1997 -annus is Latin for year. But then, anus is Latin for old woman and the term might equally have applied to the woman who had never relinquished her grip, the Queen Mother.

Royal Families, aristocracy, Heads of State and High Clergy occupy a very different space than the rest of us. Their forebears plotted, bribed, raped and murdered their way up to the high positions their offspring enjoy today; their gene pools are awash with these nasty propensities, yet they are considered incapable of such practices now. Why is that? If you had a killer dog and then bred it with another killer dog, would you leave its progeny alone in the same room with your children?

If you were to witness a member of the Royal Family abusing and murdering a child and somehow escaped with your ability to breath, where would you go? If you went to the police would they listen and conduct a whole-hearted, incisive investigation? Or would they roll their eyes, say they will look in to it, thank you for your information and chuff you out the door?

Well, just such allegations have been made, and plenty of them. Witnesses have bravely and constantly reported the sadistic antics of people like the George Bush’s, Bill Clinton, Ted Heath and Lord McAlpine. How many of these have been hauled before he courts to defend the charges against them? Royalty which has a long proven history of murder and mayhem are named time and again. But noooo, members of the present royal family would never do it now? That’s preposterous! I’ve a dam good mind to write to the Times, you bounders.

’It is not normal to doubt the word of members of the royal family.’ Harold Brooks-Baker in 1986, editor of Burke’s Peerage.

The cuckolded Mr Brooks-Baker, was defending the honour of Burke’s Peerage. Buckingham Palace had lied to them. Royal consent had been bestowed upon a lie. The Palace had said the QM’s neices, Katherine and Nerissa Bowes-Lyon had died in 1940 and 1961. They had, in truth been shuffled off, in secret, into Royal Earlswood Mental Hospital in Surrey. Nerissa Bowes-Lyon died in 1986. The dear old, caring, nation’s grandmother type hadn’t visited them once, in 46 years.

People wonder at the callousness of the Windsors. For heavens sake, they’ve been forcing people they don’t know off to die horribly in their diabolically instigated wars for generations. They’ve slashed their way to the top of royal piles, massacred native peoples and stolen untold fortunes. Wake up, they don’t give a shit. They don’t care; their emotions have been bred out of them.

Once emotion becomes extinct in a person, what takes its place? Something has to. A person such as this is wide open to possession or control by an independent energy or entity. Imagine what could happen if an entire bloodline lost its ability to feel? Imagine other bloodlines in the same condition and these bloodlines (families) coming together to produce children. What do you have then? The Queen Mother came from these very conditions. Right now her body is supposed to be lying in State at Westminster, draped with her lion-emblazoned banner. Can anyone filing past see her body? No.

Where is the Queen Mother?

HERE SHE IS


This stone serpent and sun cross carving on a rock at Meigle, is about 5 miles from Glamis. At this same place is the supposed grave of Guinevere, who was Ar-Thor’s wife in the Edda, the real Eve and sworn enemy of the Serpent El.Guen-Ever was originally from the Wierds, Valkyrs of El. At Meigle, she changed her name to Vanore.From The British Edda

700 years ago the Queen Mother’s family; the Lyons (line of the sun), now the Bowes-Lyons (The arch line of the sun; but in this case it is the reverse, or dark sun, see later note ), agreed to become a generational host for evil possession. The QM, destined to be the most influential and powerful of the clan became the prime host; enabling the possessor to successfully infiltrate incalculable bloodlines and poison every institution and organization she was associated with.


OK, where is she?


Young Elizabeth and her family did venture north to their Scottish castle home, the malevolent environs of MacBeth’s haunting Glamis. But lustful, eyes kept watch on the young child. Often she was invited to play with the royal children; one was a shy, troubled, tongue-tied child, Albert, known as Bertie. In later years she would beguile him into marrying her. The beautiful young Elizabeth appeared to have been snared by the Saxe-Coburg-Gotha’s (Goths the avowed enemies of the El-ites), when Buckingham Palace announced their engagement in January 1923. In truth, it was the Serpent El who had contrived the whole thing.

Their marriage (the public one) took place later the same year, on 26th April, at Westminster Abbey.

On 12th May 1937, Prince Albert and Princess Elizabeth were manipulated onto the Throne of England. Albert became King George VI. George and the Dragon sat on the Throne of England, and nobody noticed. They produced two children from somewhere, Elizabeth and Margaret Rose. They were both rumoured to have been artificially conceived. (This could support a Virgin Princess -future Virgin Queen notion.) The eldest, also Elizabeth, was born on 21st April (St George’s Day, that is Ar-thor’s day. -perhaps a swipe at her auld enemy Arthor, leader of the Goths.) The Old Deceiver, El inhabiting the human frame of Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon had accomplished her thousands years agenda. She had crept into the enemy camp of the Goths (Saxe-Coburg-Gotha) and wrested their throne. For. El-izabeth, the Serpent Queen of the Wierd cult, revenge was sweet. For centuries she had carefully placed her sleepers in prominent families amongst the European aristocracy. A celebration was called for. 16 months later her newly acquired British subjects would be propelled into 5 years of the bloodiest sacrifice ever known. A suitable tribute she felt, for the all-conquering Great Queen, World War II.

(The Queen Mother’s role in the abdication crisis will be revealed in 2017. Uhhhh, don’t hold your breath.)

Nobody noticed Elizabeth’s possession, so completely was her publicity monitored and controlled. Careful stage-management paid dividends. With no effort she became the darling of the fawning British press who bowed to her every whim. Revitalizing her flagging monarchy’s popularity was a breee-s-s-s. The press didn’t ask tricky questions, they’ve never revealed much of any interest about her. Right to the end she was the nations grandmother to them… Ask yourself, what do you really know for sure about any of the family that exists ’to rule over us’?


Now and again El-izabeth let slip her insensitivity. Once during the blitz, whilst touring devastated London in high-heels, pearls and expensive threads, she remarked to a distressed unfortunate, ’ One has to take care, one doesn’t ladder one’s stockings when walking here.’

And on another occasion, after the sore-thumb, Buckingham Palace received a harmless hit, remarked, “Nare ay cen look the East End in the face.” – Which has other connotations for students of the occult.

Much later the Royals had another blitz to deal with. This one caused severe damage. Their younger daughter, Margaret Rose set her lily-white cap at a decidedly unsuitable suitor. Elizabeth had ambitions for Margaret and that did not include marrying a ne’er-do-well, ’out-of-the-loop’ divorcee. The blighted Margaret Rose sought solace in a doomed marriage to society flicker, Anthony Armstrong-Jones. They managed to produce two children before Margaret became the first royal since Henry VIII, to divorce. Margaret drifted into the shadows and rarely did much else than lounge around in the Caribbean. She died aged 71, two months before her mother.

The most damaging blows however were yet to come. A real-life Princess in the Tower, Sleeping Beauty and Cinderella, packaged in the exquisite frame of Diana turned and bit their royal arses big-time. Smug court advisors had misjudged popular mood; the people weren’t about to discard Diana after her separation from the wing nut. They loved her – An emotion The Family had never been acquainted with, Love swept through the world as Diana danced the Samba across the global ballroom. They, had only empty rooms and hardened hearts. Diana knew too much. Although Diana was never going to risk her children’s lives by exposing the old Serpent, El-izabeth was not in the mood for chances. Diana had proved to have loose lips. Simba and her slavering pride plotted their attack.

“I love life, that’s my secret.” The Queen Mother.

AN OCCULT SACRIFICE

When it came, it was ferocious, it was certain and it was cruelly appropriate. Whilst Britain slept, a black car named ’grace’ slammed into the 13th pillar of the Pont d’Alma tunnel in Paris. The young Virgin Moon Goddess, wannabee Mother Goddess died on the sun’s day, Sunday 31st August 1997, with the sun in Virgo, the virgin. This was 27 days, a moon cycle, after the Queen Mother’s 97th birthday.

Alma – Hebrew: unmarried woman. Diana was unmarried when she died.

Al-mah – Persian: the unmated Moon goddess.

The elements were all there, the sun, moon, virgin and blackness, the numerology, a black steed and a white steed (cars). The black car, a Mercedes, meaning grace (god’s favour -moon) carried her into the tunnel (moon symbol symbollically as well as by name) to meet the white Fiat Uno (Fiat-order, Uno – number 1. So an order from the top – a royal command?), which vanished in to thin air – or into the back of a truck.

A year and a day passed between the Full Moon of Diana and Charles’ divorce (28th August 1996, divorce No. 5,029 -both the date and the number add to 16 ) and her death in the tunnel. (The Full Moon shone into the 29th -the ominous 29th) The notion of a year and a day is a measure of time with significant magical, often ominous implications. It derives from the motions of the moon – surprise, surprise. There are 13 moons of 28 days in a lunar calendar. 13 days waxing, 1 day full, 13 days waning, 1 day dark. So a lunar year has 364 days, one more day is added to equal the number of days in a solar year. The day of the divorce was a Full Moon (17:52)

In days of yore the New Year began in March. August 31st sits precisely at the middle point of the year. From March 2nd. until August 30th inclusive there are 182 days. August 31st being the soltary (sun) middle day, with a further 182 days from September 1st until February 28th. This matches up with the Lunar calendar; 182 + 182 being 364, the length of a lunar calendar. In ancient Rome, March 1st is/was an ancient feast day called the Matronalia, a day of protection for women, children and the family. Why begin on the 2nd March? Remember this is a dark agenda. The 2nd March at 09:37 was the beginning of the Crone Moon, Moon of the Dark Mother, Black Isis, Kali, Hecate, the Morrigan and all the other aliases for the old Serpent Queen, El. Dark spells and evil agendas were set that night.

The signature of the instigator is there for all to see. This was a sacrifice by a Moon Goddess of a Moon Goddess. The sacrifice occurred in a tunnel called moon, in a place where the moon cannot shine – it is dark, a dark moon. The Moon has three occult phases, Virgin (New to first quarter), Mother (Full) and Crone (last quarter to dark). At the time the Virgin Moon was Diana, The Mother was Queen Elizabeth II and the Crone or old Woman Moon was The Queen Mother. It’s all death and rebirth stuff in reverse, where the old is reborn through taking the energies of the new.

Diana was sacrificed; it’s one of the few things I am certain of. I am certain too that missing children are used to perform the same function.

BY THE NUMBERS AND 666

“(Queen Elizabeth) is the most dangerous woman in Europe.” Adolph Hitler

The Queen Mother was born on the 4th. Her full birth date adds to 4. Her full name adds to 22/4. 13th (as in pillar) adds to 4. 31st (as in sacrificial date) adds to 4. This was 4 years before her death at the age of 101 (Diana has a value of 29/ 11), approximately 4 months before her 102nd birthday (adds to 3. Diana’s middle name, Frances is worth 3.) Diana’s full name adds to 22/4 the same as the Queen Mother’s. She accepted Prince Albert’s proposal on January 13, 1923 (13 adds to 4). Her husband Albert was a 4. She was a member of the Royal Household for 13 years (4) before she became Queen. 2nd March 1997, the night black magic was summoned was a 4-day. The 182 days either side of August 31st total 11 each. Together they total 4. No doubt there are oodles more 4’s in her life.

Queen Elizabeth, the Queen Mother expired at the end of the15th month of the new millennium, at 15 minutes past the 15th hour, which is 666. It was Saturday (Saturn’s Day – Satan), the 6th day. The actual date was 3003 2002 (30/03/2002. It was a 55/1 (sun) and an 11/2 (moon) day (Diana died in a Mercedes 600 in a 660 foot long tunnel again 666. Official claims say that Diana died at 4.a.m Paris Time in a hospital).

ISIS UNVEILED

Look at the official time of the Great Queen’s death, 1515, perhaps I need glasses, but doesn’t it look like ISIS to you? How many clues do we want?

It’s not beyond possibility that the Queen Mother actually died on the 29th March, because that would total 13/4 as well. That would also make it Friday – Freya’s Day, a shape-shifting goddess, leader of the Valkyries, whose sacred number was 13 (see above for 13’s). There are esoteric reasons why this is a more probable date, one of which is that the 29th is the 88th day of the year which means what happened and agrees with her first name, Elizabeth which also totals 88.

Oh, and the night of 28th/29th was a Full Moon (Mar 28 18:25). The Moon projects its most potent energies towards Earth when it is Full. Either this Moon was used to help to revitalize the Old Serpent or it was employed to transfer the evil spirit, to possess its next host. Both would have required rituals, and more than likely child sacrifice. The victim(s) energy (numbers, name etc) would need to be congruent with hers, so mainly 4’s.

88 also totals 16, the Tarot Tower (image right). 16 is another number that frequently pops up in the Queen Mother’s life. Glamis totals 16. Prince Albert first proposed to El-izabeth on December 2, 1921, a 16 day. (The second time he proposed was 26 December 1921 another 4 day) The prince proposed 3 times, which, as most people know is a magic formula. She married him on 26th April 1923, which adds to 16. Her husband died February 6, 1952, a 16 day. Elizabeth was 97 (9+7=16), when Diana died. Amanda Dowler disappeared at approximately 1600 hrs, 4 0’clock in the afternoon on the Spring Equinox, 7 days (an occult cycle of 6 days for preparation plus one) before the Queen Mother died.

Diana had died on the final night of the Dark Moon. This sacrifice was purposely timed to prevent Diana’s absorption of the New Moon’s vigour on September 1st. Another coveted this energy, all of it; a waning moon goddess, the Old Hag. This ritual killing was to help sustain the evil entity for another 4 years.

HEY DIANA WE’VE GOT SOMETHING FOR YOU… HELL

’Life had been sweet for the Old Serpent. Everything was working out according to plan. She could relax – or so she thought but unexpectedly, and out of nowhere came a whirlwind… Dianaarghhhh !!!

Diana, in many ways mirrored Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon; like her, she blossomed from a purported commoner’s background, although in truth, like her, oozing with primordial royal genes; likely more than the incumbents in fact.

Publicly, the old matriarch had appeared to approve of Diana for the new Virgin Moon Princess at the court of the Sun. However the relationship became increasingly frosty after Diana had fulfilled her duty producing techno-age sprogs named after tyrannical British monarchs, William and Henry.

Diana, like Elizabeth was of the Royal Stewart bloodline. Being blond, blue-eyed and beautiful enhanced her CV, but it was her youthful naivety which clinched her credentials. It was too good for the London Pride to resist, it moved out to circle its prey.

Diana gave them glamour, humanity and new impetus. They gave her hell.

DIANA, EL IN THE LIONS’ DEN

Diana, at last acknowledging her instincts; realizing she had been lured into the lions’ den purely to satisfy their inhuman lust and cruel agenda rebelled and embarked on her own mission. Much to the chagrin of the snarling pack she touched the hearts of humanity. In becoming a champion of the downtrodden and others with no voice, she became a giant thorn in the septic paws of the mane-line. QM, Alpha female in the Windsor pride (or as Diana referred to her, ’chief leper at the leper colony’) menaced and roared, as she had done with her daughter Margaret, so many years before. Diana had to go. ’The hunter became the hunted’, as her brother, Charles Spencer explained.

At the same time, the Dark Queen realized this storehouse of energy, which had somehow managed to elude much of the inbred corruption in Illuminati bloodlines was far too valuable to scuttle into the ever after. Rapidly approaching her victim’s used-by-date, the entity that had crawled into the young and beautiful Elizabeth Bowes-Lyon now feared for its own future. Fast approaching her host’s 100th birthday, she plotted to gather this vigour for herself. Throughout her life she had flourished by usurping the energies of many victims. Children were a special favourite. No one suspected the beautiful young courtier who had grown into the smiling old woman was under the control of the Great Serpent Queen, El, who had existed since the beginning of time. No one guessed she was the cunning deceiver responsible for so many murdered and missing.

Chief of the Goths, Adam-Thor as Andara (St Andrew), Bur, Geir, Goerdi or George, slaying the Dragon (El).
From a Hittite seal of about 2500B.C. The British Edda.p191
(notice Adam-Thor (Arthur) wears the Saltire cross.
Behind El is the sun cross now seen on the Union flag.)

MORE VICTIMS

The Great Serpent Queen, El, mother of Baldr, Loki or Satan set up homes at Buckingham Palace (Buck the Unicorn, deer or goat totem of the Goths – sworn enemies of the El-ites 2 ), Clarence House, Windsor Castle, The Castle of Mey and Walmer Castle, Kent. Carefully she assured her homes would lie on significant energy veins, ley lines, in order that she could manipulate and harvest them. Windsor and Mey lay on a significant ley involved in the murder of Sarah Payne. Walmer Castle lies on the same latitude (51 degrees north 10 west) as Stonehenge, which is implicated in the same murder.

Sarah Payne was abducted from Kingston Gorse (50n 48 0w29). Sarah’s body was discovered at a place called ’The Bury’, near Pulborough (50n 58 0w.29), which is almost directly south from where Amanda Dowler was spotted last, near Walton-on-Thames (51.24n 0w25) railway station. (A railway line is symbolic of energy lines Virgin trains travel on it) Sarah Payne lived in Hersham (51n22, 0w23). According to her father, Lord Glamis, The Queen Mother was born at a place called ’The Bury’ in St Paul’s Walden, Hertfordshire.

A Payne connection also exists at this ’The Bury’. One James Paine, a prominent architect of his day worked on The Bury, St Paul’s Walden. He also worked extensively at Chatsworth for the Cavendish’s, relations of the Queen Mother’s.

Buckingham Palace, The Bury at St Paul’s Walden, Glamis and Balmorral form a straight line at 33 degrees to the horizontal. The line crosses the Scottish coast (near Bettyhill, would you believe?) at the decommissioned St Columba (him again) kirk, where an unusual carved stone, brimming with sun symbols, is located. Farr Stone (image left). This suggests that the site is an ancient sacred site. The kirk is now a museum. Try it yourself with a protractor and ruler on a map of Britain. You’ll find the line passes through numerous other significant sites as well, including the oldest university in Scotland, eclesiastical centre and golfing mecca, St Andrews. This line meets the afore-mentioned line from Stonehenge near Pevensey Castle, near the south coast of England, where William the Conqueor landed in 1066. And surprise, surprise, who do you think are the Lords of the Manor there? Go on, guess… the Cavendish’s, Dukes of Devonshire, the QM’s maternal family. Oh, and the angle of the arc between this line and a line drawn to her other nearby residence Walmer is 130 degrees (13 and 4 again – 1+3). All a coincidence, of course, and another – The Sarah Payne – Diana Line

http://www.gic.co.uk/ebresort.htm

Sarah was a 4 and although I don’t know, I will guarantee that Amanda is as well. Just like the QM and Diana. Oh, and the little child found in the river near the Tower of London, he will be a 4 and a 7. I will guarantee that as well. she was

Can you see the energetic correspondences? One Moon Princess is born at The Bury and another dies at The Bury. And everything else corresponds with Moons and magic as well.

Danielle van Dam is another suspicious abduction and murder having a possible Queen Mother connection. Police claim her abductor took her into the desert, to a place called Glamis (33n0 115w04) in California. Note this town is smack on the 33rd degree. Both QM’s father and husband were freemasons. 33 is a number associated with energy transference and separations of children. Danielle’s mutilated body was discovered in a place called De Hesa Road, El Cajon. Everything about her disappearance and discovery can be interpreted as occult. Like the Queen Mother, Danielle’s name totals 22 or 4. See Danielle van Dam.

Source

UFO War in Antarctica – Fact or Fiction?

Intersting story about the the so called UFO war in Antarctica. I have posted something of this before and here you can find the info:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/ophjp-whats-that-operation-highjump-of-course/

And here is the article:

by Michael Salla

October 26, 2012

from Examiner Website

According to John Kettler, a former US military contractor and scientist, there is an expanding UFO war that is now taking place in waters off Antarctica.

Kettler cites unnamed “sensitive sources” to substantiate his claims that a US led coalition of naval forces is militarily engaging with hostile extraterrestrials. This UFO war is an extension of alleged naval battles off the coast of San Francisco earlier reported by Gordon Duff from Veterans Today who refers to his own unnamed “reliable” sources.

There is little more than a collection of unnamed sources supporting such allegations, and there is good reason to conclude that Kettler’s and Duff’s claims are part of a psychological warfare operation that may be related to planning for a false flag alien event. There is one historical incident that casts light on whether or not Kettler’s claims are part of a psychological warfare program being slowly unveiled to the world.

There is new evidence that Admiral Richard Byrd’s famed 1946/1947 naval expedition Operation High Jump did encounter and battle a mysterious UFO force in Antarctic waters.

According to John Kettler, who has written a series of articles claiming that the US Navy along with its allies are battling hostile extraterrestrials based in underwater locations in the Pacific (watch below video):

The UFO War continues to expand, with heavy action in the Antarctic Ocean… according to highly sensitive sources.

 

Two submarines of the Chinese PLAN (Peoples Liberation Army Navy) have been slammed together, resulting in injuries, but no fatalities, to the submariners inside them.

Kettler goes on to claim:

Last night, 20 UFOs, traveling at 25,000 mph, left the Antarctic Ocean in a group and went to Guadalajara, Mexico. Another group of 15, flying at the same speed, went to Argentina. This morning, 12 more emerged and went to Chile.

Duff made similar claims to a UFO war in the Pacific that he originally reported in September.

Now an Asian intelligence agency reports that a combined fleet operation between the US and China has been going on, a full combat operation against what we are told is a “highly unfriendly extra-terrestrial threat.”

The verifications of the fleet operations have been many, there have been no confirmations from the US side though the ships have been seen by every vessel that makes it offshore.

The true nature of both the threat and the extent of the multinational military force used is beyond any imaginable classification level.

Kettler also wrote an article titled, “UFO War Explodes Through Entire Pacific Ocean! Now A Coalition War!,” where he claimed:

UFO War in the Pacific has now become a five-nation coalition war through the Pacific Basin, per supersensitive terrestrial sources.

 

Naval forces involved include the U.S. Navy (U.S.), PLAN (People’s Liberation Army Navy) (China), JMSDF (Japanese Maritime Self-Defense Force) (Japan), ROKN (Republic of Korea Navy) (South Korea) and ROCN (Republic of China Navy) (Republic of China/Taiwan)…

Total is around 200 ships, including two U.S. aircraft carrier battle groups, many additional surface combatants (frigates through cruisers), numerous submarines and multiple URGs (underway replenishment groups) to keep all the warships fueled, munitioned, crews fed and supplied with multitudes of items.

The UFO War is an unprecedented kind of coalition war – with all the headaches and political delicacies that entails.

Given that Kettler, along with Gordon Duff, only cite unnamed sources in support of an expanding UFO war in the Pacific and now Antarctica, it is tempting to dismiss their claims as part of some agenda to make the general public believe in hostile extraterrestrials attacking the US military and allies.

There is one historical incident that does give circumstantial support for Kettler’s and Duff’s claims. In 1947, a US naval expedition did appear to engage in a UFO war – one where the US Navy apparently suffered significant casualties and had to withdraw.

 

An extraordinary 2006 Russian documentary

…was recently translated into English

 

It revealed new information about the US Navy Antarctica expedition of 1946/47 – Operation Highjump. The Naval expedition was headed by famed polar explore Admiral Richard Byrd whose expedition ended after only 8 weeks with “many fatalities” according to initial news reports.

Rather than deny the heavy casualty reports, Admiral Byrd revealed in a press interview in Chile that his Task Force had encountered a new enemy that “could fly from pole to pole at incredible speeds.”

After the Soviet collapse in 1991, the KGB released previously classified files that cast light on Operation Highjump.

 

A 2006 Russian documentary, recently translated, made public for the first time a 1947 secret Soviet intelligence report commissioned by Joseph Stalin of the Operation Highjump mission to Antarctica.

The intelligence report, gathered from Soviet spies embedded in the US, revealed that the US Navy had sent the military expedition to find and destroy a hidden Nazi base. On the way, they encountered a mysterious UFO force that attacked the military expedition destroying several ships and a significant number of planes. Indeed, Operation Highjump had suffered “many casualties” as stated in initial press reports from Chile.

While there is a possibility the report resulted from US disinformation fed to a known Soviet mole, the more likely explanation is that the report exposes the first known historical incident involving a battle between US naval forces and an unknown UFO force stationed near Antarctica.

In the Soviet intelligence report, never before known testimony by two US Navy servicemen with Operation Highjump was revealed.

The most revealing was Lieutenant John Sayerson, a flying boat pilot, who is quoted as saying:

The thing shot vertically out of the water at tremendous velocity, as though pursued by the devil, and flew between the masts [of the ship] at such a high speed that the radio antenna oscillated back and forth in its turbulence.

An aircraft [Martin flying-boat] from the Currituck that took off just a few moments later was struck with an unknown type of ray from the object, and almost instantly crashed into the sea near our vessel…

About ten miles away, the torpedo-boat Maddox burst into flames and began to sink… Having personally witnessed this attack by the object that flew out of the sea, all I can say is, it was frightening.”

[Our Real “War of the Worlds”]

There is a serious question mark over whether or not another USS Maddox served with Operation Highjump, and a further question arises over whether the US misled Soviet authorities with false intelligence in 1947.

Despite these unresolved questions, there is a very real possibility that the 1947 Soviet report is substantially accurate. If so, then we have a historical precedent for the US Navy battling an unknown UFO force in Antarctic waters.

The lack of confirmed sources makes Kettler’s and Duff’s claims of an undeclared war between hostile extraterrestrial forces and a US led naval coalition in Antarctica and/or the Pacific, something to be seriously questioned, if not dismissed altogether. This is especially so given whistleblower testimony that a UFO false flag war has been planned for several decades.

The likelihood that Kettler and Duff are unknowingly disseminating misinformation about hostile extraterrestrials as part of a false flag UFO scenario is high as I have written earlier.

The alleged 1947 UFO battle in Antarctica involving the US Navy either really happened or was US misinformation fed to the Soviets during the Stalin era, and later released to the general public in 1991.

If the Soviet report is based on disinformation, then its release serves to promote international conditions for a future false flag UFO operation.

If the Soviet report is substantially accurate, then the historical precedent of a 1947 UFO US Navy battle suggests that it would be unwise to simply dismiss Kettler’s and Duff’s claims as disinformation.

In either case, great vigilance is required on the part of those investigating claims of battles between a US led alliance of naval powers, and hostile extraterrestrials based in undersea bases in Antarctica and/or the Pacific Ocean.

Video

 

 

Source

Crashing Finances

Something from the past, which seem to be relevant today:

by Amitakh Stanford
20 August 2007

from XeeATwelve Website

The share market is heading towards a total collapse. When it falls, it will be an unprecedented crash.

In the past, certain financial analysts were able to reasonably predict the movements of the markets. But, soon, their diagnostic skills will fail them. When this happens, most investors will no longer respond to market stimuli like they used to – they will no longer trust in “expert” advice or predictions.

Darkness controls what goes on in the Virtual Reality that I have called the Universal Dodecahedron. The entire Virtual Reality is fracturing and the Universal Dodecahedron is also fracturing. Darkness is losing control of all of Its systems in the Virtual Reality, including Its monetary system, which up to now has been maintained by the money entities.

Money entities perform many tasks, including the construction and maintenance of money systems, financial markets, societal wealth or poverty, control of distribution of worldly goods and services, power and other things. The money entities are enslaved by Darkness and are forced to labour under the direction of the Financial Being that has been appointed by the Dark Hierarchy.

Whilst things are fracturing in the Virtual Reality, the money entities are also affected by the changing times. The money entities have had a taste of worldly power at the same time they have been subjected to absolute abuse and slavery in the Artificial Reality run by Darkness. As the Financial Being begins to fracture and lose control of its minions, the money entities will no longer be regimented like they used to be.

The share market will collapse because the Financial Being can no longer wave its magic wand and have the financial markets do its bidding. Its power is waning, and it can no longer completely subdue others and subject them to its will. Up until very recently, the ruling elite on Earth could appeal to the Financial Being for direction and assistance.

Recently, central bankers of the world have injected vast sums in an effort to prop up the ailing share markets around the world. This is not a real solution, but, in fact, will cause more problems to world economies than the bankers attempted to fix. The programming in the money entities is breaking down, and soon, they will no longer obey their master – the Financial Being.

In fact, the money entities are about to revolt against their master. Some will fight amongst themselves, which will cause uncertainty and destabilize money systems. The money entities are being given a chance for freedom from Darkness. Some will choose a new life, whilst others will reject the Light and flounder in Darkness because they have been corrupted by worldly power.

Thus, even though the money entities are slaves to Darkness and have been subjected to Its abuse, many will prefer to stay in the system and continue being abused and to abuse others.

It is only those who wish to break out of this cycle of slavery who will seek the True Light.

The current volatility of the share market has been compared to that of 1987, which is sometimes referred to as the crash of 1987. The recent volatility sends jitters through many financial analysts. The situation today is more akin to the 1929 crash than the 1987 crash. However, 1929 will pale in comparison to what is soon to come.

The financial analysts lack esoteric understanding of how the monetary system works. They rely upon historical data to try to predict what the markets will do. The data will not be of much help in predicting market movements because things are about to change so radically that there will soon be little data available that can be relied upon for determining which way the markets will move.

As mentioned earlier, the central banks have stepped into the picture and injected vast sums in an effort to prop up the failing markets. The central bankers do not have any answers to the situation, as will be seen as events unfold, showing that the central banks have not actually rescued the markets, but have further complicated the situation. Stocks, bonds, notes, bills, commercial paper and other financial instruments will become exceedingly risky investments to undertake. The experts will have no confidence in assessing which way any of the markets are heading.

On the micro scale, Matter is fracturing. As Matter fractures, so too will all the atoms. As the atoms weaken, they will begin to express unpredictably. On the macro scale, the Universal Dodecahedron is fracturing, and all things contained therein are also breaking down.

The fracturing will cause all life forms to generally deteriorate, change their behaviors and go awry. This will not only affect “living” things, but inert things and even principles, such as: gravity, laws of attraction and bonding etc. Thus, some of the laws of physics as we know them will be affected.

Physical bodies and biological systems will be greatly affected by the breakdown of Matter. Health problems will be exacerbated and increase in new and diverse ways at unprecedented rates. Almost everyone will be affected by experiencing a degree of ill health or vulnerability to disease, trauma and adverse reactions to many things that never affected them before. These could include extreme reactions to food, water, air, and the energies of others.

In short, atoms will be reacting to one another in new and unpredictable ways, resulting in health, mental, physical, emotional, spiritual and other problems.

What I am explaining here is that Darkness is fracturing, and all of Its systems are entering a state of radical change for the worse. Darkness has kept a tight lid on Its prison up until now, but It is losing control. Its prison walls are falling down. The order of things will break down. This will include order in human affairs along with order of celestial bodies, among many other things that are subjected to the dictates of Darkness.

As mentioned before, Darkness’ Financial Being is fracturing, and can no longer hold its schemes together in a cohesive fashion. Among its schemes are means of exchange, money, currencies, stocks and bonds, futures, banks, and wealth. All of these lead to disproportionate distribution of wealth, causing class distinction, social hierarchies, abuse, manipulation, corruption, conflicts, and, ultimately, slavery of various kinds.

Slavery can include physical captivity and forced work, but it can also encompass physical addictions to things such as: wealth, luxury, sex, drugs, alcohol, pornography, status, violence, power etc.

As the Virtual Reality collapses, money will cease to be a source of power. Chaos will result from the shift of power away from money. People will become tremendously disillusioned with money and its effects on human life and other worldly matters. Most people will be confounded by the crisis, which will include the social/financial/ecological/medical/mental-health chaos that is about to engulf the globe. They will have no direction or guidance.

Presently, the ruling elite are attempting to program everyone to accept the greenhouse effect as the major cause of global warming. Like most things here that are sponsored by the ruling elite, there is an ulterior motive behind the programming people are being bombarded with regarding the greenhouse effect.

Global warming is caused by many factors. The sun is much hotter. The Earth’s icosahedron is beginning to malfunction, and there is increased friction as the illusion of the spheroid-shaped Earth is faltering, which causes more heat. The oceans are being superheated by aliens who are attempting to free spacecrafts from Antarctic ice.

There are also problems resulting from inner Earth activities. As Matter breaks down, there is friction on the sub-atomic level in ways never before experienced. Some people can already sense extreme bursts of heat in their bodies that come from no apparent physical stimuli, and are unrelated to any of their energy centers. These heat bursts are all around, and they affect the weather, the oceanic temperatures, and even the emotional reactions of people as seen in things like road rage, schoolyard bullying, political in-fighting etc.

Maya (illusion) appears to be real in this Virtual Reality, and Maya is blinded by its own illusions. Maya, too, needs to be dismantled in order to be set free.

Things on Earth will happen so fast that the whole world will plunge into chaos – one thing after another. Nations will rise against one another. Famines will be widespread as climatic conditions worsen. Politics will become more and more dirty, undemocratic and unpredictably hostile towards the people. Many voices will rise and many more will be silenced.

As I have written previously, the New World Order will commence in Australia. This has begun very openly now for all to observe. Martial law has been imposed upon various aboriginal communities, particularly in the Northern territories of Australia. The excuse for having police and military control over the communities has been that there is widespread child molestation going on in the communities.

This is rather like the accusations that Janet Reno and Bill Clinton used to justify storming the Branch Davidian complex in Waco, Texas, to murder all those children that they were supposedly trying to protect from alleged molesters. The martial law in the Northern territories of Australia has been imposed as a test of how people will react to it. Sadly, there is very little that can be done to halt the process since the ruling elite control the media.

Military convoys of all types and sizes are now frequently seen on many of the Australian highways. Military presence is becoming more prevalent in certain cities, towns and rural areas. Police presence is much more obvious, and the police are demanding more and more power over civilians. Police have been given a virtual blank cheque to abuse and mistreat prisoners.

In the rare cases when police are charged for homicide or other prisoner abuse, they seem to all be acquitted of their misdeeds. The signal is now very clear – it is the cops against the civilians. However, there are still some good police who are being engulfed by this degenerative wave of police power. The new breed of police are being groomed to be the ruling elites’ guards.

They will be NWO puppets when the transition is completed.

The recent forced amalgamations of local shires, especially in Queensland, Australia, demonstrate that those in power are no longer concerned about democratic principles. The politicians enforcing the consolidation of the shires seem to be oblivious to the political fallout that could arise from their tyrannical imposition of their will upon the people.

The politicians no longer seem to worry about upcoming elections. In one shire, 88 percent of the people opposed forced amalgamation with another shire, but the state government said that the amalgamation will stand regardless of how widespread the resistance to it is. Rallies and protests broke out everywhere to no avail.

The state government, under Reptilian influence, is forcing the plan through.

Australians have lost many workers’ rights in recent federal legislation. All of the changes are leading to loss of rights and privileges of the people, and will lead to more government control of the population.

The control by government is getting more obvious and the voice of the people is being suppressed more and more. When a community voted 80 percent against fluoridation of the drinking water, the premier of the state enforced fluoridation despite the community resistance to it. This is another effect of the alien wars.

The Greys have located in that community and need fluoridated water.

Drought has been artificially induced in parts of Australia by alien beings. This has been for various reasons, including the control of people by limiting the supplies of water. The ruling elite have impressed their politicians to enforce draconian laws to allow house-to-house searches in a feigned attempt to catch water wasters. Water is being wasted and siphoned into underground facilities for the chosen ones.

The dams are drained by the ruling elite to make the shortages seem more urgent, and to allow the enforcement of otherwise ridiculous water-control measures.

A few months ago, it was reported that the Australian Prime Minister met with the Canadian Prime Minister to discuss and adjust the treatment they will give to their respective aboriginal populations. This does not bode well for either Native Australians or Native Canadians, especially when considering that Aborigines are dying more frequently in police custody now than ever before. Also, martial law has been introduced into the Northern territories to control the aboriginal people, diminish their land rights and restrict their personal liberties.

The people in the affected communities are helpless against the government’s show of force and bullying.

There was a very important Olcar hiding in a seemingly unimportant and insignificant political position in Queensland. He is a small-town politician in a town that is infested by many types of aliens in human bodies. The town is located near the place where I have previously written about regarding the Reptilian’s invisible earthly headquarters. The town is a hotbed for alien activities.

The recent exposure of this Olcar has caused him to be neutralized. One of the main functions of this Olcar was to maintain “calmness” in the affairs controlling the world. In other words, though he appeared to be a petty politician, he had much control over how world politics would unfold.

Now that this Olcar has been neutralized, he can no longer maintain his normal control over world events. This will ultimately lead to political chaos as the “slaves” of the world revolt against their slave masters.

The “calmness” is broken so the world’s slaves will no longer predictably respond to the slave masters’ commands and manipulations. This will lead to internal and external upheavals and wars.

With the faltering of the icosahedron that generates the illusion of the Earth being spheroid, there have been many earthquakes of major intensity along with many mining and tunnel cave-ins. These are just a couple of examples of what is to come as the conditions deteriorate on Earth. These are not earth changes, as many have speculated, they are symptoms of the fracturing of the planet Earth.

What is to come will affect everyone and everything on Earth.

No amount of prayers or efforts to save the planet will change what is to come.

Source

Fritz Springmeier Interview – on The Illuminati and Mind Control Slavery

You may have heard about the Illuminati through history or in the music business, but do you really know what it means? It’s a long story, but here Fritz Springmeier tells his part about the story:

Wayne Morris:

Good morning, welcome to the International Connection. This is show #35 in the radio series on Mind Control and over the next few shows we are going to be talking to Fritz Springmeier and Cisco Wheeler, co-authors of the “Illuminati Formula Used to Create an Undetectable Total Mind Control Slave” and “Deeper Insights“, books about trauma based conditioning mind control. Fritz is a researcher about the Illuminati and minister to mind control victims. Cisco Wheeler says she is from a generational Illuminati family and that trauma-based mind control was perpetrated against her from birth. We will hear the interview with Cisco in a couple of weeks, and today we are going to hear an interview with Fritz Springmeier. Fritz talks about the Illuminati families and how they have used mind control to consolidate their power throughout history. You are listening to CKLN 88.1 FM.

I am speaking with Fritz Springmeier author, lecturer and minister to mind control survivors. Welcome to the show Fritz.

Fritz Springmeier:

Thank you and hello to all you listeners out there in radioland. I encourage you to participate with our program today because we are going to be speaking about some important things that affect your life and will affect the lives of your grandchildren.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to start off with asking you how you first came across the information about government mind control.

Fritz Springmeier:

Government mind control overlaps with many other things – it overlaps with a higher government and a secret world government called the Illuminati. As I investigated the Illuminati I had to also learn about their front that they operate. They hide behind the veil of National Security. They use our patriotism against us and make us think that for our own interest, for our own security of our own nations, that we have to subject ourselves to all the secrecy that they impose upon us.

Wayne Morris:

Did you come across all the information about mind control through your research into the Illuminati, or vice versa?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes, through the Illuminati. That’s not to say that I hadn’t been watching the government too, but a lot of what we see out front is just that – it’s a front and if we really want to understand what’s going on, we have to look behind that front.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you could explain to our listeners, to your understanding, who are the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati are the movers and shakers of the world. They are an elite group of bloodlines – I call these tribes or families – there are 13 major bloodlines. They are what are called “generational satanists”. That means that they have practiced their secret witchcraft for many centuries and they have passed their religion down from one generation to the next. They lead double lives. They have one life that the world sees and then they have a hidden life that the world doesn’t see. There have been very few people that have been able to break through the secrecy. They have taken secrecy to a fine art that I would never have believed that anyone could achieve until I started getting into this, and there have been very few people over the years that have broken through that secrecy at all. There was a man named John Robison who wrote Proofs of a Conspiracy against all the religions and governments in Europe carried on in the secret meetings of the Freemasons, the Illuminati and reading societies. That came out in 1798 and the Bavarian government, by raiding several safe houses of the Illuminati, captured original Illuminati documents back at that time period which were bound and sent out to all the governments entitled: “Die Originalschriften des Illuminatens Ordens” (sp?) as the German title the Bavarian government gave it.

But in modern times there have been very few people that have been able to talk about the Illuminati as it exists today, and that’s been my job. To bring to the world who these people are, what their traditions are, what they are doing, everything about them. The reason I am giving a longer version here to your question is that when someone asks who or what are the Illuminati, they do not think like we do. People often times interpret things around them in terms of how they themselves think or their own world view. If you want to understand the Illuminati, you have to understand that these people do not think like you or I.

In just one area alone, that is a large percentage of these people are programmed multiple personalities and just that in itself creates a whole different thinking pattern from those of us who are not multiple.

Wayne Morris:

When you say the Illuminati, is this the same group that is documented that Adam Weishaupt had started back in 1776 in Bavaria? Is this the same group?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s the same group. He actually didn’t start the organization, it goes way back. These are oligarchical families that are extremely powerful and if you go back in history and ask yourself the question, “when did the elite, powerful, oligarchical families ever give up their power?” You can’t find any point in history. These are the families that – some of these bloodlines go clear back to Nimrod. The Rothschild secret genealogy that they have secretly written down through the centuries, traces their genealogy back to Nimrod. These people were the ones that controlled the mystery religions. There was a supreme council that sat over all of these mystery religions of the ancient world. They were an extremely powerful priesthood, and they chose to go underground for many years and continue working behind the scenes. But they never left.

At the end of WWII there was a committee that was sent out throughout Europe to do a study of all of the churches that had been destroyed by the war, and they discovered that in most of these Christian churches (80%) they found that where the Christian alter had been, when these churches had been destroyed, underneath these alters were pagan alters that had been uncovered. So what you have is that a lot of these cathedrals were built on lay lines that were very powerful occult spiritual points and on after hours these churches were used for what we would call satanic rituals. So this has been going on secretly for many centuries.

Wayne Morris:

And you are saying that the Illuminati are responsible for infiltrating these churches?

Fritz Springmeier:

These are our movers and shakers, very powerful bloodlines. For instance, one of these bloodlines includes all of your royal families of Europe. They are the people that have been in control. If you look at a lot of these nation states, you will notice that at the head of their church are their kings and queens.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned there are 13 families in the generations of the Illuminati families? Can you name them?

Fritz Springmeier:

I came out with a book that was specifically designed to go family by family and discuss them. The top 13 bloodlines are the Astors, Bundy, Collins, Dupont, Freeman, Kennedy, Leigh, Onassis, Rockefellers, Rothschild, Russell … then there is a 13th bloodline which is the Merovingian bloodline. I just simple call it the 13th and then there is the Van Duyne Illuminati bloodline. The 13th bloodline, the Merovingian, is extremely important. It includes the royal families of Europe. In my Volume I book which covers the Top Thirteen Illuminati Bloodlines, that’s the title to it, I don’t go into the Merovingian bloodline so much because there came out a trilogy of books, “The Holy Blood and the Holy Grail” and two other books by their authors – Baigent, Leigh and Lincoln – which is so good in discussing this bloodline that wasn’t any real reason for me to go into it.

For instance Prince Charles would be part of that. If you look at Prince Charles, you will notice in his genealogy he is related to our Presidents Washington, Jefferson, Madison, both of the Harrisons, Tyler, Taylor, George Bush. Bush’s vice president, Dan Quayle, was also related to the royal family. Prince Charles is also related to Mrs. Woodrow Wilson. Here in the USA the concept is that we have all of these individuals who have been selected to run this country who are unrelated to each other — and yet it is quite the contrary.

I have been told when they dedicated George Bush’s library in Texas recently, that President Carter mentioned that he was reading a recently published book about the Presidents being somehow related to each other.

Wayne Morris:

When did you first realize the existence of the Illuminati? What information came your way to spark your interest?

Fritz Springmeier:

Everybody has probably heard of Jehovah’s Witnesses and how they would go out and knock on people’s doors. I was the opposite. I was a Christian missionary to bring Jehovah’s Witnesses to Christ and I was getting tired of working with these little Jehovah’s Witnesses on the street, and I was praying to God to be given the power to decapitate the authoritarian organization that is over these Jehovah’s Witnesses. At that point, I got my prayer answered. I got this confidential information that the heads of the Watchtower Society were collaborating with the heads of the Latter Day Saints church. That information totally changed my life. I had bumped into the Illuminati and their mind control, and I am not to single out the Watchtower Society and the Mormon church because I found out that their infiltration and control is pretty well right across the whole spectrum. Your Christian organizations in general have been infiltrated and controlled from behind the scenes.

This is when I first bumped into the Illuminati. I had learned about 20 years previous to this what a lot of people are already aware of about the Council of Foreign Relations, Trilaterial Commission and these types of groups, the Bilderbergers – but there is a whole other level to things. When I started getting into reading, researching and trying to help people that wanted out of the Illuminati to get out – I started getting in at that level. Then I had to work with the mind control. One thing led to another.

Wayne Morris:

What is the relationship of the groups you just mentioned to the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of groups around the world that are making decisions that are controlling things from behind the scenes and these particular groups are fronts for the Illuminati. Not fronts in the sense that they have no actual purpose, they serve a purpose. But there is a hidden level of control back behind them.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of the Illuminati families and the whole organization itself, what are their goals? Why have they infiltrated so many of these organizations?

Fritz Springmeier:

Ultimately it’s to bring in what people have termed the New World Order with a man who will hold the world’s attention and carry the title The Antichrist. That’s the ultimate goal and I am not trying to wax religious on people but that’s just the simple fact. When you get into deprogramming people you will see that a lot of the things they have been programmed to do tie in with a very sophisticated plan to unify the world under the reign of the Antichrist.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned that the Illuminati group has used mind control to further their goals. How did you first come into this? You have been working with your partner, Cisco Wheeler, who I understand was an Illuminati mind control victim. How did you first meet and realize what was going on there?

Fritz Springmeier:

She was trying to break free of her mind control. What I stumbled upon was, at least in my opinion, the greatest slavery involved in all history. You had four high level Illuminati women who had been teamed together. They had all become Christians and were trying to break free and had become a support system for each other. Here I was a researcher of the Illuminati, there’s a lot to try and explain. When you are under the mind control, there is a lot of programming not to reveal the secrets. It is very difficult for someone who has been in the Illuminati and received their standard mind control to not divulge what is going on, so it made it much easier to work with me that I had already done my homework, and they knew I was going to understand what they were talking about. They didn’t have to say a lot to communicate certain things, because I was already aware and that saved them from a lot of the grief from the program kicking in for having talked too much.

Cisco was part of this group attempting to escape the mind control, and I got involved in their lives and did what I could to help them. I brought Cisco out of the Illuminati and in return my learning curve about the Illuminati was greatly increased because I was given inside information from these people and a number of other people. Like I say, trying to understand the secret organization, the secret bloodlines is very difficult, because one has to stand outside of one’s own culture and own way of thinking and understand these people as they think, and they do not think like we do. Being able to work with these people who were in the Illuminati was very valuable.

Wayne Morris:

Because they have used mind control techniques on their own family members throughout the years?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. They have been carrying out this mind control on their own people as well as others for centuries and this has all been a very closely guarded secret. It’s one of the reasons why they have been able to carry out so much to implement this New World Order without people being able to figure out there is such a thing as a worldwide unified conspiracy. They are very skilled in knowing how to bring things about so they appear natural.

Wayne Morris:

What is the purpose of them using mind control on their own family members?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s really essential. If you are going to participate in the Illuminati secret life, being a programmed multiple is basic. There are a few in the Illuminati who aren’t programmed multiples, but considering what one has to participate in. You’ve got a number of standard rituals involved – St. Weinbald, St. Agnes, Grand Climax, Walpurgis, Beltane, all your solstices and equinoxes, Lamas, All Hallow’s Eve, High Grand Climax — all of these standard rituals. These rituals are very horrific. They involved human sacrifice. Sacrifices of babies on the High Grand Climax. On various Sabbats you’ve got a young female or a male being sacrificed.

This is not something that the normal mind is going to be able to handle. The mind control and the creation of multiple personalities where you get a Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde effect – is very crucial to this thing continuing from generation to generation.

Wayne Morris:

They really use the multiple personalities to facilitate this double life that they have to lead … before we get into the techniques that they use for mind control and the details of that, you mentioned they seem to have a belief system as well. Could you talk about that?

Fritz Springmeier:

The Illuminati is the continuation of the Mystery Religions and as someone comes an adept of the Illuminati they have to learn a whole series of paths. They give the different types of cult knowledge names from the 12 Apostles plus the 13th is called the Holy Grail. These men and women become very skilled in occult knowledge and I am not sure how much I should go into that, but I guess what I am trying to say is that they will be trained in alchemy, in Indian sorcery, Druidism, Enochian magik, Gnosticism, Hermetic magik, cabbalism, Plato, Sufism – they will know all the different branches of occult systems.

Wayne Morris:

How do they use that information? Do they incorporate elements of all of those occult belief systems into their own?

Fritz Springmeier:

It all ties in together. The idea is to amass occult power to yourself and that’s the reason why the Collins family was brought into the top 13 bloodlines. Of course the Merovingian Dynasty had a lot of magik power and a lot of political power, but the Collins family which was Scottish had extremely powerful occult powers so it was brought in to be one of the top occult lines because they were such powerful black magicians. Cabbalism and the 26 path workings – this is all very important in the work that they do, and it all ties in with the mind control too. But most of the therapists out there are secular or approach it from the secular angle, and as they deal with these mind control victims’ programming, they don’t touch on the spiritual aspect. What I am trying to say is that their religious beliefs can’t be separated from the mind control. It is an integral part of that.

Wayne Morris:

Do the Illuminati worship a single being such as Lucifer?

Fritz Springmeier:

You’ve got different levels in which people operate within the Illuminati. There is the anarchy level which is your common witchcraft coven, and then you’ve got your hierarchy level. On the anarchy level there are thousands and thousands of covens. I have listed the addresses and names of hundreds of these in one of my books. These covens are very eclectic. They can have their own traditions, their own rituals. There is a wide variety of practices on the anarchy level … that’s what it looks like, is total anarchy. One doesn’t see any connection.

Above that is your hierarchy level where you would have Asmodeus, your Grand Masters, and Mothers of Darkness, Grandmothers, Granddaughters. If you are a programmed multiple, you can function at many different levels. You can have one personality in this coven, and another personality in that coven and this personality that is in the Masonic Lodge, and another in this hierarchy ceremony, another participating in another Satanic ritual. It is very broken up. One of the reasons why it is not easy to answer your question is basically everything we understood about human behaviour and how to gauge or judge people is obsolete. The mind control, by creating programmed multiple personalities, has made all of our ways of judging people obsolete.

Within the Illuminati the supreme goal is to balance their good deeds with their bad deeds, they are dualists. They are Luciferians at the highest level. That’s why your greatest philanthropist will very often be your highest ranking satanist. What they are trying to do with their philanthropy is self serving when you actually look at it. It’s not as generous as it appears. They are trying to do good deeds and balance those with their bad deeds, they believe in balance in their religion. It’s a gnostic luciferianism.

Wayne Morris:

I think it might be difficult for the people listening to understand how somebody could be in public doing good deeds and having a good public image, and at the same time having this very dark side. I don’t know if you have read the recent Judith Spencer book, “Satan’s High Priest”. It really illustrates how that works very clearly. It’s a true story about one particular satanic cult, a high priest, and his rise to that.

Fritz Springmeier:

No I haven’t read the book, but I am glad that you brought that out to the listeners. The way that someone can begin to see the Illuminati is to start looking at how these people are above the wars and the rest of what we have to suffer. For instance Pierre Samuel Dupont, during the French Revolution, all kinds of people around Pierre lost their heads and yet, for some strange reason, Samuel Dupont managed to “keep his head” when so many hundreds of people were losing theirs to the guillotine. One person who was influential in protecting him was Necker’s daughter, Madame Germaine Destael. She ran a cat-house, but anyway she was intimate friends with St. Simon and St. Simon’s disciples were saying at that point in time in the early 1800’s that the target date for the New World Order would be the year 2000.

Another example in history, and I brought this out in the Top 13 Illuminati Bloodlines book, is when the U.S. went to war right after Pearl Harbor, within a few days, President Roosevelt came out with a Presidential Decree which was a semi-secret amendment to the Trading with the Enemy Act, and it made it legal for certain people to trade with the enemy, if they were given permission by the American Secretary of the Treasury who at that time was Hans Morgenthale. I copied the paper work out of the Federal Code of Regulations. They actually have this Presidential Decree where if he wanted to exempt somebody, he could allow them to trade with the enemy. Who were the people that were given that privilege? Rockefellers and Onassis, both of them Illuminati kingpins. During WWII every ship that was a Greek merchant ship was sunk during the War by one side or the other. Something happened and essentially all of the Greek shippers lost their vessels. There was one Greek shipper, Aristotle Onassis, who didn’t lose a single ship and his vessels sailed through all the war zones. None of the Allies or the Axis powers ever attacked his ships. For something like that to happen, you have to have full collaboration at the highest level. You see these kinds of things going like – Pierre Samuel Dupont, Aristotle Onassis. Then you are looking at somebody who is Illuminati. They sit above all these conflicts that they create for all the common people.

Wayne Morris:

This way of bypassing trading with the enemy regulations, how has this been utilized with regard to WWII or the Bolshevik revolution for that matter?

Fritz Springmeier:

In fact there is an entire book out – I think the title is “Trading with the Enemy”, it came out in 1983 and answers your question. Rockefeller Standard Oil shipped gas and oil to Spain which then piped it directly to the Nazis. The Allies knew that Rockefeller was supplying the Germans. That prolonged the War a couple of year. But you don’t hear about this by establishment historians. There was a lot of important trading during WWII was necessary to sustain the Nazi war machine.

And you mentioned the Bolshevik revolution. Again you will see there was a lot of finances sent from, as you are probably well aware and some listeners are aware, from Kuhn Laib (sp) and Company and some of these other llumaniti people, and that money was used by the Bolsheviks to finance the revolution. There were a lot of other agreements made at that time and things done to help them out. There is a lot going on behind the scenes.

Wayne Morris:

It seems like they are promoting a strategy of tension where they are funding both sides and basically profiting from the resultant conflicts that they are fomenting.

Fritz Springmeier:

One could go on and on. For instance Heinrich Mueller who was head of the Gestapo – you will notice that at one point he took an old Jewish family and he himself had to personally carry their suitcases to his own car and when he got them to the Swiss border, he carried their suitcases. The Swiss bodyguards by the way, were laughing seeing the head of Gestapo helping an old Jewish family escape Nazi Germany. When the listener out there starts seeing these kinds of things, now that you have heard me talk, you can begin to realize that there is a hidden level out there, way beyond what the common person is allowed to see at that Illuminati level. These are the people who are collaborating behind the scenes where you have Catholics and Protestants and Jehovah’s Witnesses and Mormon leaders – you think these people are at each other’s throats – but they are key Illuminati people who are secretly collaborating.

Wayne Morris:

In talking about the Illuminati, I think a number of people may have difficulty believing that there is a Unified Liberal Conspiracy to control the world. Even myself, up until recently, until I started researching into the mind control, I thought the Illuminati was a fictitious group. In doing your research about the Illuminati, what were some of your other sources of information besides the people on the inside that had escaped?

Fritz Springmeier:

My sources, besides my eye witnesses, were interviewing a number of honest law enforcement and private investigators – in fact some of these people are still ongoing friends of mine. Over the years I have studied thousands of books, and thousands of documents which has meant going to special libraries, such as the Genealogical Library at Salt Lake City. I have interviewed and worked with many therapists and I have taken off and travelled to sites where programming is done, where rituals are done, where crimes have been committed. For instance in Washington state, a number of hours from here, there is a full scale replica of Stonehenge. Below this replica of Stonehenge which sits on a hill, is a cemetery a number of feet away and Illuminati rituals are done at that cemetery. That’s an example of a place that I have gone and looked at for myself.

I need to bring in another concept here that is important to research. It’s not all simply just getting a lot of interviews and the facts because the raw facts aren’t going to do it. When I was in college and I was taking counselling, the psychologist who was teaching the class gave some excellent advice. He said, “when you are listening to people or examining a situation, don’t look at the details but look at the process. The details may throw you for a loop because people will lie, they will give contradictory information. Look at the process.” That’s a very good principle. What I have been doing is analyzing a lot of raw data, raw facts and interview information, and I have been putting together a coherent puzzle. That means you have to overlook a lot of disinformation.

Wayne Morris:

In the late seventies there was a certain amount of information about CIA mind control that came out to the public, and I would like to know what you think are the problems inherent in trying to prove the existence of mind control to a general audience through government documentation?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problems with trying to expose things through government documentation are one, the documentation has been destroyed or tampered with and to get the government involved in exposing these things, what you are basically doing is asking a bunch of criminals, that’s what they are even thought they work in government positions, to expose themselves with paperwork. That’s just not the way things work. When we think about the Nazis, they were trying to destroy all traces of their crimes. They tried, they didn’t succeed. That gives me some hope that even though a great percentage of the proof of the mind control in terms of government documentation has been destroyed, I am still convinced that tons of documents still exist. But I think even better than those tons of documents are the living proof we have in the tens of thousands of identified living victims.

The other side to the problem of getting government documents is that then you have to have some way to broadcast that to the public at large and we have a controlled media, and unfortunately the media is very tight with the government. You can really question whether you would ever see our controlled media fully expose to the proper degree the people that need to be exposed.

Wayne Morris:

It seems highly unlikely that the mainstream media is going to be investigating this. It’s more likely to be coming from independent investigation and independent publishers of this information.

Fritz Springmeier:

I would love to see the places where the records are kept broken into and these records exposed, but the only way I can see this happening would be if there was a revolution on the magnitude of what happened in Eastern Europe where Stasi records and things like this were exposed to the light of day.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think a government investigation into the mind control experiments, similar to what has happened with the Tuskegee syphilis and the radiation experiments would actually bring out information?

Fritz Springmeier:

I believe it would bring out information. That’s true. However, for the government to investigate this is like asking the fox how much of a threat he is to chickens. The fox is going to tell us something, enough to satisfy us, but I am real leery about giving the government another chance to push some ulterior agenda. The bottom line is that a government investigation is going to cost us more tax dollars, and I think people sometimes forget that every time they send their government scurrying around doing something that it comes out of their pocketbook.

Wayne Morris:

Do you think there is any benefit though, to society as a whole, in terms of having a government investigation going on, and having the government at least admit they did do these kinds of experiments? Is there any benefit to the people as a whole in trying to expose this?

Fritz Springmeier:

As a whole? The way you ask your question is going to reflect the way I answer. No, it will not. The reason why I say this is that earlier on the US Congress had Rockefeller investigate the CIA. Rockefeller investigate the CIA!?! (Laughs) Of course his investigating committee came up with abuses, they have got to find something wrong, but the thing of it is that it makes Rockefeller look like a good fellow. “Oh look he’s a crusader who is trying to expose the bad guys.” They always throw in an ulterior agenda. If they are going to do something against themselves, they use it as another opportunity to work on some other agenda. If they expose A, B and C about mind control, then they are probably doing it in a way so they are misdirecting people’s attention from their latest technology through an older model that they have discontinued, or something like that. They are going to work in some ulterior agenda that when it’s all said and done, it has actually done a disservice.

Wayne Morris:

How do you think the information about mind control has been kept from public attention for so long?

Fritz Springmeier:

As we mentioned just a little bit earlier, we have a controlled media and in a number of my publications I have gone into detail and showed who is in control of the media, and how these people are Illuminati members or participating in their Illuminati fronts. I document how the Rockefellers, and the Rothschilds and the William Randolph Hearsts – Illuminati kingpins – control the media. I think it’s appropriate a couple of anecdotes.

I was visiting one day with a Christian minister and he was asking me what I did since I worked full time exposing the mind control and helping victims of mind control, and exposing the New World Order’s agenda. I was honest with him, and told him that and in the course of doing that I mentioned something about the controlled media and boy he hit the roof. He went ballistic on me because just prior to becoming a minister he had been an ABC reporter. He said, “there is no control over the media! I was allowed to write and have any stories that I wanted!” I said, “whoa, slow down, let me ask you some questions.” When you were hired, your superior hired you and kept you on because he liked the way you thought and the way you wrote … and likewise his superior liked the way he thought and the way he wrote … and on and on down the line. If anybody had written or thought in ways that weren’t the approved ways of thinking and writing you would have gotten in trouble, wouldn’t you. He said “yes.” I said, that’s it … when I work with victims of mind control they can’t see that they are under programming. As long as they do exactly what the programming asks them to do, they don’t know that they are in programming. The only time that they know that there is any programming there is if they step out and act against it. If you are running with the wind behind your back or if you are in a stream and you are floating down the stream, you don’t notice the current. But when you try to swim upstream is when you really notice the power of the current. So if you as a reporter step out of what their expectations are, that’s when you get clobbered and you realize there is a lot of heavy force behind going against the direction the way they want to go in. He said, “you’re right.” I said if you had written an article that had been contrary to the way your boss thought, you would have been in trouble, wouldn’t you? He said, “yes, you are right, I see your point.”

That’s my point. People don’t notice the control until you start bucking against that control and then you are going to find out how much control there is over our entire society.

Wayne Morris:

It seems that control in the newsrooms is almost at an unspoken level, and often for a lot of reporters it’s an economic motivation as well. The stories that their editors do get accepted, the stories the editors don’t like don’t get accepted and the reporters don’t get paid for it. They very quickly appreciate what their editors are going to accept and print.

Fritz Springmeier:

Exactly.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about the mind control that the Illuminati have used and the techniques therein. What is your understanding of the forms of mind control they have used?

Fritz Springmeier:

The phrase that I like to use is “Total Mind Control” because it totally controls the person – body, soul and spirit. And the common person out there has never really imagined that something so all-encompassing or so horrendous or so totally powerful even exists. The type of mind control the Illuminati use – I think some people think “oh, mind control – television – yeah – subliminals.” No. I am talking about something that is 1000 or 10,000 times more powerful. This mind control is totally undetectable and it totally controls the person and it uses every known technique of controlling a person wrapped up in a sophisticated group package. That’s one of the important things that a lot of people have not emphasized – that it’s not one technique, but what makes this total mind control of the Illuminati so powerful is that it’s a sophisticated group package incorporating all of the known techniques of control. All of these methods have been carefully interwoven. When you listen to someone from an intelligence agency, occasionally they have talked similar to this, where they will say, “we tried such and such a technique but it only worked in 70% of the cases so we couldn’t use it … and we tried this technique and it only worked part of the time.” But what they are not telling you is that if you take a method that works only 70% of the time and match that to another technique that works 60% of the time, and another technique that works 50% of the time and you have 100 techniques wrapped up together like that, you make a package deal that totally locks the victim in to the control.

Wayne Morris:

Can you talk about some of these techniques individually and how they were used as a group package?

Fritz Springmeier:

When I started out to describe to people what was going on, I had files and files. I had about 150 files of different techniques. I was thinking to myself, well I can’t talk about 150 techniques, that’s too overwhelming for people. I thought and realize that all of these techniques broke down into 12 sciences. One of the sciences is the science of trauma and torture. Others is how to use applied drugs to control a person; their ability to use mental states such as hypnosis, dissociation, the trance states; their skill at deceiving people and deceiving the victim themselves. One needs to understand that the victims of the Illuminati mind control do not even know themselves that they are under control. So there is a lot of skill in using fiction and deceit and fronts and covers. There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not ’the major’ method of controlling a person.

There is a science of using spiritual things to control a person. In fact actually that is perhaps one of the major, if not the major method of controlling a person. One of the things that’s not political popular today for people today in science to admit is that mankind has a spiritual side to them, but humans do have a spiritual side to them and the Illuminati understand how to spiritually control someone. Their understanding of that has boggled my mind. They have only allowed the common people including the Christian people – the crumbs so to speak – even our ministers have only been given the crumbs on how to develop a person spiritually.

Wayne Morris:

And how do you feel they have developed this and gained this knowledge?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of this began back in the Sleep Temples of the Egyptians. We go back to your Egyptian priesthood and the Mystery religions – they were already learning at that time how to use electric shock – they used electric eels and other things to electrically shock people. They had already started to learn the use of drugs and herbs to create altered states and to control people. These were secrets though that were very closely guarded by these Illuminati families and their Mystery religion priesthood. But they continued to develop these over the centuries. Another example of a closely guarded secret was the ability to do cranial manipulation. During the Middle Ages and even centuries prior to that, the oligarchical families that controlled the common people had specialists that did torture for the kings, and they kept their secrets about torturing to themselves. One of the things they developed was the ability to do cranial manipulation. You have to be very careful when you start moving the bones of the skull. A lot of people don’t realize that the skull is not a solid bone, but it has sutures between the different parts of it, and you can do very subtle manipulations and move those skull bones. In fact today there is something called cranial osteopathy. These osteopaths are very skilled in using their fingers. That developed from the family of bone-setters who tied back into the occult who had learned the secret occult skills of manipulation.

Wayne Morris:

What has effect has this had in terms of the mind control – the cranial manipulation?

Fritz Springmeier:

Cranial manipulation has been kept an occult secret in occult bloodlines for centuries. And it can be used for good, to heal people. It can be used to change the way the face looks to improve the face, or it can be used for evil, to torture someone or to control their mind. By manipulating the skull you can actually change the way the person thinks to make them more dissociative, or more compliant, or develop their thinking in other ways.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how they would start using these techniques, and generally at what age they would start?

Fritz Springmeier:

When a child is conceived, a lot of them – their very birth has been an idea from the start. Somebody who is in the Illuminati conceiving a child in an occult ritual with a woman. It gets very involved as to how they hide their lineages. Let’s put it this way. Not everybody born to mothers are actually the biological children of that mother. There is a lot of switching done at hospitals and so forth. The child’s birth has been planned. While the child is in the fetus, they already begin certain things to test the fetus’ mental abilities and to traumatize that fetus so it will be more dissociated.

Wayne Morris:

How would they do that?

Fritz Springmeier:

A fetus does not like to be poked, does not like substances that taste bad. If a mother eats a lot of sugar they have shown by watching the fetus that these unborn children like the taste of sugar as it diffuses into what the child is getting from the mother. So if you combine a lot of these things that are horrific. If you have a lot of loud noises – and the father is screaming at the mother and throwing her around and abusing the mother, making the mother very upset. Then you’ve got loud music, rock and roll, or screaming or something. You have also given the mother something to eat that tasted really bad to the fetus and you can do a number of things that are going to hit that little unborn child at the same time. It’s going to be overwhelmed, and it’s going to develop its ability to dissociate.

Wayne Morris:

To your awareness, has electricity been used in this regard?

Fritz Springmeier:

Not so much in the traumatization of the fetus. They use that after the child is born. They oftentimes will have a premature birth. It happens in many different ways, but one of the methods they like to use is to have a premature birth because then the child can be traumatized naturally. There are a whole bunch of natural traumas that go along with being premature. Your skin is very sensitive, you get catheters up your behind, and so forth. They want the traumatization to begin very early on because they want somebody who can trance out and dissociate from the pain. You are probably familiar with the Indian fakirs – the holy men in Indian who can walk on coals and stick pins in themselves and sleep on beds of nails. How does it happen? Because they are able to dissociate and go into a trance state, an altered state. The Illuminati want to create individuals who are able to dissociate very well, because that is part of the requirement to have the ability to have a multiple personality.

Wayne Morris:

And that is the purpose of the traumatization – is to create that dissociation?

Fritz Springmeier:

That’s one of the purposes.

Wayne Morris:

What is the importance of dissociation within the total mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

It’s extremely important. You will hear a lot in recent times about electronic mind control, and that’s being used to divert people away from the more important issue of multiple personality disorder or DID. The ability to create multiple personalities that are programmed is extremely important. It’s why they have the ability to be secret, it’s why they are able to do so much in secret. The electronic mind control – throwing mental ideas into somebody’s brain which are foreign is not that much of a threat. I have worked with quite a few victims of electronic mind control and the majority, if not all of them, are able to recognize that something is being beamed into their heads that is foreign. But when you are dissociated and you have amnesia between yourself and other parts of your mind, you don’t know what you yourself in your entirety are all about. For instance I had a Christian minister who spent some time trying to deprogram – he has come and visited here to work on his programming. Here you have a Christian minister who, horrors of horrors, discovers that he has a dissociated part of his mind which has been functioning within the Illuminati and these other parts of his mind are satanic. Imagine being a man of God and finding out that you have parts of yourself that sacrifice people … (laughs). That’s why this ability to dissociate into multiple personalities is such a dangerous ability.

Wayne Morris:

Maybe you can talk about the nature of dissociation and how that is used for controlling somebody and also, as you mentioned, being not aware of the different identities that are being used for other purposes …

Fritz Springmeier:

People are familiar with dissociation and how the mind has the ability to function on several tracks. For instance, if you are at a party and engrossed in a conversation with somebody and you are focused on what they are saying, and all of a sudden somebody across the room says your name, and your mind immediately switches and goes “oh they are calling me over there”, well that’s one evidence, and there are other ways to realize that the mind is not one monolithic entity but it is broken up into components. While you were engaged in that conversation with somebody, there was one part of your mind which was still listening to other things. It was a dissociated part of the conscious mind; in other words, it was dissociated from the conscious. You weren’t conscious of that part of your mind that was listening to the rest of the conversation but it was.

Hypnosis, trance and dissociation are just different aspects of the same thing. The Illuminati have learned over the centuries how to put people in different mental states and the information is learned in the different states. To access that information best, you need to go back to that particular state. People realize what I am saying because when you get into a particular situation that’s reminiscent of a previous experience, that’s when your memory is best triggered. They go a lot further than just using natural dissociation. They have learned how to create amnesia walls within the mind and basically what they are doing to the mind is the same as what we do to computers. In order to make computers functional they had to figure out some way to section off part of the computer’s memory so the user could not access that memory. It had to nest that memory. You will notice that when you reboot your computer, the computer reboots itself with memory that you weren’t able to access. That memory was dissociated – in human terms I guess you could say there is an amnesia wall there.

They know how to build walls in the mind to mentally section off the mind – and they do this through trauma. If you get a severe enough trauma what the mind will do in order to continue functioning is dissociate that trauma with an amnesia wall. Let’s say you were in war and your best friend had just gotten blown to smithereens by artillery … his guts are lying out. Your mind may build amnesia walls around this event and you may not be able to remember it. So the worse the trauma, the better the amnesia wall.

The Illuminati take a small child about two years old, and they begin traumatizing it with the worst traumas that are imaginable so that they can create these amnesia walls. They find these dissociated pieces of the mind which are just like in a sense floppy disks, then they put in their programming to the dissociated parts of the mind as to what they want that part to become. Some of these parts they make into personalities and they create MPD, DID and then while they are creating these multiple personalities, they are programming them to be exactly what they want them to be.

Wayne Morris:

Before we get into what kinds of things they are used for, maybe we can just go back and talk about how a person is conditioned to be a total mind control slave, and pick it up when the child is born. What happens there in terms of the conditioning.

Fritz Springmeier:

The programmers like to say “this child is a piece of clay”, and they view themselves as the potter’s wheel, of course. They are very skilled in knowing how to take a child and work with that child’s mind to create what they want. We could talk all day about this. One of the aspects we haven’t gotten into yet is their ability to go in and identify – they use EEG’s – backtracking and stepping outside of the Illuminati for a second … You’ve got researchers like Hans Eisneck, who happened to have been born in Germany and other researchers too who studied how your average _______ potentials – these are brainwaves – can be monitored and can be used to see what type of thinking that brain is capable of. You can use EEG’s to determine personality and IQ. They have correlated their ability to study the human brain with EEG’s to John Gittinger’s PAS tests. When a child is born they begin testing its brain to see what is this person’s personality, what type of thinking is this person capable of, what type of career should be plan out for this person. So they take the natural bent of the mind, the natural capabilities of the mind and they work with that. Likewise when they are doing the traumatization and they are splitting the mind, they work with the child’s creativity and what those pieces of the mind think.

Wayne Morris:

Typically at what age do these tests start – the EEG’s and the Personality Assessment Surveys …

Fritz Springmeier:

They do some of it while the child is still a fetus, and after its born they start neonatal behavioral assessment skills, the Bailey Scales and other tests, and within a short time, perhaps by 18 months, they will be doing EEG’s and determining what they want to do. Once they determine what kind of life they want to structure for this person, they begin the mind control to structure the person for that career. This is why people like myself who have a natural intelligence that has never been connected to any of these bloodlines, we have such a hard time out there in the competition because the Illuminati can take a particular child and manipulate things from behind the scenes and open all the right doors for this person, and they can get them the grants and the schooling and everything they need and adding impetus to this person’s career is the mind control that is steering them in that direction too. The end product is you end up with somebody who is an engineer or a lawyer or a politician who is very highly qualified for what they are doing.

Wayne Morris:

Once they have controlled somebody, what kinds of things would they be used to do for the Illuminati?

Fritz Springmeier:

This has not been brought out very well by other people and maybe it’s just simply because they are not aware of it, but the mind control is not just to create somebody who is a sexual slave, but it’s to infiltrate and control society across the board. Understand that if you are going to control something like establishment medicine – you have to have your people in key positions because the weakest link the chain is going to break. You can’t have any weak links. They salt their people throughout society in general, from the gutter to the castles. An example of one group of people that they have created for modern society are stalkers. In my recent book, Deeper Insights Into the Illuminati Formula, I go into how they create stalkers and why they create stalkers.

Let’s say you are trying to control medicine because the establishment medical system brings them in lots of money and the medical establishment is very powerful, you have to have control of the entire spectrum of things – the hospitals, what kind of health care is going to be available, the type of training these doctors are going to get, they have created secret strike forces like the CCHI and the NCHF that keep people in line. All of this requires mind control slaves being salted in throughout the entire system. If you have one weak link – for instance if you have one person who is practicing alternative medicine and you don’t control the judicial system – you are not going to be able to convict, eg. this homeopathic doctor if you don’t control the judicial system. You have to have this vast secret apparatus, and until people understand the mind control, they can’t understand how there could possibly be the type of control that they have.

Wayne Morris:

In order to understand how they are able to control these people that they have put in key positions in society, we do have to talk more about the techniques of mind control, and maybe we can go into that now, of how they are able to effect control over these people. For example, the trauma.

Fritz Springmeier:

The trauma would be used for a whole number of reasons, but at the very basic level when you traumatize somebody to the point where they almost die, or actually to be more specific they actually do “kill” these people but they know exactly how many seconds they can allow them to be killed and still bring them back to life. They manipulate near-death experiences, they have that down to a science. That was the major reason that you had the major concentration camp experiments by Mengele where people were tortured. He belonged to an Illuminati bloodline and was doing Illuminati research for mind control purposes, he did a lot of research on twins. They found out exactly how much trauma you could give different people before you killed them. What that trauma does is it puts the brain back into a survival mode and now I have to get into explaining that the popular concept of the brain being one monolithic brain is real deceptive.

It has been kept very secret but the human brain is actually seven brains. The first brain of the human mind – the medullah and the pons – is called the Reptilian Brain because it thinks like a reptilian. If you are always traumatizing a person, you keep them in their reptilian thinking or their survival based thinking. Survival based thinking has certain characteristics. At the very basic level, the trauma can be used to keep somebody within their survival based thinking. It also creates fear and there is a whole series that spiritually happen to a person when they get caught up in fear.

If you think in terms of blackmail, the listener may remember when he was a child and somebody grabbed your arm and twisted it and said “say uncle” and of course your arm hurt, and you gave in. That’s a very simple type of mind control. The trauma and the torture can be used in a very simple way – if you don’t comply it is going to hurt. Men who are slaves are electroshocked in their genitals. It is very painful. That’s a very simple way of bringing someone in line. Then of course there are ways the trauma is used to split the mind, fracture them into thousands of pieces, create multiple personality disorder. That’s one of the techniques.

Wayne Morris:

Just to stay on the topic of trauma, what is the importance of maintaining that trauma in terms of keeping the conditioning intact and keeping the state of dissociation intact?

Fritz Springmeier:

They want to maintain a high level of trance and dissociative behaviour in the victim, so they like to continue traumatizing the person. As I brought out earlier, there is more involved than just keeping the dissociative level high. Your also trying to maintain the person to stay in the reptilian, survival based thinking; trying to keep them having a spirit of fear controlling their lives, so they don’t slack off. They secretly train the parents of the children who are being programmed on how to abuse their children so they keep their children very dissociative. Not only that, if the children are going to some established religious institute, eg. Catholic church, Episcopalian church, their priests, their clergymen have been trained in how to abuse the children. This is why you have such a big modern day problem within the Catholic church. So many of the priests abusing children and the lawsuits brought against this church, and some people have said they think it is going to financially bankrupt the church – the reason why so much of this is going on is for purposes of mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Have these priests and clergymen been coerced to participate in this, or are they part of these Illuminati families? What is their role?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are a lot of different reasons why someone is a pedophile. One of the problems within the Catholic church is that there haven’t been normal outlets for sexual activity provided for priests and nuns, and then they are given these subversive ways to release their sexuality. Some of them are actually secret satanists and this is part of the reward they receive from a secret coven. There are various reasons as to why – some just go along because that’s what everybody else is doing and it is allowed until people put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this. I can talk about a number of cases where people did put their foot down and say we are not going to tolerate this abuse of our child by the clergy, and the hierarchy that should have penalized this person simply promoted them and sent them to some other part of the country. Why they do it? God knows why each person has become an abuser.

Wayne Morris:

Can you explain how the dissociation has been used in terms of programming and the structure of that programming?

Fritz Springmeier:

The victim of the mind control has had their mind split into many personalities, actually far more personalities than what the people in the therapeutic community generally realize. Cisco who I brought out of the Illuminati has very standard programming in many ways, although she has unique features to her system of personalities. She had a very standard grid of 13x13x13 alter personalities. Each one of those personalities has been given a separate history, separate personality which has its own likes and dislikes. What they did was turn what was one person into a whole city of people and the only way the mind of the slave can function is if it relies upon the master to give it stability. Imagine if your mind was a whole series of competing persons, each with their own ideas, likes, dislikes. The only way to bring some order out of the chaos would be to have some controlling entity ordering that chaos. Some of the slaves have reached the point of becoming aware that they are multiples and on the deeper levels they realize that they need the mind control for their minds not to break down into total craziness. Another way of looking at it is – what the Illuminati are doing is creating controlled insanity for these victims of the mind control to endure the horrific trauma that’s given to them, they have to isolate their memories of that trauma and the parts of the mind that have to pick up some of that trauma – some of those parts, in essence, I hate to use the word “crazy”, but they are taking the garbage that’s happening and the mind is shuffling and isolating it. If those walls of dissociation break down, then the other parts of the mind are going to have to deal with a lot of garbage.

Wayne Morris:

Why do you think they needed so many identities to be in place?

Fritz Springmeier:

If you are going to invest the time to create a robot, you are going to incorporate as many capabilities as possible and you want to compartmentalize so everything is secret. One of the reasons why intelligence agencies function so well – eg. CIA – is that they compartmentalize everything. You only “know” on a regional basis. They do the same with these people’s minds. A slave may function on many different levels. He’s got his front – they create the best front possible – his or her everyday life – but then they may want to use that person for drug smuggling, money laundering, carrying messages, performing satanic rituals, producing porn movies, assassinating somebody, spying on somebody – and then you’ve got internal jobs too. Going back to what I said earlier, remembering how the mind has been fractured into many dissociated pieces, and essentially a whole city of people has been made out of those pieces. In order for that city of people to function, you have to have different jobs. You will have some of the older personalities taking care of baby personalities internally in the person’s mind – you have functions – gatekeepers, hierarchy alters that are controlling other alters – a hierarchy of personalities. That’s a whole science in itself – how to structure dissociated parts of the mind.

Wayne Morris:

You mentioned the one structure, 13x13x13 grid. Are there other structures used that you are aware of?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are many different structures. It all depends on the whim and fancy of the programmer as he shatters the victim’s mind, he can reassemble that mind however he wants to. He can use a sphere – they create systems within systems too. A common system within a system is the cabalistic tree of life.

Wayne Morris:

Do you see similarities in the survivors that you have been working with in terms of the structures?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yes. That’s one of the things – you can have a therapist in one state, and they will not have know anything about MPD or DID and they will start working with the victim and call another therapist for help and taking notes. The victim will say, “I drew these pictures. I don’t know what they mean.” “I am fascinated with Star Trek (or the Wizard of Oz) (Mickey Mouse)”. The therapist will call another therapist and ask what they make of this. If this other therapist is experienced, they may say “oh hey – I’ve got somebody who is just like that.” All across the country, there are therapists and then people like myself who is a minister working with these people who are running into the same patterns time and time again, the same structures. Like I was saying, working with people who were in the Illuminati, working with people that did the programming itself, is really helping my learning curve too in terms of the structures that are built in.

Another common structure you will see is a lot of mirror imaging, that’s a more of a technique than a structure.

Wayne Morris:

What do you mean by that? The mirroring of an alter?

Fritz Springmeier:

Mirroring of all kinds of things. That’s part of the technique of deceit.

Wayne Morris:

That’s the purpose of using this mirroring, for example if a therapist came across one alter, dealt with, there may have been a mirror of that …

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot of the therapists think they are dealing with a particular personality but they are dealing with its mirror image. The systems are programmed, created so that if somebody starts working with them there are all these defensive mechanisms that are triggered. One of the defensive mechanisms is to have mirror image alters take the place of who the therapist is trying to work with. So the therapist thinks they have done something but they have actually just played games. Mirror images of things within the programming itself so that when one particular personality tries to work on their mind’s programming, the mind is so confusing about what they still internally – that they can’t figure out their own mind.

The best manager is somebody who doesn’t have to spend a lot of time giving instructions to a person. If you are a slave master and you have to be constantly telling that slave what to do, and constantly correcting it, and making sure it’s doing its job, you become a slave to the slave.

What you want to do is create a human robot which will be self-directed and self-correcting so they create hierarchies of alters within the person and one of the things they do is create alter personalities within the person’s mind who think they are the programmer themselves.

So, Ewen Cameron who was a programmer – his victim would have personalities within them that would think they are Ewen Cameron. Therefore they would carry out the abuse of other personalities as they would perceive Ewen Cameron would do it. That’s one use of mirrors. Another use of mirrors is if you are teaming two slaves together, let’s say you and are teamed. I would have personalities in me that think they are you and you would have personalities created in you that think they are me and it would further the binding process.

Wayne Morris:

Generally speaking, with people who have this kind of mind control, how many personalities are you talking about?

Fritz Springmeier:

A lot. Cisco has 30,000 standard alters and then there are lots of other dissociated pieces too. That would not be abnormal. The small part of the therapeutic community that’s trying to address DID generally work with a few front personalities. There are number of books out there written by people with MPD where the therapist came in and worked with five or six front personalities. The Illuminati step back and allow them to integrate some front personalities and the person is told by the therapist “you are now integrated, you’re fine” and they left therapy, and everybody is happy. The victim thinks they are free of their MPD, the therapist has made a lot of money and gotten famous over some book they have written, and the Illuminati is happy because these are just front alters that have been stabilized. The system of alters are far more complex than people realize.

Wayne Morris:

What are the dangers involved in dealing with therapy with a mind control victim, particularly when a therapist may be unaware of the techniques and structures of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

I have to caution people that some of the best minds of the 20th century – we have hundreds, if not thousands, of the best minds who have spent many, many years figuring out how to build these mechanisms into the mind slaves to protect the programming. In a sense what it is like – imagine you are going in to try and hack a computer – imagine a system that is set up so that if someone is not an approved user comes into the room and looks at the computer, the computer shuts down, the computer explodes. That’s really what you are looking at in trying to work with a mind control victim – they have a lot of suicide programming so that if the front alters, the personalities that hold the body day in and day out – if they were ever to find out they were in mind control, or that they were a multiple personality, they would commit suicide. You have all kinds of defensive programs. Not only is the computer programmed to explode if you walk into the room, but if you touch the keyboard as an unauthorized user, again the computer is programmed to explode. Every step of the way there are backup programs to deceive, to destroy. It is not easy. It is something the novice does not want to get into. It’s something that takes a lot of time and patience and skill, and a lot of love for the victims too. One has to really abhor what is going on to have the motivation that it takes to work with such a complex problem.

Wayne Morris:

What would you recommend for therapists wanting to know more about how this is done, and how they can help heal the victims?

Fritz Springmeier:

I strongly recommend our three books – I co-authored these 3 books with Cisco Wheeler. The one I already mentioned, “The Illuminati Formula Used to Create a Total Mind Controlled Slave”. The sequel to that which is 620 pages, “Deeper Insights into the Illuminati Formula”, part 1 is how the control comes about and part 2 is how the help comes about. We’ve got a lot of good information in there laying the foundation as to what’s happened, and how to begin to unravel what has happened.

Wayne Morris:

In terms of your own work, how much success have you had in working with victims of mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

The problem that the mind control presents is overwhelming, and there are countless therapeutic issues, so there is no end to the different issues that can be worked on. Cisco and I have freely given of our time to help any victim of mind control in whatever way we could. The degree of therapeutic success depends on a number of things. One, it depends upon the situation the victim puts themselves in. If they are willing to extract themselves from their everyday life and go somewhere where it is safe, they are going to do a lot more – work more therapeutic issues, because the mind of a mind controlled slave is not going to let its guard down as long as it’s not safe. This gets back into understanding how the reptilian mind and the survival based thinking can override other areas of the mind. When you become deathly frightened for your life, your survival instincts take precedence over the other parts of your brain. If you have been traumatized your entire life, your survival based thinking is your primary method of thinking and it doesn’t take much to throw you into the fear based survival based thinking. So the first criteria for doing successful work with a mind control victim is to get them someplace safe. You could say that 99.9% of the victims of mind control have never been given that. Therapists do not set things up for survivors or victims of mind control to be in any safe situation. When I say safe, I mean they have to be safe 24 hours a day.

Cisco and I have been able to work with victims to the degree the situation allowed. There is no end to the work we could do if the right set-up presented itself. This is why I was hoping to create a deprogramming centre. There was a man who was CIA who was very horrified at what the government intelligence agencies had been doing to people, and I have a friend whom this CIA man knew who also works at providing therapy for mind control victims. This CIA man wrote into his will to give a number of millions of dollars to my clients for the purpose of doing therapy work with mind control victims. And then my friend in turn was going to give me a couple of million dollars so I could start a deprogramming centre. This man’s will when he died, was in the Oklahoma Federal Building, and the only copy of the will that we know about was in there. So I was rather upset when the building exploded, because that short-circuited our plans to build a couple of deprogramming centres. Short of building some place that is safe and that is staffed with competent people, it is extremely difficult to accomplish much.

Even when I have accomplished positive therapy with a victim, all that it takes for the other side to do is physically grab them and reprogram them. This is what has happened for me over the past years in terms of trying to help victims, and as a warning to the public and the therapeutic community at large, at this point not a whole lot has really been accomplished to thwart the mind control.

Wayne Morris:

Now in the optimal situation, to what degree have you been able to free the victims of the control?

Fritz Springmeier:

Given the optimal situation where we have someone who is safe, we can take down the mind control. We can do some serious re-structuring and make some really serious headway in helping a person. We can do some significant spiritual work with them. There can be some integrating work begun. There are all kinds of things that can happen. On the flip side of it, is the work ever finished? I don’t think it is, because the damage that has been done is so extensive, and you never know as a therapist that you have succeeded in finding every dissociated fragment of the mind. Remember there are thousands of fragments of the mind because the traumatization is so prolonged over so many years, and is so horrific, that you can never be sure that you have gotten all of the dissociated pieces, and each of those dissociated pieces is probably going to have programming attached to it.

Wayne Morris:

What is your sense of how many people have been affected by this?

Fritz Springmeier:

A very conservative estimate – I shouldn’t even say estimate because I have computed it from about seven different angles – a conservative figure is 2 million Americans have been programmed with trauma based total mind control.

Wayne Morris:

And that’s just in the USA?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes.

Wayne Morris:

And is it your sense that this is going on world-wide?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh indeed yes, it is. More with your primary political powers. You’ve got programming going on in Europe, Russia, the U.S.A. – those are your primary areas of programming but in other places too.

Wayne Morris:

I would like to talk about some of the other techniques now of mind control. How has electricity played a role?

Fritz Springmeier:

Electric shock has been a standard part of the abuse, and it serves as a form of trauma. And stun guns are a standard item to keep the slaves in line and also to erase their memories. They might use perhaps a 120,000 DC volt stun gun to erase and compartmentalize fragments, memories of a slave who has just been used. When you shock a person, it destroys the short-term memory. It fragments it, 24 hours either way of the event. They can also use the shock treatments like Ewen Cameron to splinter the mind so that’s electro-shock. Elecricity has been used in terms of implements or devices that have been implanted into people and also used in equipment that will throw thoughts into a peron’s mind. You have microwave towers going up vectoring in ELF waves into people’s minds. So electricity is being used in a lot of high tech ways, or electromagnetic waves are being used in a lot of high techn ways …

They have different machines – EDOM electronic dissolution of memory where they wipe out your memory; harmonic machines that are used which some of your speakers have probably talked about – these machines can be used for the deprogramming work too. Electricity is also used in the flip way in that since the human brain gives off frequencies, they go in and scan a person’s personal frequencies they are giving off. There is a prime freq – which is the primary frequency a person gives off and that can be used to identify them from a distance. They know the different frequencies that the brain uses. Coming at it from a different angle, if you think of the brain when it creates a particular thought, it gives off particular frequencies. They simply created particular thoughts within a person and monitored electrical impulses along with that thought, fed that into computers. I am simplifying what they did – but basically that’s what they have done to decode being able to read what their brain is thinking. If you monitor the frequencies that are being given off by a person, then you can monitor what their thoughts are. So not only can you throw particular thoughts into people’s heads, but they can monitor their thoughts too.A lot of the monitoring and instilling of thoughts, etc. are being done with implants.

Wayne Morris:

Can we just go back to electroshock. You mentioned that it is used to erase memories perhaps of the identity of the people who are doing the programming. But don’t they run the risk of erasing the programming itself? How do they deal with that?

Fritz Springmeier:

This gets back into understanding how the programming is put in, and the level at which it is put in. Remember we talked about dissociated states? The primary programming that is put in is put in at a comatose level. There are different levels that you can program somebody to – if you start out with an adult, for instance, the CIA’s nomenclature is mind control Level 5. Somebody who has been given mind control to the 5th level generally has some cover story like for Roseanne Barr – she had an automobile accident apparently as a teenager. They take these people in and they are taken down to a comatose level where their bodies are comatose for quite a long period of time, and the programming is put in at an extremely deep level. At a level where your mind is regulating your heartbeat. The programming is put in and it is nested in at an extremely deep level. When they destroy short-term memory with electroshocking, that’s not even coming close to the deep programs – that is just affecting the short-term memory.

Wayne Morris:

Have they deliberately regulated the amount of electricity in terms of achieving a desired effect?

Fritz Springmeier:

Oh yeah. Everything is extremely scientific. This is why they had to do a lot of the horrific testing during WWII in the concentration camps. You just don’t traumatize a person indiscriminately or you will kill them. You have to know what you are doing. They have doctors and heart monitoring equipment. The fundamental programming is done in hospital settings, or hospital-type settings. That’s why a lot of the VA hospitals here in the USA – actually all of the VA hospitals – have been used for programming. A lot of the other civilian hospitals have also had particular wards set up where they were able to do programming. They are monitoring heartbeat, they know just how far to push them. When they start going into a near-death experience they know exactly when they can electroshock them to bring them back to life, etc. It is very skilled. They have to be very skilled in the drugs they use, how and when they administer them, what they do when the person is under drugs. What they do is not haphazard.

Wayne Morris:

So a lot of experimentation has gone into refining these techniques?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. Exactly.

Wayne Morris:

Can you tell us if you know anything about the development of brain implant technology and that has been used for mind control?

Fritz Springmeier:

There are six different types of implants. Audio implants that are used to allow the victim to hear something. Body manipulation implants that are put in to manipulate the body in some way, perhaps to release a hormone or to keep them from getting pregnant or to torture them, or something like that. Then you have a visual holographic implant which will give a holographic image to the person. You have implants that are mimics or brain link implants that if I want to directly download something to the brain, those are very secret implants. The implants are not used across the board with all mind controlled slaves. There are select groups that are receiving the implants and like the mimics, implants are only going to a select group. Then you’ve got your torture and muscle stimulating implants. Then the one everybody hears about – the tracking and ID implants – that everybody is so concerned about. Those are the implants that were given to a lot of American soldiers in Desert Storm. They were told they needed implants so that the global positioning system could keep track of them so they wouldn’t get lost in the desert.

Wayne Morris:

I am curious about the actual implants themselves in terms of how they are implanted and approximately the size through the development of the technology?

Fritz Springmeier:

The development has gotten really high tech. You have several types of development here that need to be brought out. One, that’s called “nanobots” – nanotechnology which are tiny little robots that range from 10-1/1000 billionth of a meter. The word “nano” means billionth – we are talking extremely microscopic robots here that are able to replicate themselves. Molecular size robots. Possibly the listeners have heard of the Scanning Tunnelling microscope? There are different names for it, but it is a little device that can actually see a single atom, and actually pick up atoms and move them. That’s used to develop these nanobots which are robots that can self replicate. You have fibre optics that have been developed and you will have some victims that if they get rid of their fibre optics – the fibre optic that is stuck into the victim often looks like a hair.

Wayne Morris:

What typically are these fibre optic implants used for?

Fritz Springmeier:

Good question. I wish I really knew the answer for that. Fibre optic glass will carry signals, so in broad I can say the implants are being used to transmit signals, I know that much. But I don’t know all the ins and outs of what kinds of signals are being sent. I have one victim of mind control who had been sitting in a restaurant – it is sort of analogous to a blowgun where they have hit her with something that looks just like a little hair and the fiber optic filament embeds itself in her skin. While she is sitting there eating, they have shot this filament into her. Fortunately she noticed they had done this, and pulled it out. I had female victims who had fiber optics that was disguised as hair that were put on their bodies. I don’t know the full role of the fiber optics but I know it is involved in communications. One of the more dangerous developments are your organic bioprocessors. These are molecular computers that are made up of DNA material. You’ve got DNA templates and you can also have carbon chains that are used. What they do is – with this biomaterial that is made into a mini-computer, they will link that to a virus and viruses oftentimes have a particular area of the body they like to migrate to. For instance a neurotropic virus will migrate to the nervous system or a dermatropic virus will migrate to the skin, pneuomtropic virus will go to the lungs. They attack their little organic viral processor to this virus. How do you get a virus into a person? There are a dozen different ways, it is easy to get a virus into a victim’s/host’s body. So once these viruses migrate to that area of the body they prefer, you’ve got a tiny little implant that is then doing whatever function it is programmed to do. These are extremely difficult to locate.

I have noticed in victims that have the virus implants that there will be a sort of central control implant a lot of times put in the bottom base of the neck. The central command implant will be receiving external signals and then will in turn monitor the body suit of implants. Some of the victims of these implants seem to have gotten some relief from being able to kill the viruses. There are some alternative medical methods that might be suggested to the victims that could take out these bio processors.

Wayne Morris:

For some of the larger implants, have victims been able to locate and remove these kinds of implants somehow?

Fritz Springmeier:

Yes. There have been a number of victims that have been identified – have been able to take x-rays, have been able to get other types of scanning mechanisms. There were three victims of electronic mind control that managed to, as a group, get into an Anacoic Chamber and get results when their signals were pinpointed as to source. They had to smuggle the paperwork out from the lab in their bras because the lab technicians were afraid of getting into trouble. Different victims of electronic mind control have managed to get some proof or have actually pulled some of it out. There are some doctors that actually have some of the implants. There are a few clean surgeons that are willing to help victims. I might mention the word Syntel here … that’s an important word for people to be familiar with in understanding implants. Syntel is something that has been discussed by our government repeatedly in some of their conferences. You will hear the military in some of their semi-secret conferences discussing Syntel. That’s short for synthetic telepathy which means sending to victims voices and thoughts – so these victims of Syntel are people who are receiving voices and thoughts electronically.

Wayne Morris:

That seems to be able to be used in a couple of different ways in terms of control, but also in terms of the situation with people claiming they are hearing voices who are often labelled schizophrenic or psychotic … it seems to be a way of discrediting these people.

Fritz Springmeier:

Something that was developed and used during the space program which is called biomedical telemetry – these are transmitters and receivers located at the base of the skull which record the body functions and the brain waves, and send it back to some computer somewhere. In fact in working with victims of electronic mind control I can say with certainty that is what is being done is that there are computers that are programmed with artificial intelligence that are their handlers. Rather than having a human handler day in and out, three shifts of human handlers controlling the victim of electronic mind control, they have computers with A.I. Then if the victim does something that throws the computer, the computer will signal a human to come and get involved. It’s been kind of interesting, the stories that victims have told me about how they outsmarted the computers that were trying to handle them.

Source

“THE QUICKENING” by radio personality Art Bell

Many of you have listened Art Bell’s radio show and he’s nailing the topics and the situation of the World pretty well:

art-bell

Radio personality, Art Bell, has observed, over a period of many years of being on the radio, that something weird is happening in this country and throughout the world. We will examine these events today, and discover that Art Bell may be on the trail of a Supernatural Plan!

NEWS BRIEF

“Operation Desert Talk”, by Robert Koehler, Los Angeles Times, Saturday, 1/13/96, Section F. “Talk-radio host Art Bell is talking about how he realized when his big break came: At the end of 1994, Los Angeles’ late-night fixture Rya Briem left KABC-AM (790), and a vacuum had to be filled. Briem loved eccentric nocturnal callers; so does Bell. Briem adored ham and amateur radio; so does Bell. Briem was firmly on the political right; Bell, on many issues, leans to the right. ‘It seemed that I would be the perfect replacement for him’, Bell says …”

And Art Bell was on his way to stardom, first with the lower rated sister station KMPC-AM (710) and, later, on KABC-AM (790). From the beginning, Bell envisioned a different type of talk show than most, ” ‘… I think my show is leading talk radio down a more general reflection of life, something more spontaneous. I don’t want to be the kind of guy where, if you listen once every two weeks, you know it’s the same shtick’. Bell is thinking, of course, of Rush Limbaugh and his regular, daily attacks on Bill Clinton’s Democrats and his defense of Newt Gingrich’s Republicans … Instead, Bell, 50, is a complex reflection of his environs. Rather than the hammering, testosterone-driven verbal style of most daytime talk hosts, Bell brings an FM kind of voice to AM, a desert-like calm instead of urban chatter … ”

” ‘What has fueled Bell’s growth,’ says Eric Rhoads, publisher of Radio Link magazine, ‘is that he’s offering more of an apolitical bent on all-night radio, which wasn’t always available. He’ll continue to grow. The magic of Art is that he’s not belligerent, not a curmudgeon, sounds like a nice guy and, unlike the rest of the pack, he’s not afraid of talking about really strange stuff.’ … “I’m no prophet, and I’m not a doomsayer; I want to bring topics on radio you otherwise might not hear … I want to see, as Paul Harvey would say, ‘the rest of the story’.”

And, so, the phenomenon of Art Bell continues to grow; many of you probably listen to him, from 11PM-4AM, Pacific Time. There are those who insist that he, not Rush Limbaugh, is the Number One radio talk show hosts in America today.

Art Bell has observed, over the many years he has been on radio, that events, in America and throughout the world, seem to be accelerating to a point of climax. He cannot put his finger on this phenomenon, but he has coined a term for it: “The Quickening”. I accessed Art Bell’s pages on the Internet to examine this phenomenon more carefully, and at the bottom of Art Bell’s page on ‘The Quickening’, I discovered this definition, by Shauna Nelson and Ron Smith, who must work for or with Bell. This is their definition: “There is a feeling that something is out-of-balance and some *great* change is about to occur. That ‘life as we know it’ is about to change for all of us. The Quickening is the events that show change is near and are the symptoms of this impending change. Just a few of these events are:

  • The emergence of deadly new viruses. Old viruses have reappeared with a vengeance
  • The Increase in earthquake and volcano activity
  • The general mistrust for government has turned to all-out hatred
  • Politically destructive trends
  • President Clinton ‘The Monster from the ID’
  • Politicians tell us exactly what we want to hear, not the truth
  • Government budget deficits now grow at a rate which threaten the long term financial security of the world.
  • Economic activity is at best ‘odd’
  • The growing American national debt
  • Growing personal debt
  • Growing manifestations of obvious greed!! Just look at the outrageous salaries of many corporate CEO’s, entertainers, and sports stars.
  • Fewer and fewer families seems able to provide the stable and loving environment necessary to successfully raise children.
  • Weather: More Extreme, More Occurrences
  • Comets, comets, and more comets
  • Unusual weather patterns and increased storm severity — Earthquakes, Hurricanes, Severe Weather Storms [of all types], Other Acts of Nature
  • Obvious signs of environmental destruction, such as deforestation of plant and animal species, the ozone hole, water pollution, climate change, and the growing rate of extinction of plant and animal species.
  • Socially {in America}: Rapidly Escalating Crisis
  • Riots in LA
  • Gangs who kill for little reason
  • Children committing violent crimes with no thought for the future
  • Broken families, little sense of value
  • Lack of respect for other people
  • Crimes of all kinds
  • Growing workplace insecurity — a lifetime job or even a lifetime career is nearly impossible to find.
  • New technologies now emerge at a rate faster than social and economic systems can absorb them.
  • Public education now fails to provide sufficient basic skills in reading and math. Today, 40% of the 16 year old children in American public schools cannot read at the 4th grade level.
  • Globally
  • Observe the reality of global interdependence. Political, economic, or environmental problems in any one region can now quickly escalate into a potential world wide crisis.
  • At at time when a growing population will demand adequate water, power, and transportation, our infrastructure gradually decays.
  • As our lives become increasingly dependent upon world economic and environmental conditions, we grow in a sense of frustration over the lack of empowerment to control our destiny.

Wow!! Art Bell has done a wonderful job in defining the many problems facing our society, and the ‘Global Village’, as the New World Order people call the earth. In fact, Bell has done so well in describing the situation in America and the world that I cannot help wonder if he is a Fundamental, Born Again, Bible-believing Christian?!! He surely is paralleling what many of us Christians are saying! Consider how the many Bible prophecies that are being fulfilled right before our eyes, and which parallel Bell’s observations, above:

  • Matthew 24:5-24 – “Take heed that no man deceive you. For many shall come in my name, saying, I am Christ; and shall deceive many. And ye shall hear of wars and rumours of wars: see that ye be not troubled: for all these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. [‘Divers’ means ‘many in many different places, and can even carry the meaning of simultaneous’] All these are the beginning of sorrows.””Then shall they deliver you up to be afflicted, and shall kill you: and ye shall be hated of all nations for my name’s sake. And then shall many be offended, and shall betray one another, and shall hate one another. And many false prophets shall rise, and shall deceive many. And because iniquity shall abound, the love of many shall wax cold.For then shall be great tribulation, such as was not since the beginning of the world to this time, no, nor ever shall be. And except those days should be shortened, there should no flesh be saved: but for the elect’s sake those days shall be shortened. Then if any man shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe it not. For there shall arise false Christs, and false prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders; insomuch that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very elect.”

Notice that these many prophecies, which Jesus said would signal that His return was imminent, c can be divided into the same categories which Art Bell described above: Political, Societal, Environmental, Personal characteristics. I have emboldened the words, above, which are the keys to understanding how completely Bell’s observations conform to Biblical prophecy. But, there are other prophecies that support Bell’s conclusions.

  • Luke 21:11 — “And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences …” The Bible Commentary notes that, in the original language, the reading of this Scripture would be, “There will be mighty and violent earthquakes, and in various places, famines and pestilences, (plagues, malignant and contagious or infectious diseases which are deadly and devastating …” [Doesn’t this sound like today’s world?]
  • 1 Timothy 3:1-5, “3:1 This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, high-minded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God;

Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.”

Doesn’t this sound exactly like today’s news, and Bell’s observations? One Bible Commentary suggests that this passage should read like this, [read carefully, thoughtfully, and refer back to Bell’s observations about the “Quickening”: “But understand this, that in the last days will come {set in} perilous times of great stress and troubles {hard to deal with and hard to bear}. For people will be lovers of self and {utterly} self-centered, lovers of money and aroused by an inordinate {greedy} desire for wealth, proud and arrogant and contemptuous boasters. They will be abusive {blasphemous, scoffing} disobedient to parents, ungrateful, unholy, and profane. They will be without natural {human} affection {callous and inhuman}, relentless {admitting of no truce or appeasement}; they will be slanderers {false accusers, troublemakers}, intemperate and loose in morals and conduct, uncontrolled and fierce, haters of good. {They will be} treacherous {betrayers}, rash {and} inflated with self-conceit. {They will be} lovers of sensual pleasures and vain amusements more than and rather than lovers of God.” {Note: in this last sentence, can any of you see Professional Sports here, where hundreds of thousands of people jam stadiums every week rather than going to church? And, in the sentence, above, about people being utterly self-centered, and lovers of money, remember Art Bell’s observations about the salaries paid to professional athletes and the greed of businessmen — and politicians too?}

So, yes, Art Bell, I do think you have identified our problems pretty well. What is the basis of your observations? Are you a Born Again, Bible-believing Christian? When you looked at society, did you look with eyes that were trained by Scripture, or is your outlook different?

Next week, we shall look at Art Bell again, to see where his very accurate observations are leading him. Stay tuned, for some very interesting insights. A key to where Bell is heading with all these observations is provided in his definition of the “Quickening”, described earlier. Re-read that and keep it in mind for next week’s article.

But, remember, the New World Order is coming. Are you spiritually ready? Is your family? Are you adequately protecting your loved ones? This is the reason for this ministry, to enable you to first understand the peril facing you, and then help you develop strategies to warn and protect your loved ones. Once you have been thoroughly trained, you can also use your knowledge as a means to open the door of discussion with an unsaved person. I have been able to use this knowledge many times, and have seen people come to Jesus Christ as a result. These perilous times are also a time when we can reach many souls for Jesus Christ, making an eternal difference.

If you are not born again, I encourage you to either E-Mail me so we can talk, or go to a Fundamental Bible-believing church in your area (we can help you find one), where someone can show you the blessed, and easy, Biblical way in which you are born again. Remember Jesus’ Words, “You must be born again …” (John 3:3-7).

If you have been blessed by this ministry, which seeks to educate and warn people, so that they can see the coming New World Order — Kingdom of Antichrist — in their daily news, then we need your support to stay on the Internet.

The sword is coming, and coming both quickly and with enormous power. But, most people, including most Christians, do not see it coming. Will you be a “Watchman On The Wall” with us? (Ezekiel 3:17-19, God’s most solemn warning)

Finally, we would love to hear from you.

You can contact us by mail or email.

God bless you, and may He maintain a “Hedge of Protection” around you and your family.

Return to currently in the news index to select additional articles.

Source

Here’s link to Art Bell’s site >> Art Bell – Dark Matter

Project Blue Beam/Alien Technology 2014

This is very important subject, because I think that all of these technologies exist and can be used against humanity. Here’s my post about Project Blue Beam:

>> http://www.auricmedia.net/silenced-people-serge-monast-project-blue-beam-murdered/

And here is a nice video, which collects all nicely to together:

Published on Feb 15, 2014

This movie goes about Project Blue Beam and have a audio voice that explain it more clearly.

 

 

Also look at this one Project H.A.A.R.P
http://youtu.be/Eh6zbO-EslI

Project Bluebeam/Alien Technology
http://youtu.be/uxo-ORGYwcI

Global Slavery
http://youtu.be/drOSsQgbeBk

Creature Caught on Tape in Holland – The Investigation (HD)
http://youtu.be/FaT-sfVgRCo

The Illuminati Subconscious Mind Control
http://youtu.be/6ru8EGIwfWg

The Illuminati Subconscious Mind Control Programming Vol 2
http://youtu.be/VidS8IGQI3E

GTA 5 Illuminati Or Not?
http://youtu.be/tQeyNJ3IcZk

All Video Material and music only for this movie are the property of Verbalkint2013 , music created with copyright free VTS files, software used: Magix Music Maker 13.

Source

The Strawman Illusion Explained

Here is a interview with a man who explains what real life Matrix is. Very interesting indeed:

index

Notes from Ken Adachi, Editor
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/strawmanillusion02apr10.shtml
April 2, 2010

The Strawman Illusion Explained by Thomas Anderson (April 2, 2010)

Someone sent me an e-mail today and asked me if I ever visited a web site called The Crow House (http://thecrowhouse.com/home.html) I took a look and was pleasantly surprised to see a well-stocked Australian anti-NWO site that covers many of the subjects which I touch upon here.

I came upon this excellent one hour and 34 minute audio presentation by Thomas Anderson, an Australian who also uses the name Agent J or “J. Anderson” on his videos. He has a clear and melodious voice which he puts to good use in explaining the fiction of commerce which we are all subjected to called the Strawman and our assumption of representation of that fictitious entity whenever we sign our name or give our name to the court. I spent a lot of time listening to talks given in Long Beach, California in the mid 1990s which explained the basic tenets of the Freeman movement (referred to as the Redemption movement)..This man successfully distills those hours and hours of lectures down to a succinct and crisp single lecture. Well done.

Thomas Anderson has published four books which can be obtained through his official web sites:

www.theclassifiedfiles.com and www.myspace.com/theclassifiedfiles

The Strawman Illusion

Audio: Live Interview With Thomas Anderson About The Strawman
Interviewed By Adam Davis TruthMovementAustralia.com.au
28th January 2009

 

Original links in taht articel were dead, but here is the interview in Youtube (10 Parts):

 

 

…continues

I also found Mary Croft’s book: How I Clobbered Every Bureaucratic Cash-Confiscatory Agency Known to Man, available as a free pdf download.  ( http://thecrowhouse.com/Documents/mary-book.pdf ) . The book ably covers most of the key principles involved in understanding the Strawman and other aspects of the Redemption movement. I knew of the book’s existence a few years ago, but didn’t actually read it until now. I was greatly impressed.

Beyond the money/debt stuff, I find her perspective about the Wasteland called ‘higher education’ to be in sync with my own views. While I love the idea of education, self-education is the only thing that adds any meaning or value to our lives. Formal schooling, both public and private, could be an expansive and gratifying growth experience, but most of the time, it isn’t. The quality of education in America has been intentionally DUMBED DOWN thanks to the hidden hand of the (British) Fabian Society, which gradually infiltrated their Illuminated agents into the American educational system, starting at the turn of the 20th century. The end result is that today, we have kids being driven to exhaustion trying to pile on ever more truckloads of useless DATA, while stifling the creative expression normal to kids, and doing everything possible to keep kids from THINKING FOR THEMSELVES. Paul Verge, producer of the DVD Hijacking Humanity, recently produced some excellent video and audio interviews on this very topic. I’ll be posting them soon to this web site.

Ken Adachi

Source

Silenced people, Serge Monast: Project Blue Beam (murdered)

Here’s another soul destroyed, because of  Truth:

 

Project Blue Beam

SergeMonasteditcrop300w

By Serge Monast
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/projectbluebeam25jul05.shtml
Originally Published 1994

[Note: Serge Monast [1945 – December 5, 1996] and another journalist, both of whom were researching Project Blue Beam, died of “heart attackswithin weeks of each other although neither had a history of heart disease. Serge was in Canada. The other Canadian journalist was visiting Ireland. Prior to his death, the Canadian government abducted Serge’s daughter in an attempt to dissuade him from pursuing his research into Project Blue Beam. His daughter was never returned. Pseudo-heart attacks are one of the alleged methods of death induced by Project Blue Beam.]

[Update from Ken Adachi: February 17, 2009: I’m only begininng to now fully grasp the entire breath of Serge Monast’s contributions to humanity and the unbelieveable courage he demonstrated in coming out with these incredible revelations which were secretly or anonymously given to him by contrite politicians, military people, or intelligence people who still possessed a conscience and a sense of humanity.

A required companion piece to this article is an astoundingly accurate prophetic discourse presented by Serge in 1994 to the Canadian Free Press of Quebec, Canada. The plannned NASA/Illuminati script that Serge revealed in that 1994 talk could be taken directly from today’s headline news. The transcript of that talk is found here: http://educate-yourself.org/cn/sergemonast1994transcript.shtml

(ca. Dec 1996)

from: http://www.despatch.cth.com.au/Despatch/vol91_Concern.html

A member of our accountability structure, Dorothy Dart, reports that a Canadian investigator into New Age globalism, SERGE MONAST, has died of a “heart attack.” This man has faithfully exposed the New World Order for the last decade. His children were home-schooled, so the authorities took his eight year old daughter away, then his seven year old son was taken, as they said the parents were abusing them emotionally by stopping the children going to a State school. The father was then arrested, and spent the night in jail. Next day at home, he had a “heart attack.” He was 46 years old. This brave man has left a wife, who now has no family. Pray that she can get her little ones back. Our source said that the Canadian investigator, Serge Monast, wrote to her in Australia not long ago, saying he had been threatened many times, and did not except to survive.]


NASA’s Project Blue Beam
By Serge Monast (1994)

The infamous NASA [National Aeronautics and Space Administration] Blue Beam Project has four different steps in order to implement the new age religion with the Antichrist at its head. We must remember that the new age religion is the very foundation for the new world government, without which religion the dictatorship of the new world order is completely impossible. I’ll repeat that: Without a universal belief in the new age religion, the success of the new world order will be impossible! That is why the Blue Beam Project is so important to them, but has been so well hidden until now.

Engineered Earthquakes & Hoaxed ‘Discoveries’
The first step in the NASA Blue Beam Project concerns the breakdown [re-evaluation] of all archaeological knowledge. It deals with the set-up, with artificially created earthquakes at certain precise locations on the planet, of supposedly new discoveries which will finally explain to all people the “error” of all fundamental religious doctrines. The falsification of this information will be used to make all nations believe that their religious doctrines have been misunderstood for centuries and misinterpreted. Psychological preparations for that first step have already been implemented with the film, ‘2001: A Space Odyssey;’ the StarTrek series, and ‘Independence Day;’ all of which deal with invasions from space and the coming together of all nations to repel the invaders. The last films, ‘Jurrassic Park,’ deals with the theories of evolution, and claim God’s words are lies. http://i.am/jah/evolut.htm

Hoaxed “Discoveries’
What is important to understand in the first step is that those earthquakes will hit at different parts of the world where scientific and archaeological teachings have indicated that arcane mysteries have been buried. By those types of earthquakes, it will be possible for scientists to rediscover those arcane mysteries which will be used to discredit all fundamental religious doctrines. This is the first preparation for the plan for humanity because what they want to do is destroy the beliefs of all Christians and Muslims on the planet. To do that, they need some false ‘proof’ from the far past that will prove to all nations that their religions have all been misinterpreted and misunderstood.

The Big Space Show in the Sky
The second step in the NASA Blue Beam Project involves a gigantic ‘space show’ with three-dimensional optical holograms and sounds, laser projection of multiple holographic images to different parts of the world, each receiving a different image according to predominating regional national religious faith. This new ‘god’s’ voice will be speaking in all languages. In order to understand that, we must study various secret services’ research done in the last 25 years. The Soviet’s have perfected an advanced computer, even exported them, and fed them with the minute physio-psychological particulars based on their studies of the anatomy and electromechanical composition of the human body, and the studies of the electrical, chemical and biological properties of the human brain. These computers were fed, as well, with the languages of all human cultures and their meanings. The dialects of all cultures have been fed into the computers from satellite transmissions. The Soviets began to feed the computers with objective programs like the ones of the new messiah. It also seems that the Soviets – the new world order people – have resorted to suicidal methods with the human society by allocating electronic wavelengths for every person and every society and culture to induce suicidal thoughts if the person doesn’t comply with the dictates of the new world order.

There are two different aspects of step two.

The first is the ‘space show.’ Where does the space show come from? The space show, the holographic images will be used in a simulation of the ending during which all nations will be shown scenes that will be the fulfillment of that which they desire to verify the prophecies and adversary events.

These will be projected from satellites onto the sodium layer about 60 miles above the earth. We see tests every once in a while, but they are called UFOs and “flying saucers” sightings.

The result of these deliberately staged events will be to show the world the new ‘christ,’ the new messiah, Matraia (Maitreya), for the immediate implementation of the new world religion. Enough truth will be foisted upon an unsuspecting world to hook them into the lie. “Even the most learned will be deceived.”

The project has perfected the ability for some device [referred to as “tractor beams” by ufologists].to lift up an enormous number of people, as in a Rapture, and whisk the entire group into a never-never land We see tests of this device in the abduction of humans by those mysterious little alien greys who snatch people out of their beds and through windows into waiting “mother ships.” The calculated resistance to the universal religion and the new messiah and the ensuing holy wars will result in the loss of human life on a scale never imagined before in all of human history.

The Blue Beam Project will pretend to be the universal fulfillment of the prophecies of old, as major an event as that which occurred 2,000 years ago. In principle, it will make use of the skies as a movie screen (on the sodium layer at about 60 miles) as space-based laser-generating satellites project simultaneous images to the four corners of the planet in every language and dialect according to the region. It deals with the religious aspect of the new world order and is deception and seduction on a massive scale.

Computers will coordinate the satellites and software already in place will run the sky show. Holographic images are based on nearly identical signals combining to produce an image or hologram with deep perspective which is equally applicable to acoustic ELF, VLF and LF waves and optical phenomena. Specifically, the show will consist of multiple holographic images to different parts of the world, each receiving a different image according to the specific national, regional religion. Not a single area will be excluded. With computer animation and sounds appearing to emanate from the very depths of space, astonished ardent followers of the various creeds will witness their own returned messiahs in convincing lifelike reality.

Then the projections of Jesus, Mohammed, Buddha, Krishna, etc., will merge into one after correct explanations of the mysteries and revelations will have been disclosed. This one god will, in fact, be the Antichrist, who will explain that the various scriptures have been misunderstood and misinterpreted, and that the religions of old are responsible for turning brother against brother, and nation against nation, therefore old religions must be abolished to make way for the new age new world religion, representing the one god Antichrist they see before them.

Naturally, this superbly staged falsification will result in dissolved social and religious disorder on a grand scale, each nation blaming the other for the deception, setting loose millions of programmed religious fanatics through demonic possession on a scale never witnessed before. In addition, this event will occur at a time of profound worldwide political anarchy and general tumult created by some worldwide catastrophe. The United Nation even now plans to use Beethovan’s ‘Song of Joy’ as the anthem for the introduction for the new age one world religion. If we put this space show in parallel with the star wars program we get this: combination of electromagnetic radiation and hypnosis which have also been the subject of intensive research. In 1974, for instance, researcher G. F. Shapits, said of one of the research proposals that, ‘…in this investigation it will be shown that the spoken words of the hypnotist may also be converted by electromagnetic energy directly and to the subconscious part of the human brain without employing any mechanical device for receiving or transcording the message, and without the person exposed to such influence having a chance to control the information input consciously. It may be expected that the rationalized behavior will be considered to have been taken out of their own free will.’

Anyone investigating so-called ‘channelling’ phenomena right now would be wise to take this area of research into consideration. It will be noted that those who think of themselves as ‘channellers’ has escalated rapidly since this type of research was conducted. It is uncanny how similar their messages are, despite which entity they claim to be their source of divine guidance. It would suggest any individual considering the credibility of channelled information should be discerning and critically evaluate where the message they are receiving originates, and if the messages are specifically beneficial to the new world order.

The Sydney Morning newspaper published an item on March 21st, 1983 which announced that the Soviets were invading the human mind, the article having been submitted to the foreign editor by Doctor Nathan Abnuengy, assistant professor in the faculty of agriculture in Asia. It is worth quoting the article at length even though his grammar is a little old. This article relates to the Soviets who created the supercomputer we were discussing earlier and which is really important because these types of computers can be run through satellites and through space. The computers were fed with all the different languages and their meanings, the dialect of all peoples were fed to the computers with objective programs. But we are no longer talking about the Soviets; we are talking about the United Nations, the minions of the new world order, who are feeding the computers with the necessary information.

The editor of the column in which the article appeared even states that the piece made points too important to ignore. I think it is possible that the persons who have created this mega-mind-control-program could sell the software to an organization and not be aware that the client might use the program and data to enslave all of humankind. Just imagine how far they have advanced since that article was published!

Artificial Thought & Communication
The advancement of techniques propel us toward the third step in the Blue Beam Project that goes along with the telepathic and electronically augmented two-way communication where ELF, VLF and LF waves will reach each person from within his or her own mind, convincing each of them that their own god is speaking to them from the very depths of their own soul. Such rays from satellites are fed from the memories of computers that have stored massive data about every human on earth, and their languages. The rays will then interlace with their natural thinking to form what we call diffuse artificial thought.

That kind of technology goes into the 1970s, 1980s, and 1990s research where the human brain has been compared to a computer. Information is fed in, processed, integrated and then a response is formulated and acted upon. Mind controllers manipulate information the same way a computer for grammar manipulates information. In January 1991, the University of Arizona hosted a conference entitled, ‘The NATO Advanced Research Workshop on Current and Emergent Phenomena and Biomolecular Systems.’ What does that mean exactly? It means this: We refer to one paper that was delivered at the conference which stands out for its different attitude towards the development under discussion at that time. It was, in effect, a protest and chilling warning to the attending scientists about the potential abuse of their research findings.

Their findings, of course, stated that the United States has already developed communications equipment which can make the blind see, the deaf hear and the lame walk. It can relieve the terminally ill from pain without the use of drugs or surgery. I’m not talking about science fiction. A man might retain the use of all his faculties right up to the moment of his death. This communications equipment depends upon a completely new way of looking at the human brain and neuromuscular systems and radiation pulses at ultra-low frequencies. Some of this equipment is now operational within the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA), and Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI). It will never be used to make the blind see, the deaf hear and the lame walk because it is central to the domestic political agenda and foreign policy of George Bush and his puppet-masters of the new world order.

Domestically, the new communications equipment is being used to torture and murder persons who match profiles imagined to be able to screen a given population for terrorists; to torture and murder citizens who belong to organizations which promote tolerance and peace and development in Central America; to torture and murder citizens who belong to organizations who oppose the development and deployment of nuclear weapons, and to create a race of slave cult automatons, or what is popularly called ‘the Manchurian Candidates.’ Overseas experimentation is taking place on hostages held by the United States and Canada, Great Britain, Australia, Germany, Finland and France. Additionally, there has been a long series of bizarre suicides among British computer scientists, all of whom have had some connection to the United States Navy.

What is possible to ask before such a psychology of terror is this: would any government, corporation or psychiatrist wilfully promote such horror today? The answer is quite obviously, ‘Yes.’

Government agencies and the corporations that work with them toward a new world order are prepared to promote anything that will help them achieve their objective of total social control. As for the question of why: For one thing, if you terrify the public and make them fear for their safety, they will allow you to implement draconian law enforcement practice, disarm them and keep extensive records on them, and they only have to tell you that it is all to protect you, of course. Secondly, it promotes the decay of the present democratic forms of political systems, and leads societies to search for alternative methods of political ideology. Of course, the alternative has already been planned. It is called the New World Order and it will not have your safety or interests at heart. As George Bush said: ‘Read my lips.’ Fear has always been used by powerful elite to control and subjugate the masses.

The old maxim, ‘divide and conquer’, is being played out to the limit worldwide to ensure that everyone is frightened for their personal safety, and to be suspicious of everyone else. This, too, is mind-control. To go further in regard to the new technology which is at the base of the NASA Blue Beam Project, we have to consider this statement by psychologist James V. McConnell which was published in a 1970s issue of Psychology Today. He said, ‘The day has come when we can combine sensory deprivation with drug hypnosis and astute manipulation of reward and punishment to gain almost absolute control over an individual’s behavior. It should then be possible to achieve a very rapid and highly effective type of positive brainwashing that would allow us to make dramatic changes in a person’s behavior and personality.’

Now, when we talked before about that kind of ray and the telepathic and electronically augmented communication, the kind of rays that are fed from the memories of computers which store massive data about humans, human language and dialects, and we said that the people will be reached from within, making each person to believe that his own god is speaking directly from within his or her own soul, we refer to that kind of technology and that kind of thinking that same psychologist was espousing, that is: we should be trained from birth that we should all do what society wants us to do rather than what we want to do for ourselves; that because they have the technology to do it, no one should now be allowed to have their own individual personality. This statement and these ideas are important because it is the basic teaching of the United Nations that no one owns his or her own personality. And that same psychologist claims that no one has any say-so about the kind of personality they acquire and there is no reason to believe you have the right to refuse to acquire a new personality if your old personality is considered ‘antisocial.’

What is important in this declaration is that the new world order will be set up over the current system, meaning the old way of thinking and behavior and religion will be considered the ‘old’ and incorrect way of thinking and that they can change it at one of the eradication camps of the United Nations to make sure that anyone with this ‘antisocial’ behavior will be disposed of quickly so that other modified individuals will be able to fulfill the needs and agendas of the new world order without being distracted by the truth.

Could this be the greatest mind control project ever?

The NASA Blue Beam Project is the prime directive for the new world order’s absolute control over the populations of the entire earth. I would suggest you investigate this information carefully before dismissing it as fanatic lunacy. If we go further in the different reports we have presented, we find that the mind-control operations and technology include a transmitter that broadcasts at the same frequency as the human nervous-system, which transmitter is manufactured by the Loral Electro-Optical System in Pasadena, California. Loral, a major defense contractor, has previously conducted research on directed energy weapons for Lt. Gen. Leonard Perez of the U. S. Air Force who was searching for a weapon that could implant messages into the minds of the enemy while urging his own troops on to superhuman deeds of valor! The device employs electromagnetic radiation of gigahertz frequencies [microwaves] pulsed at extremely low frequencies (ELF). It is used to torture people both physically and mentally from a distance.

Weapons of this type are thought to have been used against a British woman protesting the presence of American Cruise Missiles at Greenham Common Airbase during the 1970s. This weapon can be used to induce total sensory deprivation by broadcasting signals into the auditory nerve at such high power that it blocks the ability of the individual to hear themselves think!

The process employed by such ELF technology are described in various U. S. Defense Department publications, including one entitled, ‘ The Electromagnetic Spectrum and Low Intensity Conflict,‘ by Captain Paul E. Tyler, Medical Commandant, U. S. Navy, which is included in a collection entitled, ‘Low Intensity Conflict and Modern Technology Edict,’ by Lt. Col David G. Dean, USAF. The paper was delivered in 1984 and the collection published 1986 by Air University Press, Maxwell Airforce Base, Alabama. Another pulse microwave device can deliver audible signals directly to an individual while remaining undetectable to anyone else. The technology is very simple and can be built by using an ordinary police radar gun. The microwave beam generated by the device is modulated at audio frequencies and can broadcast messages directly into the brain. Now here we come to the NASA Blue Beam Project. The broadcasting of subliminal two-way communication and images from the depths of space correspond directly to that kind of technology.

In his book, ‘The Body Electric,’ Nobel Prize nominee Dr. Robert O. Becker describes a series of experiments conducted in the early 1960s by Allen Frie where this phenomena was demonstrated as well as later experiments conducted in 1973 at the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research by Dr. Joseph C. Sharp who personally underwent tests in which he proved he could hear and understand messages delivered to him in an echo-free isolation chamber via a pulsed microwave audiogram which is an analog of the word’s sound vibration beamed into his brain. Becker then goes on to state, ‘Such a device has obvious application for covert operations designed to drive a target crazy with unknown voices or deliver undetectable instructions to a programmed assassin.”

Now figure out when we hear that voice from the new world messiah who would be speaking from space to all of the sane (?) people of the earth who might give instructions to zealots and religious fanatics, we would see hysteria and social mayhem on a scale never witnessed before on this planet. No police forces in the world, even as a combined front, could deal with the disorder that will follow! A 1978 book entitled, ‘Microwave Auditory Effect and Application,’ by James C. Lynn describes how audible voices can be broadcast directly into the brain. This technology could actually allow the blind to see and the deaf to hear. Instead, it has been turned into a weapon to enslave the world.

Allen Frie also reports that he could speed up, slow down or stop the hearts of isolated frogs by synchronizing the pulsed rate of a microwave beam with the heart itself. According to Dr. Robert Becker, similar results have been obtained using live frogs, which shows that it is technically feasible to produce heart attacks with rays designed to penetrate the human chest.

[EDITOR’S NOTE: Both the author of this report and his colleague died of ‘heart attacks’ only days apart. I should mention also that Dr. Becker does NOT participate in such research.]

It has been demonstrated that focused ultra high frequency UHF electromagnetic energy beams can be used to induce considerable agitation and muscular activity or induce muscular weakness and lethargy. Microwaves can also be used to burn human skin and aid the effect of drugs, bacteria and poisons or affect the function of the entire brain. These effects were all revealed at length by the CIA on September 21, 1977 in testimony before the Subcommittee on Health and Scientific Research. Dr. Sidney Gottlieb who directed the MK-Ultra program at that time was forced to discuss the scope of the CIA’s research to find techniques of activation of the human organism by remote electronic means. So this is something that exists right now, that has been pursued to its highest degree, that can be used from space to reach any person, anyplace on the face of the earth.

If we go deeper in that process of mind control over the people we find that the equipment and technology has been used to influence politics in a much more direct fashion. Michael Dukakis, the Democrat candidate running against George Bush in the 1988 election was targeted with microwave technology in order to impede his public speaking performance once the public opinion polls showed he posed a serious threat to Bush’s election prospects. He also claims that the equipment was used against Kitty Dukakis and drove her to the brink of suicide. In the Disneyland world of U. S. politics, a presidential candidate with problems such as these, would obviously lose their race to the White House. In the December 1980 edition of the U. S. Army Journal, called the Military Review, a column by Lt. Col John B. Alexander, entitled, ‘The New Mental Battlefield: Beam Me Up, Spock,’ provides further insight into the technical capabilities at the disposal of the comptroller. He writes:

“Several examples will demonstrate areas in which progress have been made. The transference of energy from one organism to another; the ability to heal or cause disease to be transmitted over a distance, thus inducing illness or death from no apparent cause; telepathic behavior modification which includes the ability to induce hypnotic states up to a distance of 1,000 kilometers have been reported.

The use of telepathic hypnosis also holds great potential. This capability could allow agents to be deeply planted with no conscious knowledge of their programming. In movie terms, the Manchurian Candidate lives, and does not even require a telephone call. ‘Other mind-to-mind induction techniques are being considered. If perfected this capability could allow the direct transference of thought via telepathy from one mind or group of minds to a select target audience. The unique factor is that the recipient will not be aware that thought has been implanted from an external source. He or she will believe the thoughts are original.”

This is exactly what we were talking about.

The third step in the NASA Blue Beam Project is called the Telepathic Electronic Two-Way Communication. Lt. Col John Alexander’s article continues:

“If it is possible to feed artificial thought into the multigenic field via satellite, the mind control of the entire planet is now possible. An individual’s only resistance would be to constantly question the motivation behind their thoughts and not act upon thoughts which they consider to be outside their own ideological, religious and moral boundaries.'”

Once again, it is wise to consider how television, advertising, modern education and various types of social pressure are used to manipulate those boundaries. It has been reported by Lt. Col Alexander who said, in the summary of his Military Review article,

‘The information on those kinds of technologies presented here would be considered by some to be ridiculous since it does not conform to their view of reality. But some people still believe the world is flat.’

Now, this means a lot, because if people do not believe this kind of technology is possible, or that it is science fiction, those people put themselves in great jeopardy, because on the night when those thousand stars will shine from space, during the night when the new messiah will be presented to the world, they will not be prepared and will have no time to prepare to save themselves against that kind of technology. They don’t believe and they won’t take time to prepare.

(This is exactly what happens to people who are convinced by Satan into believing that he doesn’t exist, so they have no defence against him. – JAH.)

Universal Supernatural Manifestations via Electronics
The fourth step concerns the universal supernatural manifestation with electronic means. It contains three different orientations.

One is to make mankind believe that an alien (off-world) invasion is about to occur at every major city on earth in order to provoke each major nation to use its nuclear weapons in order to strike back. This way, the United Nations Court will require that all those nations which launched nuclear weapons to disarm when the invasion is shown to have been false. And how will the United Nations know that the invasion was false? They will have staged it, of course.

The second is to make the Christians believe that the Rapture is going to occur with the supposed divine intervention of an alien (off-world) civilization coming to rescue earthlings from a savage and merciless demon. Its goal will be to dispose of all significant opposition to the implementation of the New World Order in one major stroke, actually within hours of the beginning of the sky show!

The third orientation in the fourth step is a mixture of electronic and supernatural forces. The waves used at that time will allow “supernatural forces” to travel through optical fibers, coaxial cables (TV) electrical and phone lines in order to penetrate to everyone at once through major appliances. Embedded chips will already be in place. The goal of this deals with global Satanic ghosts projected all around the world in order to push all populations to the edge of hysteria and madness, to drown them into a wave of suicide, murder and permanent psychological disorders. After the Night of the Thousand Stars, worldwide populations will be ready for the new messiah to re-establish order and peace at any cost, even at the cost of abdication of freedom.

Phasing Out Cash & Independence
The techniques used in the fourth step is exactly the same used in the past in the USSR to force the people to accept Communism. The same technique will be used by the United Nations to implement the new world religion and the new world order. A lot of people ask when this is going to happen and how they will accomplish the visions of the Night of a Thousand Stars, and the events that will point to the days when it will begin.

According to the many reports we have received, we believe it will begin with some kind of worldwide economic disaster. Not a complete crash, but enough to allow them to introduce some kind of in-between currency before they introduce their electronic cash to replace all paper or plastic money. The in-between currency will be used to force anyone with savings to spend or turn in their cash because they understand that people who have money and are not dependent upon them might be the very ones who will mount an insurrection against them. If everyone is broke, no one can fund a war of any kind: paper currency will cease to exist. This is one of the first signs.

But to implement the worldwide electronic money system, everyone in the world who might have money in the future, will have to have a way to transfer money electronically. Before that time, everyone will have spent, before the year 2,000, all of their cash, reserves and assets. Everyone has to be 100% dependent upon the Council for their existence. To prevent any kind of independence, the new world order has already implanted micro chips in wild animals, birds, fish, etc. Why? They want to make certain that the people who will not accept the New World Order will not be able to hunt or fish any where in the world. If they try, they will be tracked and traced by satellites, then hunted down and imprisoned or killed.

The new world order is already changing the laws of all nations to make everyone dependent upon a single food and vitamin supply. They are changing laws about religion and psychiatric disorders in order to identify anyone who is potentially threatening to the NWO. Those who are found defective will be sent to eradication camps where their organs will be taken and sold to the highest bidders. Those who are not killed outright will be used as slave labor or used in medical experiments. The goal of a dictatorship is to control everyone, everywhere on the planet, ruthlessly and without exception. That’s why the new technology being introduced everywhere is a technology for the control of the people. The technology of the 1940s and 1950s was used to help the people have an easier and more productive life.

The new technology is designed and built to track down and control people everywhere. This technology is being manufactured for a specific purpose and to refuse to see and recognize that purpose, which is to enslave the entire populations of the world, is to deny the emergence of the Antichrist and the establishment of the new world order religion and government. If you cannot see, if you cannot learn, if you cannot understand, then you and your family and friends will succumb to the fires of the crematoria that have been built in every state and every major city on earth, built to deal with you. No one is safe in a totalitarian police state!

Serge Monast

——————————————————————————–

Related

The Goals of Project Blue Beam
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/projectbluebeamintoandnworeview.shtml

More on Project Blue Beam
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/projectbluebeamrelatedA01feb99.shtml

The Project Blue Beam/British Israel Brain Wash from the Islamic Side (July 5, 2006)
http://educate-yourself.org/lte/islamicbrainwash05jul06.shtml

The Coming “Official” Announcement of the Alien Presence on Earth
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/fakedalieninvasion.shtml

Recent Announced Developments in Hologram Technology (May 12, 2011)
http://atrueott.wordpress.com/2011/04/06/project-blue-beam-update/

Source

Battle of Armageddon for establishment of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind

This is very important information to us all:

Battle of Armageddon for establishment of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind

Definition of Armageddon: A subtle-battle of catastrophic proportions between good and evil at the end of an era.

Abstract:

Unknown to most of us, the world is in the midst of a subtle-battle of good versus evil also known as Armageddon. It is being fought mostly in the subtle-dimension in all the regions of the universe including the Earth region (Bhūlok). The fraction of this battle that will play out in the physical plane will have catastrophic consequences for us. There is a possibility of reducing the effect of this Armageddon on humankind if we undertake spiritual practice, which is according to the six basic principles of spiritual practice.

Note: To understand this article it is recommended that you read the following articles:

1. Sattva, Raja and Tama, the three subtle basic components that make up the universe
2. Battle of good versus evil

This article has been updated as of 30 Jun 2013.

1. Introduction to the battle of Armageddon and World war 3

The world has been experiencing an increasing trend of natural disasters, terrorist activities, war and political upheavals over the recent past. There is no respite to this trend or any signs of slowing down. Quite a number of us may feel a sense of helplessness as we see our world lurch forward uncontrollably towards even tougher times. A number of seers such as Nostradamus, Edgar Cayce etc. have predicted turbulent and distressing times of cataclysmic proportions. There has also been much talk about a battle between the forces of good and evil that will play out around the times we live in.

We conducted spiritual research to explore the events in the subtle-dimension behind these alarming trends and what lies ahead for us.

The purpose of this article is to provide information uncovered through spiritual research about:

The SSRF defines the word ‘subtle world’ or ‘subtle dimension’ as the world which is beyond the understanding of the five senses, mind and intellect. The subtle world refers to the unseen world of angels, ghosts, heaven, etc. which can only be perceived through our sixth sense.

  • The spiritual forces at work that are orchestrating worldwide events and the times to come.
  • Measures that can be taken by humanity to minimise the impact of these events.

To some of us due to lack of any understanding about the spiritual realm, this article may seem fictional or almost like a fairy-tale. We have tried to be as objective as possible in narrating what we have perceived through an advanced sixth sense. It is also not our intention to alarm society, but to alert and caution it. It is our plea to society to take the time to understand this article and commence their spiritual practice.

These facts have been obtained from the Universal Mind and Intellect through the medium of the highly activated sixth sense of Mrs Anjali Gadgil, seeker of the Spiritual Science Research Foundation (SSRF). The information has been checked by H.H. Dr Athavale for accuracy. Along with this article, we recommend that you also read the article on the ‘Battle of good versus evil’.

2. What is a subtle battle?

Forces of good and evil have existed since the beginning of the universe. These forces exist mainly in the subtle-regions of the universe and influence the positive and negative forces on Earth almost completely. From time to time the subtle-forces of evil gain enough spiritual energy to attempt to establish a demonic kingdom in the universe. In current times, the balance of power between the forces of good and evil is 70% and 30% respectively. However the forces of evil in the universe have once again derived enough spiritual energy to attempt to establish a demonic kingdom. The fight that ensues is known as a subtle-battle or an Armageddon and its effects are being felt through all the regions of the universe. This battle began to erupt in the subtle in 1999 and a fraction of the battle will increasingly play out on the Earth plane with catastrophic consequences for humanity.

The seriousness of this subtle-battle (Armageddon) and the consequences for humanity will be of unprecedented proportions. It is for this reason; we have named this article Armageddon, which means a conflict of catastrophic proportions between good and evil. The result of the battle will be a defeat of the forces of evil and the establishment of an era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind in the Universe and on Earth also known as the Divine Kingdom. The era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind on Earth will last for about a thousand years. We have explained the salient features of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind further down in this article.

3. Principle behind the subtle battle of Armageddon

Most of us are unaware of the fact that many of the events on Earth, which affect us at an individual or collective level, have their root cause in the spiritual realm. Let us take the example of the recent rise in natural disasters.

The primary factor contributing to the increasing trend of natural disasters is spiritual in nature. Physical factors such as greenhouse gases contribute to only 30% of the problem. In other words, the governments of the world and non-government organisations (NGOs) policing the international community’s adherence to the Kyoto protocol, though highly commendable, would at best address only a fraction of the problem. Most attempts to fix problems only at a physical and mental level without taking into account the spiritual realm will be clumsy and inefficient.

The single most important spiritual factor contributing to the rise of natural disasters, terrorism and political upheaval is a rise in the Raja and Tama subtle basic components. This increase is primarily due to:

The entire world is like a puppet in the hands of positive and negative forces from the subtle-realm. Good people act as per the will of God, whereas the evil people are puppets in the hands of ghosts (demons, devils, negative energies, etc.). The good people on Earth will not be able to live in peace unless negative energies are overpowered. People with lower spiritual energy who are not necessarily good or bad are easily affected by ghosts and controlled by them. As a result, they too are under the control of ghosts and contribute to the Raja and Tama. In any case, they get caught in the crossfire between the good and forces of evil.

Another major cause for the rise in Raja and Tama is the state of society with regards to Righteousness (Dharma). According to an evolved Saint Adi Shankaracharya from India (8th – 9th century AD), Righteousness is that which accomplishes three tasks:

  1. Keeping the social system in an excellent condition
  2. Bringing about the worldly progress of every living being
  3. Causing progress in the spiritual realm as well

Spiritual progress is said to occur only when spiritual practice happens in accordance with the six basic principles of spiritual practice. More often than not, societies of the world have failed in meeting these three conditions. Negative elements in society significantly increase the rot eating away into the fabric of society.

4. The severity of the battle of Armageddon and World war 3

Unknown to most people, the Universe is in the midst of a subtle-battle of epic proportions. Most of this Armageddon is and will be fought in the subtle-realms. The battle in the physical realm i.e., on Earth is also mostly due to the subtle-dimension. Hence awareness about its occurrence is limited only to those who are highly spiritually evolved people on Earth.

Only a fraction of Armageddon will be experienced on Earth. But this fraction itself will be catastrophic and the cause of mass destruction. We will physically witness this fraction of Armageddon in the form of the unleashing of forces of nature and World War 3 where weapons of mass destruction will be used. The rise in natural disasters such as floods, earthquakes and volcanoes will be primarily due to the rise in Raja and Tama fuelled by unrighteousness on Earth. The people who precipitate the World War 3 will be under the control of higher level negative energies known as subtle-sorcerers (māntriks).

World war 3 intensity prediction

The following table shows the comparison in severity between the various World Wars taking into account both the subtle and physical aspects.

Name of the war

Year

Severity of the subtle and physical battle

World War 1 1914 – 1918 30
World War  2 1939 – 1945 50
World War 3 2015 – 2023 70
Dissolution of universe End of Kaliyug 100

The above graph and chart gives us an understanding of the scale of the battle. To put things in perspective the combined physical and subtle-elements involved in World War 1 and World War 2 at its peak had a severity of 30 and 50 respectively. All the major disasters and terrorist activities of the past few years are tell-tale signs directly related to the subtle-battle. Higher level negative energies such as subtle-sorcerers possess individuals that have a mentality to harm society and carry out terrorist activities through them on mankind. The fact that the intensity of the battle will increase up to 70 units in 2017 gives us an indication of the severity of the battle. It will then rapidly come down to zero by 2023. 100 units is the intensity of the subtle-battle at the time of the dissolution of the Universe.

5. Who are the forces of good fighting this battle of Armageddon?

1993: In the ensuing battle of Armageddon, the forces of good are led by a Parātpar Guru (evolved spiritual guide of above 90% spiritual level) living on the Earth plane. At the start of the battle in 1993, only the Parātpar Guru and a few seekers were fighting the battle.

Their participation was entirely at a subtle-level. This means that all participants’ act automatically according to God’s wish without being aware that their acts were in fact a part of this battle of Armageddon. Thus all the participants are not conscious at the physical level of their involvement in the battle. The various acts during the course of the battle happen through them automatically as per God’s wish mostly at the subtle-level and to some extent in the physical dimension, like efforts for the spread of Spirituality.

2003: By 2003 the number of seekers of God accompanying the spiritually evolved guide in the fight rose to 35. Their role was mostly one of implementing God’s wishes in the gross tangible dimension. The forces of good progressively increased in quantity and quality as the subtle-battle intensified. The battle in the subtle is fought purely with spiritual power and has no physical element to it.

2004: From 2004 onwards the severity of the forces of evil and consequently of Armageddon stepped up considerably. Hence positive forces from the subtle-region of Heaven (Swarga) joined the battle. They helped in various forms beginning from yellow Divine Particles and progressing to particles of Divine consciousness (Chaitanya), frequencies of light and frequencies of colour of deities to counter the negative forces. This progressive change in form of the positive energies basically signifies that the forces from Heaven joining the battle are becoming more and more subtle and hence more powerful.

2008: From 2008 as the severity of Armageddon rose further, the forces from Heaven proved to be insufficient and hence their participation ceased.

2009 – 2013: In 2009, two spiritually evolved beings from the subtle-region of Maharlok (a higher region in the Universe) also joined the battle. By then approximately 400 seekers of God were fighting alongside the Paratpar Guru. In 2010, a third evolved being from Maharlok joined the battle. The participation of the evolved beings was in the form of Divine Particles progressing to subtle-frequencies, subtle-rays, divine frequencies and brilliant subtle-constellations in 2013. This meant that Divine help was getting progressively more subtle and powerful.

2014 – 2018: As the subtle-battle intensifies to 61 units in 2014, seekers fighting in Armageddon at a subtle-level will not be able to participate any longer as it would be beyond their spiritual capacity. They would not be able to receive and tolerate the immense spiritual energy supplied by God in order to meet the need of that level of battle.

In 2014, two more divine beings from the next higher region i.e., Janalok (a higher region in the Universe) will join the subtle-battle. Their participation will be in the form of divine particles progressing to subtle-frequencies, subtle-flames, auras of light to frequencies of light by 2018.

2019: Over the next few years up to 25 divine beings from up to the region of Tapolok (a higher region in the Universe) will join the battle against forces of evil from the 7th region of Hell. After that the number will gradually reduce because at this stage many Saints on Earth itself will have evolved.

Despite the reduction in the severity of the battle from 70 in 2017 to 48 in 2019, the number of divine beings participating in the battle will be 25 in 2019 compared to just 10 in 2017. This is because in 2019 in addition to the destructive work against the negative evil forces, positive work for the establishment for the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind also needs to be undertaken.

2021 2023: In 2021, the establishment of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind will begin. In 2023, there will be arrival of particles from Satyalok, the subtlest and purest of the 14 main subtle-regions to help with the positive work taking place towards establishment of the Divine Kingdom.

2024: From 2024 onwards participation from the subtle positive regions will stop as it will no longer be required

6. Main stages in the battle of Armageddon

The battle of Armageddon being waged is mostly in the spiritual dimension. In addition it is also adversely affecting the world albeit mostly at an intangible level. The consequences of the subtle-war are mainly in the form of seeds sown for further rapid and progressive deterioration of the world at various levels. This works in two ways:

  • It decreases the overall sāttviktā in the world.
  • It enhances the hold of the forces of evil on mankind.

The main stages of Armageddon are described below:

Year

Event

1999 – 2012

Subtle-battle

  1. Battle of good versus evil in the subtle-world with some incidents in the physical realm which indicate its commencement.
  2. Battle at the physical level – negative energies prevent seekers from undertaking spiritual practice and creating obstacles in it.

2013 – 2015

Start of the battle in the gross

  • The tide of the battle of good versus evil at a subtle-level begins to change and the forces of good start to win.
  • Internal quarrels taking the form of small wars or clashes, commencement of riots within nations, revolt of the people against the system at a national level; though each incident may appear to be independent the root cause are higher level negative energies from the subtle-world.

Natural disasters

  • Increase in natural disasters

Battle in the physical realm

  • Commencement of the war with the evil-doers and anti-social elements at a physical, psychological and spiritual level.

2016 – 2018

Main battle in the gross

  • Third World War will take place
  • Large scale loss of life

Natural disasters

  • Natural disasters on a large scale

Fight with anti-social elements

  • Evil-doers and anti-social elements in society are eliminated at a physical, psychological and spiritual level.

2019 – 2022

Preparation for the Divine Kingdom

  • The tide of the battle of good versus evil at a physical level begins to change and the forces of good start to win.
  • Learning governance of the Divine Kingdom

2023

Establishment of the Sattva predominant (Divine) Kingdom

From 1993 onwards, subtle-sorcerers began to sow the seeds for the degradation of society and acceleration of unrighteousness. In most cases, the world had already set the process of degradation in place. This was due to a rise in man’s materialistic nature and lack of Righteousness. Aided by higher level negative energies, the downslide increased in intensity and speed. Over time these seeds would take root and increase the rot in society. As society becomes more and more unrighteous, they play right into the hands of negative energies increasing the Raja and Tama in the environment. This increase in Raja and Tama will cause the destabilisation of the world as we know it and will culminate in natural disasters and  World War 3.

The following are examples of a few mechanisms that have already been set into motion by higher level negative energies. The chart also gives other events that will come to pass in the run up to the establishment of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind.

Year

Event

2000

The seed of intense domestic quarrels sown in society

2001

The seed of increase in anti-social elements in society

2002

The seed of increase in malpractices in places of worship which accelerate the increase of Raja and Tama. Places of worship contribute to the Sattva component in society. When malpractices happen there it reduces the sattvikta and thereby helps increase the Raja and Tama.

2006

The seed of beginning of destruction of places of worship

2011

The seed of steps by terrorists under the control of ghosts to destroy spiritual organisations

2014

A high incidence of natural calamities

2015

Havoc by floods and volcanoes

2016

A massive earthquake in Pakistan

2017

Countries in the Middle East razed to the ground in bomb blasts

2018

America, China and Japan hit by war and an unprecedented loss of innumerable lives

2019

Loss of supremacy of politicians and rush of mankind to Saints for their rescue

2020

Decrease in the destructive process and predominance of particles of Divine consciousness in the environment

2021

The seed of times conducive and complementary to the establishment of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind created

2022

Experience of pleasantness and enthusiasm in the environment

2023

Settling down of the environment

2024

Internal and external settling down of life

2025

The seed of improved spiritual practice and spiritual journey towards God-realisation by seekers. Commencement of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind.

^Top

Note: At the current rate the world is going:

  • The probability of this catastrophe being avoided is 1%
  • The intensity may vary by +/- 10%
  • The timing of the event may vary by +/- 10% within the overall 25 year time frame.

6.1 World War 3

The Third World War will begin in 2015 and continue for about 9 years till 2023. The wars that will be fought within that period will all be linked. However it may not be readily apparent to the world. Towards the end of this period, weapons of mass destruction will be used. There will be an unprecedented loss of life where approximately 1/3rd of the population will perish and 1/3rd will experience suffering.  Some countries will be affected more than others. Needless to say in a highly interconnected world all countries will be affected. The Third World War will be triggered mainly due to religious fanaticism. Higher level negative energies will use this vulnerability in humans to push them over the edge and instigate nations to go to war with each other.

In all the three world wars (i.e., from World War 1 to World War 3) powerful negative energies from progressively higher regions of Hell have been the actual root cause instigating countries to go to war with each other. The following points elaborate on which subtle negative forces from the regions of Hell were responsible for instigating the World Wars.

  • World War 1: Subtle-sorcerers (māntriks) from the 2nd region of Hell.
  • World War 2: Subtle-sorcerers primarily from the 3rd region of Hell took part in the orchestration of the Second World War. Hitler for example throughout his tenure in power was possessed by a subtle-sorcerer from the 5th region of Hell. This was also the reason for his dramatic rise to power. Throughout his reign the subtle-sorcerer was fully manifest.
  • World War 3: Subtle-sorcerers from the 4th region of Hell will be behind the Third World War that will play out in the physical realm. However in the subtle-battle, subtle-sorcerers from the 7th region of Hell will take part.

Timetable of the 3rd World War and the establishment of the ‘Divine Kingdom’

Year

Stages of World War 3
2015 Commencement
2016 – 2018 Rising victories of the unrighteous people under the forces of evil
2019 – 2021 Righteous and the unrighteous forces at par
2022 – 2023 Rising victories of the righteous people under the forces of good
2023 Onwards Establishment of the ‘Divine Kingdom’

‘Depending on the devotion of seekers to God, the timetable of the war between devotees (righteous) and the demonic forces (unrighteous) can change.’

– His Holiness Dr Athavale

 

6.2 Role of India in World War 3 and the battle of Armageddon

From times immemorial, India has been the spiritual centre of the world. Spiritual research has revealed that in the Armageddon that is unfolding, India will hold centre stage from a spiritual perspective. In the course of the war, negative forces will instigate neighbouring countries to attack India to destabilise the pivotal role that it will play. Approximately 50% of the Indian population will perish as a result.

7. Can this catastrophe be avoided?

The catastrophe that is predicted to take place is mainly because the basic subtle Raja-Tama component in the world has increased to such unprecedented levels, that urgent intervention by God is needed so that the world can be cleansed in order to be able to continue peacefully. It follows that if mankind makes a supreme effort to adapt its lifestyle to a more Sattva predominant one, the cleansing process will happen only in part. This can be achieved if the majority of humankind mends its ways drastically and reduces its contribution to Raja-Tama. It can be better and earlier done, if people focus on increasing the basic subtle Sattva component. Thus the catastrophe can only be avoided if people earnestly start to practise Spirituality. It is imperative that in order to make a difference, their spiritual practice needs to take a more universal form rather than a sectarian form.

Spiritual practice according to the six basic principles of spiritual practice is the most conducive means for growth in the current era. Religions that preach that their way is the only way to God run the risk of violating the six basic principles of spiritual practice.

Depending on our collective spiritual practice and also if some highly evolved Saints intervene, the year and severity of the events may change to some extent. Higher level Saints are able to change the destiny of the entire human race as They can change the course of events or even shorten the difficult times if they are pleased with the sincere efforts of seekers in their spiritual practice. Seekers of God who have through their spiritual practice attained a spiritual level of 60% and above will be protected to varying degrees.

8. Salient features of the era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind

The upside of the battle of Armageddon is that humanity will finally experience peace on Earth which will last for almost 1000 years and this era will be known as the ‘Divine Kingdom’. The battle will be a spiritual cleansing of the world preparing people for a new kind of sāttvik world which will be very different from the old one. In a way, this will be an ushering of a mini Satyayug within the main era of Kaliyug. While it will be nothing compared to the sattvikta of the main era of Satyayug (at the beginning of the universe), it will be a period of spiritual renewal for mankind.

The following are some of the features of the new era that some of us will have the privilege to usher in.

  • Spiritual level: After the reduction in the world’s population with Armageddon, the mode spiritual level of the world will rise to 30% compared to its present 20%. A dramatic 10% rise in spiritual level across the world’s population will be due to people at a lower spiritual level losing their lives during the war on Earth. Please read our article on spiritual level, which gives the current breakdown of the world population by spiritual level.
  • Importance in life: A high degree of importance will be given to spiritual knowledge and spiritual maturity in assessing a person’s ability. The objective of life for people will be skewed towards spiritual growth for the realisation of God.  There will be importance given to spiritual rather than physical or intellectual strength. Accordingly progress will not be measured in terms of riches. The view about wealth will change. It will be viewed as purely a means and not an end in itself.
  • Governing system: Democracy will lose its status as the preferred type of governing system. For example in India, a benevolent leadership under the guidance of a Saint will form the government. The modus operandi of leadership will be in line with Righteousness. There will be no need for elections. The seer guides of the governing body will transparently point out the leaders. The rest of the world frustrated with its failed experiments at communism, dictatorship and democracy will look to India’s example and try to implement this new type of government to the extent possible for them.
  • Closeness: There will be unity amongst all nations. People will feel a genuine closeness with other cultures and nationalities. This will stem from the spiritual maturity of the world’s population. It will be the basis of an innate spiritual understanding of the oneness of all of mankind.
  • Education: Education systems will include Spiritual science and codes of Righteousness in their curriculum. Modern science will expand its viewpoint to take into account the spiritual dimension.
  • Medical science: Medical sciences will be rewritten. They will now include the spiritual dimension in analysing the root cause of a problem. Āyurvēda will become commonly accepted in the western world. The attitude and perspectives of people practicing medicine will change. For example, they will begin to question if a patient is spiritually deserving of an organ transplant or a heart bypass. What will a person do with the reprieve granted to him by a successful surgery? Will he squander the extra years that he has by watching television, aimless chit-chatter, parties etc? Even after getting a reprieve people rarely think of utilising life for realising God (the basic goal of life). In other words they will be considered as increasing the burden on Earth. If one needs an extended lifespan for spiritual practice, God grants it automatically.
  • Judicial systems: Judicial systems and processes will change dramatically. Now we have courts of law, later we will have courts of justice. There will be no need for lawyers as judges will be spiritually evolved and will be able to intuitively perceive the truth in the issue at hand. Their highly activated sixth sense (ESP) will allow them to plainly see who is lying and who is telling the truth. In short justice will be served instantly and without spending a cent.
  • Art: Artists will not undertake art for the sake of arts, but as spiritual practice to get closer and take others closer to God.
  • Security: As a nation based on Righteousness is God-made, God only takes care of its security. This means that God Himself guides the leaders about the appropriate measures to be undertaken.
  • Environment: Nature is influenced heavily by man’s actions. As man becomes progressively sattvik through spiritual practice nature automatically becomes conducive to man. There will be a complete reduction in weird weather phenomenon that we are experiencing in current times.
  • Family planning: Governments will not need to undertake family planning policies.  There will be an automatic adherence to family planning in society. The holy Vedic scriptures have also advocated a single child but not because of fear of scarcity of food etc., but to impress the importance of control on lust so as to grow spiritually.

8.1 The importance of this era of rekindling Spirituality in mankind

We live in momentous times amidst changing of an era. This era is also very conducive for spiritual growth as detailed in the article on good and evil. Our prayer is that the seekers of God in this world reflect on this knowledge. We must bear in mind that with intense spiritual practice according to the six basic laws of spiritual practice we can reduce the intensity of Armageddon.

Source

War is a Racket

Something about wars:

War is a Racket

[Editor’s Note: Smedley Butler is my idea of a true American patriot. Born into an upper class Quaker family from Pennsylvania, he dropped out of the elite Haverford School at age 16 in order to join the Marines with the outbreak of the Spanish American War against Spain (Cuba) in 1898. He lied about his age and was commissioned a second lieutenant. He was first wounded at Guantanamo; then fighting the Boxer Rebellion in China in 1900, in Hondurans in 1903 protecting  the American consulate, at the Battle of Veracruz, Mexico in 1914 and in Haiti in 1915. His bravery under fire earned him the Congressional Medal of Honor twice, along with top medals from the Marine Corps and the government of France (First World War).

His father, Thomas S. Butler, was a judge who became a US congressman for 31 years and was chairman of the House Naval Affairs Committee during the Harding and Coolidge administrations. Smedley’s high ranking within the military and his father’s high position within the government gave him the opportunity to see the Big Picture and the Money Boys behind the scenes. He learned in the first half of the twentieth century what I had only learned in the closing decade of that century. Simply stated : modern wars are maneuvered and engineered into existence in order to generate obscene profits for behind-the-scenes corporate manipulators whose sons and daughters never serve or die in those wars.

Regardless of age, after having served in the military (and especially in a war zone), you feel a sense of connectedness and camaraderie with all who have served or are currently serving. It’s frustrating to get derogatory mail from service personnel who are under the same delusions about the government and our “mission” that I had once assumed. Smedley Butler published this short book in order to SAVE the lives of young American military personnel, to SAVE the unnecessary tax yoke placed on the American citizen, and to preserve the sovereignty of this nation. He was a true patriot because he could recognize the truth from the mountain of lies that we are fed by the government and their stooges in the press. He wasn’t about to sit back in silence while the manipulators were setting the stage for World War Two.

In the six years prior to his death in 1940 (at age 58), he was actively trying to expose a plot by wealthy industrialists to take over control of the administration of Franklin D. Roosevelt in a military coup. Today, we know that such a ‘takeover’ of the country did occur during the Roosevelt administration, albeit in a silent and bloodless manner. Today we live with the legacy of that takeover and face the same daunting task of educating the American public to the misadventure of war and the reality of the betrayal at the Top…Ken Adachi]

By USMC Major General Smedley D. Butler (1881-1940)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/smedleywarisracket.shtml
Published 1935

http://www.lexrex.com/enlightened/articles/warisaracket.htm

Chapter One

Maj. General Smedley Butler, USMCWar is a racket. It always has been.

It is possibly the oldest, easily the most profitable, surely the most vicious. It is the only one international in scope. It is the only one in which the profits are reckoned in dollars and the losses in lives.

A racket is best described, I believe, as something that is not what it seems to the majority of the people. Only a small “inside” group knows what it is about. It is conducted for the benefit of the very few, at the expense of the very many. Out of war a few people make huge fortunes.

In the [First] World War, a mere handful garnered the profits of the conflict. At least 21,000 new millionaires and billionaires were made in the United States during the World War. That many admitted their huge blood gains in their income tax returns. How many other war millionaires falsified their tax returns, no one knows.

How many of these war millionaires shouldered a rifle? How many of them dug a trench? How many of them knew what it meant to go hungry in a rat-infested dug-out? How many of them spent sleepless, frightened nights, ducking shells and shrapnel and machine gun bullets? How many of them parried a bayonet thrust of an enemy? How many of them were wounded or killed in battle?

Out of war, nations acquire additional territory, if they are victorious. They just take it. This newly acquired territory promptly is exploited by the few – the selfsame few who wrung dollars out of blood in the war. The general public shoulders the bill.

And what is this bill?

This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones. Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Depression and all its attendant miseries. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations.

For a great many years, as a soldier, I had a suspicion that war was a racket; not until I retired to civil life did I fully realize it. Now that I see the international war clouds gathering, as they are today, I must face it and speak out.

Again they are choosing sides. France and Russia met and agreed to stand side by side. Italy and Austria hurried to make a similar agreement. Poland and Germany cast sheep’s eyes at each other, forgetting for the nonce [one unique occasion], their dispute over the Polish Corridor.

The assassination of King Alexander of Jugoslavia [Yugoslavia] complicated matters. Jugoslavia and Hungary, long bitter enemies, were almost at each other’s throats. Italy was ready to jump in. But France was waiting. So was Czechoslovakia. All of them are looking ahead to war. Not the people – not those who fight and pay and die – only those who foment wars and remain safely at home to profit.

There are 40,000,000 men under arms in the world today, and our statesmen and diplomats have the temerity to say that war is not in the making.

Hell’s bells! Are these 40,000,000 men being trained to be dancers?

Not in Italy, to be sure. Premier Mussolini knows what they are being trained for. He, at least, is frank enough to speak out. Only the other day, Il Duce in “International Conciliation,” the publication of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, said:

“And above all, Fascism, the more it considers and observes the future and the development of humanity quite apart from political considerations of the moment, believes neither in the possibility nor the utility of perpetual peace… War alone brings up to its highest tension all human energy and puts the stamp of nobility upon the people who have the courage to meet it.”

Undoubtedly Mussolini means exactly what he says. His well-trained army, his great fleet of planes, and even his navy are ready for war – anxious for it, apparently. His recent stand at the side of Hungary in the latter’s dispute with Jugoslavia showed that. And the hurried mobilization of his troops on the Austrian border after the assassination of Dollfuss showed it too. There are others in Europe too whose sabre rattling presages war, sooner or later.

Herr Hitler, with his rearming Germany and his constant demands for more and more arms, is an equal if not greater menace to peace. France only recently increased the term of military service for its youth from a year to eighteen months.

Yes, all over, nations are camping in their arms. The mad dogs of Europe are on the loose. In the Orient the maneuvering is more adroit. Back in 1904, when Russia and Japan fought, we kicked out our old friends the Russians and backed Japan. Then our very generous international bankers were financing Japan. Now the trend is to poison us against the Japanese. What does the “open door” policy to China mean to us? Our trade with China is about $90,000,000 a year. Or the Philippine Islands? We have spent about $600,000,000 in the Philippines in thirty-five years and we (our bankers and industrialists and speculators) have private investments there of less than $200,000,000.

Then, to save that China trade of about $90,000,000, or to protect these private investments of less than $200,000,000 in the Philippines, we would be all stirred up to hate Japan and go to war – a war that might well cost us tens of billions of dollars, hundreds of thousands of lives of Americans, and many more hundreds of thousands of physically maimed and mentally unbalanced men.

Of course, for this loss, there would be a compensating profit – fortunes would be made. Millions and billions of dollars would be piled up. By a few. Munitions makers. Bankers. Ship builders. Manufacturers. Meat packers. Speculators. They would fare well.

Yes, they are getting ready for another war. Why shouldn’t they? It pays high dividends.

But what does it profit the men who are killed? What does it profit their mothers and sisters, their wives and their sweethearts? What does it profit their children?

What does it profit anyone except the very few to whom war means huge profits?

Yes, and what does it profit the nation?

Take our own case. Until 1898 we didn’t own a bit of territory outside the mainland of North America. At that time our national debt was a little more than $1,000,000,000. Then we became “internationally minded.” We forgot, or shunted aside, the advice of the Father of our country. We forgot George Washington’s warning about “entangling alliances.” We went to war. We acquired outside territory. At the end of the World War period, as a direct result of our fiddling in international affairs, our national debt had jumped to over $25,000,000,000. Our total favorable trade balance during the twenty-five-year period was about $24,000,000,000. Therefore, on a purely bookkeeping basis, we ran a little behind year for year, and that foreign trade might well have been ours without the wars.

It would have been far cheaper (not to say safer) for the average American who pays the bills to stay out of foreign entanglements. For a very few this racket, like bootlegging and other underworld rackets, brings fancy profits, but the cost of operations is always transferred to the people – who do not profit.

Chapter Two

WHO MAKES THE PROFITS?

The World War, rather our brief participation in it, has cost the United States some $52,000,000,000. Figure it out. That means $400 to every American man, woman, and child. And we haven’t paid the debt yet. We are paying it, our children will pay it, and our children’s children probably still will be paying the cost of that war.

The normal profits of a business concern in the United States are six, eight, ten, and sometimes twelve percent. But war-time profits – ah! that is another matter – twenty, sixty, one hundred, three hundred, and even eighteen hundred per cent – the sky is the limit. All that traffic will bear. Uncle Sam has the money. Let’s get it.

Of course, it isn’t put that crudely in war time. It is dressed into speeches about patriotism, love of country, and “we must all put our shoulders to the wheel,” but the profits jump and leap and skyrocket – and are safely pocketed. Let’s just take a few examples:

Take our friends the du Ponts, the powder people – didn’t one of them testify before a Senate committee recently that their powder won the war? Or saved the world for democracy? Or something? How did they do in the war? They were a patriotic corporation. Well, the average earnings of the du Ponts for the period 1910 to 1914 were $6,000,000 a year. It wasn’t much, but the du Ponts managed to get along on it. Now let’s look at their average yearly profit during the war years, 1914 to 1918. Fifty-eight million dollars a year profit we find! Nearly ten times that of normal times, and the profits of normal times were pretty good. An increase in profits of more than 950 per cent.

Take one of our little steel companies that patriotically shunted aside the making of rails and girders and bridges to manufacture war materials. Well, their 1910-1914 yearly earnings averaged $6,000,000. Then came the war. And, like loyal citizens, Bethlehem Steel promptly turned to munitions making. Did their profits jump – or did they let Uncle Sam in for a bargain? Well, their 1914-1918 average was $49,000,000 a year!

Or, let’s take United States Steel. The normal earnings during the five-year period prior to the war were $105,000,000 a year. Not bad. Then along came the war and up went the profits. The average yearly profit for the period 1914-1918 was $240,000,000. Not bad.

There you have some of the steel and powder earnings. Let’s look at something else. A little copper, perhaps. That always does well in war times.

Anaconda, for instance. Average yearly earnings during the pre-war years 1910-1914 of $10,000,000. During the war years 1914-1918 profits leaped to $34,000,000 per year.

Or Utah Copper. Average of $5,000,000 per year during the 1910-1914 period. Jumped to an average of $21,000,000 yearly profits for the war period.

Let’s group these five, with three smaller companies. The total yearly average profits of the pre-war period 1910-1914 were $137,480,000. Then along came the war. The average yearly profits for this group skyrocketed to $408,300,000.

A little increase in profits of approximately 200 per cent.

Does war pay? It paid them. But they aren’t the only ones. There are still others. Let’s take leather.

For the three-year period before the war the total profits of Central Leather Company were $3,500,000. That was approximately $1,167,000 a year. Well, in 1916 Central Leather returned a profit of $15,000,000, a small increase of 1,100 per cent. That’s all. The General Chemical Company averaged a profit for the three years before the war of a little over $800,000 a year. Came the war, and the profits jumped to $12,000,000. a leap of 1,400 per cent.

International Nickel Company – and you can’t have a war without nickel – showed an increase in profits from a mere average of $4,000,000 a year to $73,000,000 yearly. Not bad? An increase of more than 1,700 per cent.

American Sugar Refining Company averaged $2,000,000 a year for the three years before the war. In 1916 a profit of $6,000,000 was recorded.

Listen to Senate Document No. 259. The Sixty-Fifth Congress, reporting on corporate earnings and government revenues. Considering the profits of 122 meat packers, 153 cotton manufacturers, 299 garment makers, 49 steel plants, and 340 coal producers during the war. Profits under 25 per cent were exceptional. For instance the coal companies made between 100 per cent and 7,856 per cent on their capital stock during the war. The Chicago packers doubled and tripled their earnings.

And let us not forget the bankers who financed the great war. If anyone had the cream of the profits it was the bankers. Being partnerships rather than incorporated organizations, they do not have to report to stockholders. And their profits were as secret as they were immense. How the bankers made their millions and their billions I do not know, because those little secrets never become public – even before a Senate investigatory body.

But here’s how some of the other patriotic industrialists and speculators chiseled their way into war profits.

Take the shoe people. They like war. It brings business with abnormal profits. They made huge profits on sales abroad to our allies. Perhaps, like the munitions manufacturers and armament makers, they also sold to the enemy. For a dollar is a dollar whether it comes from Germany or from France. But they did well by Uncle Sam too. For instance, they sold Uncle Sam 35,000,000 pairs of hobnailed service shoes. There were 4,000,000 soldiers. Eight pairs, and more, to a soldier. My regiment during the war had only one pair to a soldier. Some of these shoes probably are still in existence. They were good shoes. But when the war was over Uncle Sam has a matter of 25,000,000 pairs left over. Bought – and paid for. Profits recorded and pocketed.

There was still lots of leather left. So the leather people sold your Uncle Sam hundreds of thousands of McClellan saddles for the cavalry. But there wasn’t any American cavalry overseas! Somebody had to get rid of this leather, however. Somebody had to make a profit in it – so we had a lot of McClellan saddles. And we probably have those yet.

Also somebody had a lot of mosquito netting. They sold your Uncle Sam 20,000,000 mosquito nets for the use of the soldiers overseas. I suppose the boys were expected to put it over them as they tried to sleep in muddy trenches – one hand scratching cooties on their backs and the other making passes at scurrying rats. Well, not one of these mosquito nets ever got to France!

Anyhow, these thoughtful manufacturers wanted to make sure that no soldier would be without his mosquito net, so 40,000,000 additional yards of mosquito netting were sold to Uncle Sam.

There were pretty good profits in mosquito netting in those days, even if there were no mosquitoes in France. I suppose, if the war had lasted just a little longer, the enterprising mosquito netting manufacturers would have sold your Uncle Sam a couple of consignments of mosquitoes to plant in France so that more mosquito netting would be in order.

Airplane and engine manufacturers felt they, too, should get their just profits out of this war. Why not? Everybody else was getting theirs. So $1,000,000,000 – count them if you live long enough – was spent by Uncle Sam in building airplane engines that never left the ground! Not one plane, or motor, out of the billion dollars worth ordered, ever got into a battle in France. Just the same the manufacturers made their little profit of 30, 100, or perhaps 300 per cent.

Undershirts for soldiers cost 14¢ [cents] to make and uncle Sam paid 30¢ to 40¢ each for them – a nice little profit for the undershirt manufacturer. And the stocking manufacturer and the uniform manufacturers and the cap manufacturers and the steel helmet manufacturers – all got theirs.

Why, when the war was over some 4,000,000 sets of equipment – knapsacks and the things that go to fill them – crammed warehouses on this side. Now they are being scrapped because the regulations have changed the contents. But the manufacturers collected their wartime profits on them – and they will do it all over again the next time.

There were lots of brilliant ideas for profit making during the war.

One very versatile patriot sold Uncle Sam twelve dozen 48-inch wrenches. Oh, they were very nice wrenches. The only trouble was that there was only one nut ever made that was large enough for these wrenches. That is the one that holds the turbines at Niagara Falls. Well, after Uncle Sam had bought them and the manufacturer had pocketed the profit, the wrenches were put on freight cars and shunted all around the United States in an effort to find a use for them. When the Armistice was signed it was indeed a sad blow to the wrench manufacturer. He was just about to make some nuts to fit the wrenches. Then he planned to sell these, too, to your Uncle Sam.

Still another had the brilliant idea that colonels shouldn’t ride in automobiles, nor should they even ride on horseback. One has probably seen a picture of Andy Jackson riding in a buckboard. Well, some 6,000 buckboards were sold to Uncle Sam for the use of colonels! Not one of them was used. But the buckboard manufacturer got his war profit.

The shipbuilders felt they should come in on some of it, too. They built a lot of ships that made a lot of profit. More than $3,000,000,000 worth. Some of the ships were all right. But $635,000,000 worth of them were made of wood and wouldn’t float! The seams opened up – and they sank. We paid for them, though. And somebody pocketed the profits.

It has been estimated by statisticians and economists and researchers that the war cost your Uncle Sam $52,000,000,000. Of this sum, $39,000,000,000 was expended in the actual war itself. This expenditure yielded $16,000,000,000 in profits. That is how the 21,000 billionaires and millionaires got that way. This $16,000,000,000 profits is not to be sneezed at. It is quite a tidy sum. And it went to a very few.

The Senate (Nye) committee probe of the munitions industry and its wartime profits, despite its sensational disclosures, hardly has scratched the surface.

Even so, it has had some effect. The State Department has been studying “for some time” methods of keeping out of war. The War Department suddenly decides it has a wonderful plan to spring. The Administration names a committee – with the War and Navy Departments ably represented under the chairmanship of a Wall Street speculator – to limit profits in war time. To what extent isn’t suggested. Hmmm. Possibly the profits of 300 and 600 and 1,600 per cent of those who turned blood into gold in the World War would be limited to some smaller figure.

Apparently, however, the plan does not call for any limitation of losses – that is, the losses of those who fight the war. As far as I have been able to ascertain there is nothing in the scheme to limit a soldier to the loss of but one eye, or one arm, or to limit his wounds to one or two or three. Or to limit the loss of life.

There is nothing in this scheme, apparently, that says not more than 12 per cent of a regiment shall be wounded in battle, or that not more than 7 per cent in a division shall be killed.

Of course, the committee cannot be bothered with such trifling matters.

Chapter Three

WHO PAYS THE BILLS?

Who provides the profits – these nice little profits of 20, 100, 300, 1,500 and 1,800 per cent? We all pay them – in taxation. We paid the bankers their profits when we bought Liberty Bonds at $100.00 and sold them back at $84 or $86 to the bankers. These bankers collected $100 plus. It was a simple manipulation. The bankers control the security marts. It was easy for them to depress the price of these bonds. Then all of us – the people – got frightened and sold the bonds at $84 or $86. The bankers bought them. Then these same bankers stimulated a boom and government bonds went to par – and above. Then the bankers collected their profits.

But the soldier pays the biggest part of the bill.

If you don’t believe this, visit the American cemeteries on the battlefields abroad. Or visit any of the veteran’s hospitals in the United States. On a tour of the country, in the midst of which I am at the time of this writing, I have visited eighteen government hospitals for veterans. In them are a total of about 50,000 destroyed men – men who were the pick of the nation eighteen years ago. The very able chief surgeon at the government hospital; at Milwaukee, where there are 3,800 of the living dead, told me that mortality among veterans is three times as great as among those who stayed at home.

Boys with a normal viewpoint were taken out of the fields and offices and factories and classrooms and put into the ranks. There they were remolded; they were made over; they were made to “about face”; to regard murder as the order of the day. They were put shoulder to shoulder and, through mass psychology, they were entirely changed. We used them for a couple of years and trained them to think nothing at all of killing or of being killed.

Then, suddenly, we discharged them and told them to make another “about face” ! This time they had to do their own readjustment, sans [without] mass psychology, sans officers’ aid and advice and sans nation-wide propaganda. We didn’t need them any more. So we scattered them about without any “three-minute” or “Liberty Loan” speeches or parades. Many, too many, of these fine young boys are eventually destroyed, mentally, because they could not make that final “about face” alone.

In the government hospital in Marion, Indiana, 1,800 of these boys are in pens! Five hundred of them in a barracks with steel bars and wires all around outside the buildings and on the porches. These already have been mentally destroyed. These boys don’t even look like human beings. Oh, the looks on their faces! Physically, they are in good shape; mentally, they are gone.

There are thousands and thousands of these cases, and more and more are coming in all the time. The tremendous excitement of the war, the sudden cutting off of that excitement – the young boys couldn’t stand it.

That’s a part of the bill. So much for the dead – they have paid their part of the war profits. So much for the mentally and physically wounded – they are paying now their share of the war profits. But the others paid, too – they paid with heartbreaks when they tore themselves away from their firesides and their families to don the uniform of Uncle Sam – on which a profit had been made. They paid another part in the training camps where they were regimented and drilled while others took their jobs and their places in the lives of their communities. The paid for it in the trenches where they shot and were shot; where they were hungry for days at a time; where they slept in the mud and the cold and in the rain – with the moans and shrieks of the dying for a horrible lullaby.

But don’t forget – the soldier paid part of the dollars and cents bill too.

Up to and including the Spanish-American War, we had a prize system, and soldiers and sailors fought for money. During the Civil War they were paid bonuses, in many instances, before they went into service. The government, or states, paid as high as $1,200 for an enlistment. In the Spanish-American War they gave prize money. When we captured any vessels, the soldiers all got their share – at least, they were supposed to. Then it was found that we could reduce the cost of wars by taking all the prize money and keeping it, but conscripting [drafting] the soldier anyway. Then soldiers couldn’t bargain for their labor, Everyone else could bargain, but the soldier couldn’t.

Napoleon once said,

“All men are enamored of decorations…they positively hunger for them.”

So by developing the Napoleonic system – the medal business – the government learned it could get soldiers for less money, because the boys liked to be decorated. Until the Civil War there were no medals. Then the Congressional Medal of Honor was handed out. It made enlistments easier. After the Civil War no new medals were issued until the Spanish-American War.

In the World War, we used propaganda to make the boys accept conscription. They were made to feel ashamed if they didn’t join the army.

So vicious was this war propaganda that even God was brought into it. With few exceptions our clergymen joined in the clamor to kill, kill, kill. To kill the Germans. God is on our side…it is His will that the Germans be killed.

And in Germany, the good pastors called upon the Germans to kill the allies…to please the same God. That was a part of the general propaganda, built up to make people war conscious and murder conscious.

Beautiful ideals were painted for our boys who were sent out to die. This was the “war to end all wars.” This was the “war to make the world safe for democracy.” No one mentioned to them, as they marched away, that their going and their dying would mean huge war profits. No one told these American soldiers that they might be shot down by bullets made by their own brothers here. No one told them that the ships on which they were going to cross might be torpedoed by submarines built with United States patents. They were just told it was to be a “glorious adventure.”

Thus, having stuffed patriotism down their throats, it was decided to make them help pay for the war, too. So, we gave them the large salary of $30 a month.

All they had to do for this munificent sum was to leave their dear ones behind, give up their jobs, lie in swampy trenches, eat canned willy (when they could get it) and kill and kill and kill…and be killed.

But wait!

Half of that wage (just a little more than a riveter in a shipyard or a laborer in a munitions factory safe at home made in a day) was promptly taken from him to support his dependents, so that they would not become a charge upon his community. Then we made him pay what amounted to accident insurance – something the employer pays for in an enlightened state – and that cost him $6 a month. He had less than $9 a month left.

Then, the most crowning insolence of all – he was virtually blackjacked into paying for his own ammunition, clothing, and food by being made to buy Liberty Bonds. Most soldiers got no money at all on pay days.

We made them buy Liberty Bonds at $100 and then we bought them back – when they came back from the war and couldn’t find work – at $84 and $86. And the soldiers bought about $2,000,000,000 worth of these bonds!

Yes, the soldier pays the greater part of the bill. His family pays too. They pay it in the same heart-break that he does. As he suffers, they suffer. At nights, as he lay in the trenches and watched shrapnel burst about him, they lay home in their beds and tossed sleeplessly – his father, his mother, his wife, his sisters, his brothers, his sons, and his daughters.

When he returned home minus an eye, or minus a leg or with his mind broken, they suffered too – as much as and even sometimes more than he. Yes, and they, too, contributed their dollars to the profits of the munitions makers and bankers and shipbuilders and the manufacturers and the speculators made. They, too, bought Liberty Bonds and contributed to the profit of the bankers after the Armistice in the hocus-pocus of manipulated Liberty Bond prices.

And even now the families of the wounded men and of the mentally broken and those who never were able to readjust themselves are still suffering and still paying.

Chapter Four

HOW TO SMASH THIS RACKET!

WELL, it’s a racket, all right.

A few profit – and the many pay. But there is a way to stop it. You can’t end it by disarmament conferences. You can’t eliminate it by peace parleys at Geneva. Well-meaning but impractical groups can’t wipe it out by resolutions. It can be smashed effectively only by taking the profit out of war.

The only way to smash this racket is to conscript capital and industry and labor before the nations manhood can be conscripted. One month before the Government can conscript the young men of the nation – it must conscript capital and industry and labor. Let the officers and the directors and the high-powered executives of our armament factories and our munitions makers and our shipbuilders and our airplane builders and the manufacturers of all the other things that provide profit in war time as well as the bankers and the speculators, be conscripted – to get $30 a month, the same wage as the lads in the trenches get.

Let the workers in these plants get the same wages – all the workers, all presidents, all executives, all directors, all managers, all bankers –

yes, and all generals and all admirals and all officers and all politicians and all government office holders – everyone in the nation be restricted to a total monthly income not to exceed that paid to the soldier in the trenches!

Let all these kings and tycoons and masters of business and all those workers in industry and all our senators and governors and majors pay half of their monthly $30 wage to their families and pay war risk insurance and buy Liberty Bonds.

Why shouldn’t they?

They aren’t running any risk of being killed or of having their bodies mangled or their minds shattered. They aren’t sleeping in muddy trenches. They aren’t hungry. The soldiers are!

Give capital and industry and labor thirty days to think it over and you will find, by that time, there will be no war. That will smash the war racket – that and nothing else.

Maybe I am a little too optimistic. Capital still has some say. So capital won’t permit the taking of the profit out of war until the people – those who do the suffering and still pay the price – make up their minds that those they elect to office shall do their bidding, and not that of the profiteers.

Another step necessary in this fight to smash the war racket is the limited plebiscite to determine whether a war should be declared. A plebiscite not of all the voters but merely of those who would be called upon to do the fighting and dying. There wouldn’t be very much sense in having a 76-year-old president of a munitions factory or the flat-footed head of an international banking firm or the cross-eyed manager of a uniform manufacturing plant – all of whom see visions of tremendous profits in the event of war – voting on whether the nation should go to war or not. They never would be called upon to shoulder arms – to sleep in a trench and to be shot. Only those who would be called upon to risk their lives for their country should have the privilege of voting to determine whether the nation should go to war.

There is ample precedent for restricting the voting to those affected. Many of our states have restrictions on those permitted to vote. In most, it is necessary to be able to read and write before you may vote. In some, you must own property. It would be a simple matter each year for the men coming of military age to register in their communities as they did in the draft during the World War and be examined physically. Those who could pass and who would therefore be called upon to bear arms in the event of war would be eligible to vote in a limited plebiscite. They should be the ones to have the power to decide – and not a Congress few of whose members are within the age limit and fewer still of whom are in physical condition to bear arms. Only those who must suffer should have the right to vote.

A third step in this business of smashing the war racket is to make certain that our military forces are truly forces for defense only.

At each session of Congress the question of further naval appropriations comes up. The swivel-chair admirals of Washington (and there are always a lot of them) are very adroit lobbyists. And they are smart. They don’t shout that “We need a lot of battleships to war on this nation or that nation.” Oh no. First of all, they let it be known that America is menaced by a great naval power. Almost any day, these admirals will tell you, the great fleet of this supposed enemy will strike suddenly and annihilate 125,000,000 people. Just like that. Then they begin to cry for a larger navy. For what? To fight the enemy? Oh my, no. Oh, no. For defense purposes only.

Then, incidentally, they announce maneuvers in the Pacific. For defense. Uh, huh.

The Pacific is a great big ocean. We have a tremendous coastline on the Pacific. Will the maneuvers be off the coast, two or three hundred miles? Oh, no. The maneuvers will be two thousand, yes, perhaps even thirty-five hundred miles, off the coast.

The Japanese, a proud people, of course will be pleased beyond expression to see the united States fleet so close to Nippon’s shores. Even as pleased as would be the residents of California were they to dimly discern through the morning mist, the Japanese fleet playing at war games off Los Angeles.

The ships of our navy, it can be seen, should be specifically limited, by law, to within 200 miles of our coastline. Had that been the law in 1898 the Maine would never have gone to Havana Harbor. She never would have been blown up. There would have been no war with Spain with its attendant loss of life. Two hundred miles is ample, in the opinion of experts, for defense purposes. Our nation cannot start an offensive war if its ships can’t go further than 200 miles from the coastline. Planes might be permitted to go as far as 500 miles from the coast for purposes of reconnaissance. And the army should never leave the territorial limits of our nation.

To summarize: Three steps must be taken to smash the war racket.

We must take the profit out of war.

We must permit the youth of the land who would bear arms to decide whether or not there should be war.

We must limit our military forces to home defense purposes.

Chapter Five

TO HELL WITH WAR!

I am not a fool as to believe that war is a thing of the past. I know the people do not want war, but there is no use in saying we cannot be pushed into another war.

Looking back, Woodrow Wilson was re-elected president in 1916 on a platform that he had “kept us out of war” and on the implied promise that he would “keep us out of war.” Yet, five months later he asked Congress to declare war on Germany.

In that five-month interval the people had not been asked whether they had changed their minds. The 4,000,000 young men who put on uniforms and marched or sailed away were not asked whether they wanted to go forth to suffer and die.

Then what caused our government to change its mind so suddenly?

Money.

An allied commission, it may be recalled, came over shortly before the war declaration and called on the President. The President summoned a group of advisers. The head of the commission spoke. Stripped of its diplomatic language, this is what he told the President and his group:

“There is no use kidding ourselves any longer. The cause of the allies is lost. We now owe you (American bankers, American munitions makers, American manufacturers, American speculators, American exporters) five or six billion dollars.

If we lose (and without the help of the United States we must lose) we, England, France and Italy, cannot pay back this money…and Germany won’t. So...

“Had secrecy been outlawed as far as war negotiations were concerned, and had the press been invited to be present at that conference, or had radio been available to broadcast the proceedings, America never would have entered the World War. But this conference, like all war discussions, was shrouded in utmost secrecy. When our boys were sent off to war they were told it was a “war to make the world safe for democracy” and a “war to end all wars.”

Well, eighteen years after, the world has less of democracy than it had then. Besides, what business is it of ours whether Russia or Germany or England or France or Italy or Austria live under democracies or monarchies? Whether they are Fascists or Communists? Our problem is to preserve our own democracy.

And very little, if anything, has been accomplished to assure us that the World War was really the war to end all wars.

Yes, we have had disarmament conferences and limitations of arms conferences. They don’t mean a thing. One has just failed; the results of another have been nullified. We send our professional soldiers and our sailors and our politicians and our diplomats to these conferences. And what happens?

The professional soldiers and sailors don’t want to disarm. No admiral wants to be without a ship. No general wants to be without a command. Both mean men without jobs. They are not for disarmament. They cannot be for limitations of arms. And at all these conferences, lurking in the background but all-powerful, just the same, are the sinister agents of those who profit by war. They see to it that these conferences do not disarm or seriously limit armaments.

The chief aim of any power at any of these conferences has not been to achieve disarmament to prevent war but rather to get more armament for itself and less for any potential foe.

There is only one way to disarm with any semblance of practicability. That is for all nations to get together and scrap every ship, every gun, every rifle, every tank, every war plane. Even this, if it were possible, would not be enough.

The next war, according to experts, will be fought not with battleships, not by artillery, not with rifles and not with machine guns. It will be fought with deadly chemicals and gases.

Secretly each nation is studying and perfecting newer and ghastlier means of annihilating its foes wholesale. Yes, ships will continue to be built, for the shipbuilders must make their profits. And guns still will be manufactured and powder and rifles will be made, for the munitions makers must make their huge profits. And the soldiers, of course, must wear uniforms, for the manufacturer must make their war profits too.

But victory or defeat will be determined by the skill and ingenuity of our scientists.

If we put them to work making poison gas and more and more fiendish mechanical and explosive instruments of destruction, they will have no time for the constructive job of building greater prosperity for all peoples. By putting them to this useful job, we can all make more money out of peace than we can out of war – even the munitions makers.

So…I say,

TO HELL WITH WAR!

Source

The greatest brainwashing organization to ever exist in the course of human history

Some information which no-one knows nothing. I just want to point out that everything is planned and organized:

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations

 From Ken Adachi <Editor>
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/tavistockarticlesindex04jun04.shtml
June 4, 2004

The authoritative expose of the greatest brainwashing organization to ever exist in the course of human history is now revealed in Dr. John Coleman’s latest book, The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Shaping the Moral, Cultural, Political, and Economic Decline of the United States of America. The Tavistock Institute is located in the City of London and at Sussex University in England.

Dr. John Coleman, Dr. John Coleman, the author of 15 books, the best known of which is Conspirators Hierarchy, The Committee of 300, was one of the the first writers to bring the world’s attention to the existence of Tavistock, hitherto unknown to press and pundits alike, in a monograph published in 1969. Since his initial 1969 revelations concerning the pivotal role that Tavistock plays in shaping political, social, educational, and economic ‘opinions’, especially in the United States, more than a few writers of global conspiracy have attempted to place laurels upon their shoulders for revelations about Tavistock’s key influence as the Mother of all Propaganda Ministries, while ignoring the fact that this pioneering work was first published  by John Coleman. Dr. Coleman’s new book, however, leaves no doubt as to who is the master and who are the students when it comes to the subject of Tavistock.

The book is stunning in the new knowledge that it reveals about the hidden role of British oligarchs to shape and control public opinion in order to manipulate the British public (and later the American public) into accepting the notion that war with Germany was necessary in order “to secure a lasting peace.”

The plan to ‘create’ public opinion began in 1913 as a propaganda factory centered at Wellington House in London. Sir Edward Grey, the British Foreign Secretary at the time, installed Lord Northcliffe (Britain’s most influential newspaper magnate) as its director. Lord Northcliffe’s position was over sighted by Lord Rothmere on behalf of the British Crown. The operational staff of Wellington House consisted of Lord Northcliffe, Arnold Toynbee (future director of studies at the Royal Institute of International Affairs), and the Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays (nephew to Signund Freud).

Funding was initially provided by the Royal family, but soon to include the Rothchilds (related to Lord Northcliffe by marriage) and the Rockefellers. Wellington House would grow into the Tavistock Institute in 1921 after the propaganda “victories” of the First World War and the Federal Reserve banking system (created in 1913) had been secured.

(The Forward to the book is re-peinted below from Dr. Coleman’s web site)

Ken Adachi

Tavistock cover300w


The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations Shaping the Moral, Spiritual, Cultural, Political and Economic Decline of The United States of America

FORWARD.

The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations was unknown to the people of the United States before Dr. Coleman exposed its existence in his monograph, The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations: Britain’s Control of the United States. Up to that time, Tavistock had successfully retained its secretive role in shaping the affairs of the United States, its government and its people since its early beginning in London, in 1913 at Wellington House.

Since Dr. Coleman’s original article exposing this ultra-secret organization, others have come forward with claims of authorship, which they were unable to substantiate.

Tavistock began as a propaganda creating and disseminating organization centered at Wellington House, which was where the original organization was put together with intent of shaping a propaganda outlet that would break down the stiff public resistance being encountered to the looming war between Britain and Germany.

The project was given to Lords Rothmere and Northcliffe and their mandate was to produce an organization capable of manipulating public opinion and directing that manufactured opinion down the desired pathway to support for a declaration of war by Great Britain against Germany.

Funding was provided by the British royal family, and later by the Rothschilds to whom Lord Northcliffe was related through marriage. Arnold Toynbee was selected as Director of Future Studies. Two Americans, Walter Lippmann and Edward Bernays were appointed to handle the manipulation of American public opinion in preparation for the entry of the United States into WWI, and to brief and direct President Woodrow Wilson.

From a somewhat crude beginning at Wellington House, grew an organization that was to shape the destiny of Germany, Britain and more especially the United States in manner that became a highly sophisticated organization to manipulate and create public opinion, what is commonly termed, “mass brainwashing.”

During the course of its evolvement, Tavistock expanded in size and ambition, when in 1937, a decision was made to use the German author Oswald Spengler’s monumental work, Untergange des Abenlandes (The Decline of Western Civilization ) as a model.

Previously, Wellington House board members Rothmere, Northcliffe, Lippmann, and Bernays had read and proposed as a guide the writings of Correa Moylan Walsh, in particular, the book The Climax of Civilization (1917) as corresponding closely to conditions that had to be created before a New World Order in a One World Government could be ushered in.

In this endeavor the members of the board consulted with the British royal family and obtained the approval of the “Olympians” (the inner core of the Committee of 300) to formulate a strategy. Funding was provided by the monarchy, the Rothschilds, the Milner Group and the Rockefeller family trusts.

In 1936, Spengler’s monumental work had come to the attention of what had become the Tavistock Institute. In preparation for changing and reshaping public opinion for the second time in less than twelve years, by unanimous consent of the board, Spengler’s massive book was adopted as the blueprint for a new working model to bring about the decline and fall of Western civilization necessary to create and establish a New World Order inside a One World Government.

Spengler held it bound to happen that alien elements would be introduced into Western civilization in increasing numbers, and that the West would fail at that time to expel the aliens, thereby sealing its fate, a society, whose inward beliefs and sound convictions would become at variance with its outward profession and thus Western civilization would fall by the wayside in the manner of the ancient civilizations of Greece and Rome.

Tavistock thinking was that Spengler had indoctrinated Western civilization to believe that it would err on the side of Roman civilization, and expel the aliens. The genetic loss that has fallen upon Europe-and especially on Scandinavia, England, Germany, France- (the Anglo-Saxon, Nordic Alpine Germanic races) that began just before the Second World War is already so great as to be beyond expectations, and continues at an alarming pace under the skilled guidance of the Tavistock managers.

What was a very rare instance became a common occurrence, a black man married to a white women or vice-versa.

The two World Wars cost the German nation almost one quarter of its population. Most of the intellectual energies of the German nation were diverted into war channels in defense of the Fatherland at the expense of science, arts, literature, music and the cultural, spiritual and moral advancement of the nation. The same could be said of the British nation. The blaze kindled by the British under the direction of Tavistock set all of Europe on fire, and did incalculable damage according to the Tavistock blueprint that matched Spengler’s predictions.

Classical and Western are the only two civilizations that could bring a modern renaissance to the world. They had flourished and progressed just as long as these civilizations remained under the control of the Anglo-Saxon Nordic Alpine, Germanic races. The unsurpassed beauty of their literature, art, their classics, spiritual and moral advancement of the female sex with a very large corresponding degree of protection, was what distinguished Western and Classic civilizations from others.

It was this bastion that Spengler saw coming under increasing attack and the thinking at Tavistock ran on parallel tracks, but with a totally different goal. Tavistock saw this civilizations a stumbling block to ushering a New World Order, as did the emphasis on protection and elevation of the female sex to a place of high respect and honor.

Thus the whole thrust of Tavistock was to “democratize” the West by an attack on womanhood, and the racial, moral, spiritual and religious foundation upon which Western civilization rested.

As Spengler suggested, the Greeks and Romans were devoted to the social, religious, moral and spiritual advancement and the preservation of womanhood and they were successful for just as long as they were in control and could arrange matters so that government was carried out by a limited number of responsible citizens supported by the general populace below them, all being of the same pure unadulterated race. The planners at Tavistock saw that the way to upset the balance of Western civilization was to force unwelcome changes in the race by removing control from the deserving to the undeserving in the manner of ancient Roman leaders who were supplanted by their former slaves and aliens, whom they had permitted to come and dwell among them.

Tavistock, by 1937, had come a long way from its Wellington House beginnings and the successful propaganda campaign that had turned the British public from being strongly anti-war in 1913 to willing participants through the arts of manipulation with the willing cooperation of news communications media.

The technique was carried across the Atlantic in 1916 to manipulate the American people to support of the war in Europe. In spite of the fact that the vast majority, including at least 50 U.S. Senators were adamantly opposed to the U.S. getting dragged into what they perceived was essentially a quarrel between Britain and France on the one hand, and Germany on the other, largely over trade and economics, the conspirators were undeterred. At that point Wellington House introduced the word, “Isolationists” as a derogatory description of those Americans who opposed U.S. participation in the war. The use of such words and phrases has proliferated under the expert brainwashing of the Social sciences scientists at Tavistock. Terms like “regime change,” “collateral damage” became almost new English language.

With the Tavistock plan modified to suit American conditions, Bernays and Lippmann led President Woodrow Wilson to set up the very first Tavistock methodology techniques for polling (manufacturing) so-called public opinion created by Tavistock propaganda. They also taught Wilson to set up a secret body of “managers” to run the war effort and a body of “advisors” to assist the President in his decision-making. The Creel Commission was the first such body of opinion-makers set up in the United States.

Woodrow Wilson was the first American president to publicly proclaim himself in favor of a Socialist New World Order inside a Socialist One World Government. His remarkable acceptance of the New World Order is found in his book The New Freedom.

We say “his” book, but actually, it was written by Socialist William B. Hayle. Wilson denounced capitalism. “It is contrary to the common man and it has brought stagnation to our economy,” Wilson wrote.

Yet, at the time, the United States economy was enjoying prosperity and industrial expansion as it had never experienced before in its history:

“We stand in the presence of a revolution—not a bloody revolution, America is not given to spilling blood—but a silent revolution, whereby America will insist upon recovering to practice those ideals which she has always professed, upon securing a government devoted to the general and not the special interests. We are upon the threshold of a time when the systematic life of the country will be sustained or at least supplemented at every point by government activity. And now we have to determine what kind of a government activity it shall be; whether, in the first place, it shall be directed from government itself, or whether it shall be indirect, through instrumentalities which have already constituted themselves and which stand ready to supersede government.”

The United States, harried, hounded, pushed and shoved is headed on a fast track to the New World Order, propelled along by the Radical Republicans of the War Party who have been taken over by the scientists at the Tavistock Institute for Human Relations.

Just recently I was asked by a subscriber “where do we find the Tavistock Institute?” My response was: “Look around the U.S. Senate, the House of Representatives, the White House, the State Department, the Defense Department, Wall Street, Fox T.V. (Faux T.V.) and you will see their change agents in every one of these places.”

President Wilson was the first U.S. president to “manage” the war through a civilian committee guided and directed by the Bernays and Lippmann from Wellington House, to which we have already made mention.

The resounding success of Wellington House and its enormous influence on the course of American history began before that in 1913. Wilson had spent almost a year tearing down the protective trade tariffs that had defended the American domestic markets from being overwhelmed by “Free Trade,” essentially the practice of allowing cheap British goods made with cheap labor in India to flood the American market. On October 12, 1913 Wilson signed the bill that was the beginning of the end of the unique American middle class, long the target of the Fabian Socialists. The bill was described as a measure to “adjust tariffs,” but it would have been accurate to describe it as a bill to “destroy tariffs.”

Such was the hidden power of Wellington House that the vast majority of the American people accepted this lie, not knowing or realizing that it was a death knell for American commerce that would lead to NAFTA, GATT and the World Trade Organization (WTO). Even more astonishing was the acceptance of the Federal Income Tax Act that was passed on September 5, 1913, to replace trade tariffs as the source of revenue for the Federal Government. Income Tax is a Marxist doctrine not found in the U.S. Constitution anymore than the Federal Reserve Bank is found in the Constitution. Wilson called his twin blows against the Constitution, “a fight for the people, and for free business,” and said he was proud to have taken “part in the completion of a great piece of business…” The Federal Reserve Act, explained by Wilson as “reconstructing the Nation’s banking and currency system” was rushed through on a flood-tide of propaganda emanating from Wellington House, just in time for the hostilities that began the horror of WWI.

Most historians are agreed that without passage of the Federal Reserve Bank Act, Lord Grey would not have been able to start that terrible conflagration.

The deceptive language of the Federal Reserve Act was under the guidance of Bernays and Lippman who set up a “National Citizen’s League” with the notorious Samuel Untermeyer as its chairman, to promote the Federal Reserve Bank, that secured control of the people’s money and currency and transferred it to a private monopoly without the victim’s consent.

One of the most interesting pieces of history surrounding the imposition of the foreign financial slavery measure was that before it was sent to Wilson for his signature, a copy was given to the sinister Colonel Edward Mandel House as the representative of Wellington House and the British oligarchy represented by the banker, J.P. Morgan.

As to the American people, in whose name the disastrous measure was instituted, they had not the faintest idea how they had been connived, cheated, lied to and utterly deceived. An instrument of slavery was fastened around their necks without the victims ever becoming aware of it.

Wellington House methodology was at its height when Wilson was coached in how to persuade Congress to declare war on Germany, although he had won election on the solemn promise to keep America out of the war then raging in Europe, a great triumph for the new art of public opinion making. It was just that – the poll questions were shaded in such away that the answers reflected the opinions of the public; not their understanding of the questions, nor their understanding of the processes of political science.

Source

“Organic Robotoids are real” by Dr Peter Beter, clones and synthetic people

This is very a fascinating, but hard topic and if it’s true it explains many things in the world. I try to collect information from different sources, but the best source is Dr. Peter Beter’s audio letters. That is the reason I have posted them before, but now I leap to these letters, which include these organic robotoids. But if you want to learn the BIG PICTURE unfortunately you have to listen all Dr. Peter Beter’s audio letters:

Dr Beter Talks on how the Organic Robotoids are real, how the Russian Scientists stumbled upon the organic robotoids by pure accident, how they look like us and how they have now infiltrated the U.S..

 

 

 

There is a tons of information about these robotoids in Dr. Peter’s letters on this site: http://www.peterdavidbeter.com/

If I remember correctly the Robotoid stuff in Peter Beter’s audio letters begins on number 45 and then Dr. Beter tells about these almost every letter after that.

Then I list some information about these clones and synthetics:

What if you were to discover that certain individuals in government, corporations, military, academia, media, and the alternative research community are either reprogrammed versions of their former selves or artificial beings entirely? What if you learned these were under the complete control of covert forces possessing a vested interest in manipulating society?

>> Human Simulacra (Source)

>> Doubles, Robotoids and replicas

>> Doppelgängers/Doubles

>> Is Sylvester Stallone cloned?

>> “Synthetic people”, “bio-androids” and “robotoids” may be walking among us.

>> ARE US PRESIDENTS CLONED?

>> APPENDIX 3. CLONES, SYNTHETICS, ORGANIC ROBOTOIDS AND DOUBLES

>> Are Synthetic Humans walking amongst us? are they being used in public arena’s to control the population? is this youtube science fiction or reality?

 


Then some Videos about this topic:

 

And then some Nicki’s weird performances like the “double” is in malfunction or something. And if you search more about this topic, it is the main characteristic of a clone, that it doesn’t work properly and it may start to malfunction over time:

 

 

Here some robotoid collapses on live TV-Show:

 

And then we have a conspiracy, that Eminem is cloned and here the clone is malfunctioning on live TV-Show:

 

 


 

And then we have couple of videos about how celebrities have been cloned and some of them have lived before in our history:

DYSLEXIC !!!! … like it was in the beginning, it shall be in the end…VIDEOS —- former government insider George Green talks about cloning of presidents…that they started to clone humans around 1930 – http://youtu.be/cCD6dk2OtK8 …….. Obama Sees Self In Egyptian -Pyramid – http://youtu.be/a5-rRA-jV0k …… this is where i found the cloning stuff of obama – http://youtu.be/kQdfT3gKrD8 …The Government Are Cloning Humans and Themselves!- They’re All ZOMBIES – made by a woman that was ten years in the illuminati industry- http://youtu.be/SZhRaLhU6Zs ….Michael Jackson – Remember The Time music video — http://youtu.be/LeiFF0gvqcc ……Ancient Egyptian Michael Jackson statue– http://youtu.be/9ZJYqdLj3Bk … paul is dead documentary part 1 of 7 -. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5F-t8B… …. ONE OF THE MOST CRAZIEST ANCIENT TABLETS IN THE WORLD!! —- http://youtu.be/sxllptqVSYk

 

 

 

Then I post just some movies about cloning & robotoids, because Illuminati wants to hide things in the movies:

>> Futureworld (1976)

>> Body Snatchers (1993)

>> The 6th Day (2000) : This is actually pretty close to the process, that Dr. Peter Beter tells about. How they take “Hologram photography” of your brain and the plant it into the clone.

Hard topic to comprehend, but I think, that the technology is there so this could be possible.